JP2020184245A - Cort dispute settlement procedure system - Google Patents

Abstract

To provide a court dispute settlement procedure system using an ICT technology as effective means related to court.SOLUTION: A court dispute settlement procedure system can automatically fluctuate, in accordance with the progress of court dispute settlement procedure, pieces of data respectively outputted to terminals of a petitioner P (Petitioner: 0202), a procedure implementer M (Mediator: 0203), an opponent O (Opponent: 0204), and an administrator A (Admin: 0205), centered on a secretariat server 0201.SELECTED DRAWING: Figure 2

Description

The invention in this embodiment is an invention for processing alternative dispute resolution procedure, commonly known as ADR, using a network.

"Alternative dispute resolution" is a procedure in which a fair third party is involved in resolving a civil dispute without resorting to litigation procedures. To tell. A fair third party is, for example, an attorney at law. The alternative dispute resolution procedure that has been used conventionally has been carried out in the presence of the parties.

Japan Federation of Bar Associations: Dispute Resolution Center (https://www.nichibenren.or.jp/contact/consultation/conflict.html)

Generally, when using alternative dispute resolution procedures, parties who are not familiar with the law generally use an attorney as an agent, but there is a problem that the attorney's fee as an agent is high. In addition, in the case of personal procedures, it is necessary for the person to go to the specified place on the specified date, which is timely for those who work for a company on a daily basis or operate a store by themselves. The burden was also heavy. Under these circumstances, even if a settlement fee is obtained, a case with a low estimated amount, a case where it is not possible to take enough time to solve due to daily busyness, and a case with a partner who does not want to meet are tried. It was rarely used as an effective alternative. Therefore, it is a problem to be solved by the present invention to solve these problems by using ICT technology and to enable the alternative dispute resolution procedure to be utilized as an effective alternative to the trial.

In order to solve such a problem, the present invention is, as the first invention, an alternative dispute resolution procedure system for resolving an alternative dispute resolution with an opponent who is an opponent of the petitioner. Accumulation of procedure implementation candidate information that accumulates procedure implementation candidate identification information that is identification information of dispute resolution procedure implementation candidates and procedure implementation candidate information that is information about procedure implementation candidates identified by the identification information. Obtain the applicant information including at least the name of the applicant and the input information including at least the other party information (including the other party identification information) for identifying the other party from the department and the applicant terminal, and obtain the applicant information and the other party. The petition information holding department that holds the petition information, which is the information associated with the information and the petitioner identification information that is also used to access this system, in association with the petition identification information, and the "held petition" Evidence information acquisition department that acquires proof information to confirm the claimant's identity based on "information", the acquired proof information, and the input person who entered the input information from the claimant's terminal based on the retained claim information. What is the alternative dispute resolution procedure related to the petitioner's judgment result reception department and the retained petition information that accepts the input of the result of judging whether the person is the petitioner in association with the petitioner's identification information? The explained input reception unit, which accepts the explained input, which is the input to the effect that the information for explaining whether or not the system has been presented (including the case of conversation), is associated with the claimant identification information, and the complaint identification information. The fee-paid information acquisition judgment department, which determines whether the fee-paid information, which is information indicating that the alternative dispute resolution procedure has been paid, and the petitioner's own judgment result reception department Comprehensive judgment to judge whether the input of the person's judgment result is accepted, the explained input is accepted by the explained input reception part, the fee payment information is acquired by the fee payment information acquisition judgment department, and the conditions are comprehensively satisfied. It is confirmed that the alternative dispute resolution procedure has been accepted when it is judged that the conditions of the judgment result by the department and the comprehensive judgment department are comprehensively satisfied, and at least the petition identification held. Association of the legally confirmed storage unit that is stored in the system in association with the information and the petition identification information that is stored in the petition information holding department by selecting the accumulated procedure implementation candidate identification information for case processing. It provides an alternative dispute resolution procedure system with a secretariat server that has a procedure implementation candidate selection reception department that accepts.

Next, as a second invention, the secretariat server can be browsed by inputting the identification information, and the information associated with the identification information can be browsed and operated via the network. The secretariat server outputs an information presentation window to the terminal connected to the network. Provided is the alternative dispute resolution procedure system according to the first invention, which further has an information presentation window output unit.

Next, as a third invention, the secretariat server can be browsed by inputting the procedure implementation candidate identification information, and can be browsed and answered via the network in the information presentation window identified by the procedure implementation candidate identification information. The case acceptance judgment request display unit that displays the case acceptance judgment request including at least a part of the complaint information associated with the petition identification information, and the case acceptance judgment result according to the displayed case acceptance judgment request. If the case consignment judgment result acquisition department to be acquired and the case consignment judgment result is the case consignment answer that is the judgment result that the case is consigned, the petition identification information and the procedure implementation candidate who responded the consignment The first invention or the second invention further comprising the procedure execution trustee identification information holding unit A which holds the procedure execution candidate identified by the identification information in association with the procedure execution trustee identification information for identifying the procedure execution trustee. Provide the out-of-court dispute resolution procedure system described in the invention of.

Next, as the fourth invention, the secretariat server can be browsed by inputting the procedure implementation candidate identification information associated with the petition identification information, identified by the procedure implementation candidate identification information, and can be browsed via the network. Case consignment confirmation The case consignment decision display unit that displays the case consignment decision including at least a part of the petition information associated with the petition identification information in the information presentation window that can be answered, and the case consignment according to the displayed case consignment decision The case consignment confirmation answer acquisition department that obtains the confirmation answer, and the procedure implementation candidate identified by the petition identification information and the procedure implementation candidate identification information that made the case consignment confirmation reply when the case consignment confirmation reply is obtained. The trial according to any one of the first to third inventions, further comprising the procedure execution trustee identification information holding unit B, which holds the procedure execution trustee identification information in association with the procedure execution trustee identification information. Provide a foreign dispute resolution procedure system.

Next, as a fifth invention, the secretariat server can be browsed by inputting the procedure implementation candidate identification information associated with the petition identification information, and can be browsed via the network identified by the procedure implementation candidate identification information. Determining whether there is a reason for exclusion or / or a reason similar to the reason for exclusion (hereinafter simply referred to as "reason for exclusion") that includes at least a part of the complaint information associated with the petition identification information in the answerable information presentation window. The exclusion reason presence / absence judgment request display unit A that displays the exclusion reason presence / absence judgment request, and the exclusion reason presence / absence judgment result that acquires the exclusion reason presence / absence judgment result in response to the displayed exclusion reason presence / absence judgment request. If the result acquisition unit A and the judgment result of whether or not there is a reason for exclusion is a response with a reason for exclusion, which is the result of judging that there is a reason for exclusion, the petition identification information and the procedure implementation candidate who answered with the reason for exclusion Exclusion procedure implementation trustee identification information recording unit that identifies the procedure implementation candidate identified by the person identification information as the exclusion procedure implementation trustee and records it in the procedure implementation candidate information storage unit in association with the procedure implementation trustee identification information Provided is the out-of-court dispute resolution procedure system according to any one of the first to fourth inventions, further comprising A.

Next, as the sixth invention, the secretariat server can be browsed by inputting the procedure implementer identification information associated with the petition identification information, identified by the procedure implementation candidate identification information, and can be browsed and answered via the network. Determining whether there is a reason for exclusion or / or a reason similar to the reason for exclusion (hereinafter simply referred to as "reason for exclusion") that includes at least a part of the petition information associated with the petition identification information in the possible information presentation window. The exclusion reason presence / absence judgment request display unit B that displays the exclusion reason presence / absence judgment request that is the request, and the exclusion reason presence / absence judgment result that acquires the exclusion reason presence / absence judgment result in response to the displayed exclusion reason presence / absence judgment request. If the acquisition unit B and the result of determining whether or not there is a reason for exclusion is a response with a reason for exclusion, which is the result of determining that there is a reason for exclusion, the claimant identification information and / or the other party associated with the petition identification information The procedure implementation candidate is identified by associating the identification information with the procedure implementation trustee identification information that identifies the procedure implementation candidate identified by the procedure implementation candidate identification information that responded with a reason for exclusion as the exclusion procedure implementation trustee. Provided is the out-of-court dispute resolution procedure system according to any one of the first to fourth inventions, which further comprises an exclusion procedure implementation trustee identification information recording unit B to be recorded in the information storage unit.

Next, as the seventh invention, when the procedure implementation candidate selection unit makes an association for case processing, the accumulated procedure implementation candidate identification information and the exclusion procedure implementation trustee identification information are associated with each other. If so, any one of the claim identification information, the claimant identification information, and the other party identification information associated with the exclusion procedure implementation trustee identification information is identified by the claim identification information and the claim identification information to be associated. If it is the same as or contains one or more of the other party identification information and the petitioner identification information included in the petition information, the procedure implementation candidate and the retained petition identification information are associated for case processing. Provided is the alternative dispute resolution procedure system described in the fifth invention or the sixth invention, which has a means for skipping associations that are not performed.

Next, as the eighth invention, the secretariat server repels the procedure implementation candidate whose applicant is identified by the procedure implementation candidate identification information in association with the procedure implementation candidate identification information associated with the petition identification information. The evasion establishment procedure that accepts the input of the evasion establishment information that is the information to the effect that it has been established, and records the procedure implementation candidate identification information and the evasion establishment information in the procedure implementation candidate information storage unit in association with the evasion establishment information input unit. Provide an implementation candidate identification information recording unit and an alternative dispute resolution procedure system described in any one of the first to seventh inventions.

Next, as the ninth invention, when the secretariat server meets the predetermined conditions, the procedure implementer sets the procedure implementation candidate associated with the petition information as the procedure implementer associated with the petition information. From the first invention to the first invention, which further has a procedure implementer holding unit that associates and holds identification information, and a procedure implementer identification information output unit that outputs in association with the petition identification information held in the procedure implementer holding unit. Provided is the alternative dispute resolution procedure system described in any one of the eight inventions.

Next, as the tenth invention, the secretariat server has a person-in-charge identification information holding unit that holds person-in-charge identification information that identifies the person in charge of carrying out the paperwork regarding the petition, and the procedure implementer identification information and / and the person in charge. It becomes possible to browse by inputting the identification information, and it is necessary to write an answer at the request of the other party from the information presentation window that is identified by the procedure implementer identification information and / and the person in charge identification information and can be browsed and answered via the network. This is information that indicates that the answer book is to acquire the necessary information. The answer book is to output the necessary information acquisition section. The answer book is to output the necessary information acquisition section. In that case, the screen for inputting the necessary items for generating the answer sheet, which is the input screen for the items necessary for generating the answer sheet, can be viewed by inputting the procedure implementer identification information and / and the person in charge identification information. Information and / and the required items for generating the answer sheet that is identified by the person in charge identification information and can be viewed and answered via the network. The input screen output unit and the acquired required items for generating the answer sheet are retained. An answer book information generation rule holding unit that holds an answer book information generation rule that generates an answer book information based on the answer book substitute matter holding unit and an answer book substitute writing matter holding unit. And the written answer information generation holding unit that generates and holds the answer information based on the retained answer writing matters and the held answer answer information generation rule, and the substitute answer information generation holding unit. The written answer information generated and held by is output to the information presentation window that can be viewed at least by inputting the petitioner identification information and can be viewed via the network identified by the petitioner identification information. Provided is the out-of-court dispute resolution procedure system according to any one of the first to ninth inventions, further comprising a part.

Next, as the eleventh invention, the secretariat server is used when it is the result of the judgment that the answer has been submitted by the answer report submission judgment unit that judges whether the answer has been submitted by the other party. Obtain the settlement plan template holding section that holds the settlement plan template to be held and the settlement plan template that is held when the answer is submitted, and use it as the petition information identified by the petition identification information related to the answer. Settlement plan template that can be viewed by inputting the associated procedure practitioner identification information and outputs the acquired settlement plan template in the information presentation window that is identified by the procedure practitioner identification information and can be viewed and edited via the network. Editing for editing the settlement plan template output in the information presentation window that can be viewed by inputting the procedure implementer identification information and is identified by the procedure implementer identification information and can be viewed and edited via the network. From the first invention to the tenth, which has a unit, a settlement proposal information holding unit that holds an edited settlement proposal template as settlement proposal information, and a settlement proposal information output unit that outputs the retained settlement proposal information. Provided is the alternative dispute resolution procedure system described in any one of the inventions.

Next, as the twelfth invention, the settlement proposal template holding unit of the secretariat server has a plurality of settlement proposal template holding means for holding a plurality of settlement proposal templates to be used, and the settlement proposal template output unit is an answer. Select and acquire one or more settlement proposal templates from the multiple settlement proposal templates held when the submission is made, and it is associated with the petition information identified by the petition identification information related to the answer. Settlement plan template selection output that can be viewed by inputting the procedure practitioner identification information and outputs the model of the settlement plan acquired for the information presentation window that is identified by the procedure practitioner identification information and can be viewed and edited via the network. Provided is the alternative dispute resolution procedure system described in the eleventh invention having means.

Next, as the thirteenth invention, a settlement proposal template that can be browsed by inputting the procedure practitioner identification information, is identified by the procedure practitioner identification information, and is output to an information presentation window that can be browsed and edited via the network. The editorial department of the above is the alternative dispute resolution procedure described in the eleventh invention or the twelfth invention having the title information addition means for adding title information indicating the title of the procedure implementer to the output settlement proposal template. Provide a system.

Next, as the fourteenth invention, the secretariat server can view the permission / denial information, which is the information indicating the approval / disapproval of the settlement proposal output from the settlement proposal output unit, by inputting the applicant identification information, and the applicant identification information. Information presentation window that can be viewed and answered via the network identified by, information presentation window that can be viewed and answered via the network identified by the other party's identification information, which can be viewed by inputting the other party's identification information, in charge Information presentation window that can be viewed by inputting person identification information, can be viewed and answered via the network identified by person in charge identification information, can be viewed by inputting procedure performer identification information, and can be identified by procedure performer identification information A rule that branches the subsequent processing related to the settlement according to the permission / rejection information in the permission / rejection information acquisition unit, which is acquired through any one or more of the information presentation windows that can be viewed and answered via the network. Eleventh, which has a branch rule holding unit that holds a branch rule, and a subsequent processing branch unit that branches subsequent processing regarding reconciliation according to the permission information in the permission / rejection information acquisition unit and the held branch rule. To provide the out-of-court dispute resolution procedure system according to any one of the thirteenth inventions.

Next, as the fifteenth invention, the secretariat server acquires dispute resolution status information which is information indicating the dispute resolution status as a result of the subsequent processing branched at the subsequent processing branching section. The alternative dispute resolution procedure system according to the fourteenth invention, which further comprises A and a branch rule changing unit that changes the branch rule held in the branch rule holding unit according to the acquired dispute resolution status information. provide.

Next, as the sixteenth invention, the secretariat server is a dispute resolution status information acquisition unit that acquires dispute resolution status information which is information indicating the dispute resolution status as a result of the subsequent processing branched at the subsequent processing branch unit. B, the subsequent processing holding unit that holds the subsequent processing that should be branched at the subsequent processing branch according to the acquired dispute resolution status information, and the subsequent processing branch that branches according to the acquired dispute resolution status information. Provided is the alternative dispute resolution procedure system according to the fourteenth invention or the fifteenth invention, which further comprises a subsequent processing additional change unit for additionally changing the subsequent processing to be performed by the subsequent processing holding unit.

Next, as the seventeenth invention, the secretariat server is a manifestation of intention to cancel the procedure from any one or more of the petitioner, the procedure implementer, and the other party. When the procedure cancellation intention manifestation information is acquired, the procedure suspension manifestation information is recorded in the petition information holding section in association with the petition identification information. If one or more declarations of intention to cancel the procedure are associated with the declaration of intention to suspend the procedure and the declaration identification information held in the petition information holding section, the procedure to that effect is output. Provided is a manifestation of intention output unit, and an out-of-judgment dispute resolution continuation system according to any one of the first to sixteenth inventions further comprising.

Next, as the eighteenth invention, the secretariat server acquires the termination information which is the final information of the alternative dispute resolution procedure as a result of the execution of the subsequent processing by the subsequent processing branch unit. And, the acquired termination information can be viewed by inputting the termination information recording unit A that records and retains the acquired termination information in association with the complaint identification information of the petition information holding unit and the superior title identification information that identifies the system superior title, and the superior title identification information. A procedure finalization section that makes the main information related to the petition identified by the petition identification information recorded in association with the closing information in the information presentation window that can be viewed and edited via the network identified by Alternative dispute resolution according to any one of the fifteenth to seventeenth inventions based on the fourteenth to fourteenth inventions, which further has the output procedure finalization end unit A. Provide a resolution procedure system.

Next, as the nineteenth invention, the secretariat server acquires the termination information which is the final information of the alternative dispute resolution procedure as a result of the execution of the subsequent processing by the subsequent processing branch unit B. And, the acquired termination information can be viewed by inputting the termination information recording unit B that records and retains the acquired termination information in association with the complaint identification information of the complaint information holding unit and the superior title identification information that identifies the system superior title, and the superior title identification information. Identification information of the other party related to the claim, identification of the claimant, which is identified by the claim identification information recorded in association with the closing information in the information presentation window that can be viewed and edited via the network identified by A fourteenth unit having a procedure finalization end output unit B for canceling the association of any one or more of information, procedure execution candidate identification information, procedure execution person identification information, procedure execution trustee identification information, and person in charge identification information. To provide the alternative dispute resolution system according to any one of the fifteenth to seventeenth inventions based on the fourteenth invention to the fourteenth invention.

Next, as the twentieth invention, the secretariat server can be browsed by inputting the higher title identification information that identifies the system higher title, and can be browsed and edited via the network identified by the higher title identification information. Procedure for acquiring procedure cancellation intention display information which is information that there was a procedure cancellation intention display which is a manifestation of intention to request cancellation of the procedure from any one or more of the petitioner, the procedure implementer, and the other party in the information presentation window. When the procedure intention display information acquisition unit output unit that outputs the cancellation intention display information acquisition unit and the procedure cancellation intention display information are acquired, the procedure cancellation intention display information is associated with the complaint identification information to the petition information holding unit. If one or more declarations of intention to cancel the procedure are associated with the declaration of intention to cancel the procedure to be recorded and retained, and the petition identification information held in the petition information holding unit, information to that effect is output. Provided is an out-of-judgment dispute resolution continuation system according to any one of the first to nineteenth inventions, further comprising a procedure suspension manifestation of intention output unit.

Next, as the twenty-first invention, the secretariat server has already presented information (including the case of conversation) to explain to the other party what the out-of-court dispute resolution procedure is like. The petition identification information is displayed in the information presentation window that can be viewed and answered via the network that can be viewed by inputting the other party's identification information and the explanation items explained to that effect. It is held in the response information acquisition unit output unit that outputs the response information acquisition unit that acquires the response information indicating the acceptance or rejection of the associated petition content, the response information holding unit that holds the acquired response information, and the response information holding unit. An answer sheet based on the answer sheet information generation rule holding unit that holds the answer sheet information generation rule that generates the answer sheet information based on the response information, and the answer sheet information that is held and the answer sheet information generation rule that is held. The answer sheet information generation and holding unit that generates and holds information and the answer sheet information generated and held by the answer sheet information generation and holding unit can be viewed at least by inputting the claimant identification information, and are identified by the claimant identification information. Provides an out-of-court dispute resolution procedure system according to any one of the first to twenty-second inventions, which further has a generated answer sheet information output unit that outputs to an information presentation window that can be viewed via the network. To do.

Next, as the 22nd invention, the fee payment schedule information for determining whether the fee payment schedule information, which is the information indicating that the fee for the alternative dispute resolution procedure is to be paid in association with the petition identification information, has been acquired. The acquisition judgment unit and the comprehensive judgment department accept the input of the petitioner's judgment result in the petitioner's judgment result reception department, the explained input in the explained input reception department, and the fee payment schedule information acquisition judgment. The alternative dispute resolution procedure system described in any one of the first invention to the twenty-first invention, which has a planned comprehensive judgment means for determining whether the fee payment schedule information is acquired and the conditions are comprehensively satisfied. I will provide a.

Next, as the twenty-third invention, it is an out-of-judicial dispute resolution procedure system for resolving a conflict problem with an opponent who is an opponent who opposes the complainant, and includes at least the name of the complainant from the complainant terminal. The claimant information, the input information including at least the other party information (including the other party identification information) that identifies the other party, is acquired, and the claimant information, the other party information, and the claimant that is also used for accessing this system. What kind of out-of-court dispute resolution procedure is related to the petition information holding unit α that holds the petition information associated with the petition identification information and the petition information that is held? Out-of-court dispute with the explained input reception unit α, which accepts the explained input, which is the input to the effect that the information for explaining whether it is a thing (including the case by conversation) has been completed, in association with the claimant identification information. The legally finalized storage unit α, which confirms that the petition for resolution procedure has been accepted and at least stores it in the system in association with the retained petition identification information, and the fact that the petition has been accepted are associated with this petition identification information. Procedures for selecting the accumulated procedure implementation candidate identification information and associating it with the petition identification information held in the petition information holding unit, and the reception notification unit α that notifies the petitioner identified by the petitioner identification information. The implementation candidate selection unit α and the disqualification judgment result acquisition unit α that acquires the disqualification judgment result, which is the judgment result of whether or not there is a reason for disqualification according to at least a part of the complaint information identified by the complaint identification information. , The repellent judgment result acquisition unit α that acquires the repulsive judgment result, which is the judgment result of whether there is a reason for repelling from the petitioner and / or the other party according to the procedure implementation candidate information of the selected procedure implementation candidate, and the exclusion When the disqualification judgment result acquired by the repulsion judgment result acquisition department is the judgment result that there is no reason for disqualification, and the repulsion judgment result acquired by the repulsion judgment result acquisition department is the judgment result that there is no reason for disqualification. The procedure implementer holding unit α that holds the procedure implementer identification information associated with the procedure implementer as the procedure implementer associated with the petition information, and the procedure associated with the petition identification information. Procedure for outputting the practitioner identification information in association with the petition identification information The practitioner identification information output unit α, at least a part of the petition information identified by the petition identification information, and the procedure implementation obtained in association with the petition identification information. Information on the other party's petition for notifying the other party of the procedure implementer information (the same content as the corresponding procedure implementation candidate information), which is the information of the procedure implementer identified by the person identification information. What is the out-of-court dispute resolution procedure related to the petition information held for the Chibu α and the other party identified by the other party identification information included in the petition identification information? It is an input to the effect that the information for explaining is already presented (including the case by conversation). Explanation items explained in association with the identification information of the petition Explained items to accept input reception Explanation explained input reception unit α and answer When a document is submitted, the answer sheet information output unit α that outputs the answer sheet information, which is information indicating the contents of the answer sheet in association with the petition identification information associated with the answer sheet, and the final trial. The termination information acquisition unit α that acquires the termination information that is the termination information of the foreign dispute resolution procedure in association with the petition identification information, and the termination information record that records and retains the acquired termination information in association with the complaint identification information of the petition information holding department. Provides an out-of-court dispute resolution procedure system with Part α.

Next, as the twenty-fourth invention, it is an alternative dispute resolution procedure system for resolving an alternative dispute resolution with an opponent who is an opponent who opposes the petitioner, and identifies an alternative dispute resolution procedure candidate. The procedure implementation candidate information storage unit that stores the procedure implementation candidate identification information that is information and the procedure implementation candidate information that is information about the procedure implementation candidate identified by the identification information, and the petitioner from the petitioner terminal Information associated with the claimant identification information that identifies the claimant, which is also used to access this system by acquiring input information including at least the name, address, and information for identifying the other party (including the other party identification information). It is an operation method of the alternative dispute resolution procedure system that has a petition information holding department that holds the petition information in association with the petition identification information, and confirms the petitioner himself / herself based on the "held petition information". The result of determining whether the person who entered the input information from the petitioner's terminal is the petitioner himself / herself based on the evidence information acquisition step for acquiring the evidence information for the purpose, the acquired evidence information, and the retained petition information. The applicant's judgment result acceptance step that accepts the input of the applicant in association with the applicant identification information, and the information for explaining what the alternative dispute resolution procedure is like in relation to the retained complaint information. The alternative dispute resolution procedure is the step of accepting the explained input, which is the input to the effect that it has been presented (including the case by conversation), in association with the petitioner identification information, and the alternative dispute resolution procedure in association with the petition identification information from the petitioner. The fee payment information acquisition judgment step for determining whether the fee payment information has been acquired, which is the information indicating that the fee has been paid for the purpose, and the input of the petitioner's own judgment result in the above-mentioned petitioner's own judgment result reception section Accepted and explained The comprehensive judgment step to judge whether the explained input is accepted by the reception department, the fee payment information acquisition judgment department has acquired the fee payment information, and the conditions are comprehensively satisfied, and the comprehensive judgment department If the condition of the judgment result is comprehensively satisfied, it is confirmed that the alternative dispute resolution procedure has been accepted, and at least in association with the retained petition identification information in the system. A legal definitive preservation step to be saved, a procedure implementation candidate selection step to select the accumulated procedure implementation candidate identification information for case processing and associating it with the petition identification information held in the petition information holding department, Provides an operating method for the alternative dispute resolution system that implements.

Next, as the twenty-fifth invention, the petition can be identified in the information presentation window that can be browsed by inputting the procedure implementation candidate identification information, identified by the procedure implementation candidate identification information, and can be browsed and answered via the network. A case that displays a case acceptance judgment request that includes at least a part of the petition information associated with the information. A case that displays a case acceptance judgment request display step and a case that acquires a case acceptance judgment result in response to the displayed case acceptance judgment request. If the step of obtaining the result of acceptance judgment and the case acceptance judgment result is the case acceptance response that is the judgment result of accepting the case, the petition identification information and the procedure implementation candidate identification information that responded to the acceptance are used. Described in the twenty-fourth invention of further executing the procedure execution trustee identification information holding step A for retaining the identified procedure execution candidate as the procedure execution trustee in association with the procedure execution trustee identification information. Provides a method of operating the out-of-court dispute resolution procedure system.

Next, as the twenty-sixth invention, it becomes possible to browse by inputting the procedure implementation candidate identification information associated with the petition identification information, and it is identified by the procedure implementation candidate identification information and can be browsed via the network and the case consignment confirmation. The case consignment decision display step that displays the case consignment decision including at least a part of the petition information associated with the petition identification information in the information presentation window that can be answered, and the case consignment confirmation answer according to the displayed case consignment decision Procedure implementation consignment for the procedure implementation candidate identified by the case consignment confirmation response acquisition step to be acquired, and if the case consignment confirmation response is obtained, the petition identification information and the procedure implementation candidate identification information for which the consignment confirmation response was given. The out-of-court dispute described in the twenty-fourth invention or the twenty-fifth invention that further executes the procedure implementation trustee identification information holding unit step B, which is retained in association with the procedure implementation trustee identification information for identifying the person. Provide a method of operating the solution procedure system.

Next, as the twenty-seventh invention, it is an out-of-judicial dispute resolution procedure system for resolving a conflict problem with an opponent who is an opponent of the applicant, and the name, address, and the name and address of the applicant from the applicant terminal. Acquires input information including at least information for identifying the other party (including the other party identification information), and retains the claim information, which is the information associated with the claimant identification information that identifies the claimant, in association with the claim identification information. The disqualification judgment result acquired by the petition information holding unit α and the disqualification judgment result acquisition department is the judgment result that there is no reason for disqualification, and the repulsion judgment result acquired by the repulsion judgment result acquisition department has no reason for disqualification. In the case of the judgment result of, the procedure implementer holding unit α that holds the procedure implementer identification information associated with the procedure implementer as the procedure implementer associated with the petition information, Presenting information (in the case of conversation) to explain what the out-of-court dispute resolution procedure is in relation to the retained petition information, which is the operation method of the out-of-court dispute resolution procedure system. (Including) Accepting the explained input, which is the input to the effect that it has been completed, in association with the claimant identification information. It has been confirmed that the explained input acceptance step α and the petition for the out-of-court dispute resolution procedure have been accepted, and at least it is retained. Legal definitive storage step α, which is stored in the system in association with the claim identification information, and a reception notice notifying the claimant identified by the claimant identification information associated with this claim identification information that the claim has been accepted. Step α and the procedure implementation candidate selection unit step α that selects the accumulated procedure implementation candidate identification information and associates it with the petition identification information held in the petition information holding unit, and the petition identified by the petition identification information In the disqualification judgment result acquisition unit step α for acquiring the disqualification judgment result, which is the judgment result of whether or not there is a reason for disqualification according to at least a part of the information, and the procedure implementation candidate information of the selected procedure implementation candidate. Correspondingly, the repulsion judgment result acquisition step α for acquiring the repulsion judgment result, which is the judgment result of whether there is a reason for repulsion from the petitioner and / or the other party, and the procedure implementer identification information associated with the petition identification information are identified as the petition. Procedure to be output in association with information Implementer identification information output step α, at least a part of the petition information identified by the petition identification information, and the procedure identified by the procedure implementer identification information associated with the petition identification information Procedure implementer information, which is the information of the implementer (Matters to be filed against the other party to notify the other party of the same content as the corresponding procedure implementation candidate information What is the out-of-court dispute resolution procedure in relation to the notification step α and the petition information held for the other party identified by the other party identification information contained in the petition identification information? It is an input to the effect that the information for explaining is presented (including the case by conversation). The explanation item is explained in association with the identification information of the petition. When the answer is submitted, the answer information output step α that outputs the answer information, which is the information indicating the contents of the answer in association with the petition identification information associated with the answer, and the final answer Termination information acquisition step α to acquire termination information, which is the termination information of the out-of-court dispute resolution procedure, in association with the petition identification information, and termination information to record and retain the acquired termination information in association with the petition identification information of the petition information holding department. Provides a method of operating the out-of-court dispute resolution procedure system that performs recording step α and.

Next, as the twenty-eighth invention, it is an alternative dispute resolution procedure system for resolving conflict problems with the opponent who is the opponent who opposes the petitioner, and identifies candidates for alternative dispute resolution procedures. The procedure implementation candidate information storage unit that stores the procedure implementation candidate identification information that is information and the procedure implementation candidate information that is information about the procedure implementation candidate identified by the identification information, and the petitioner from the petitioner terminal Information associated with the claimant identification information that identifies the claimant, which is also used to access this system by acquiring input information including at least the name, address, and information for identifying the other party (including the other party identification information). It is an operation program of the alternative dispute resolution system that has a petition information holding department that holds the petition information in association with the petition identification information, and confirms the petitioner himself / herself based on the "held petition information". The result of determining whether the person who entered the input information from the petitioner's terminal is the petitioner himself / herself based on the evidence information acquisition step for acquiring the evidence information for the purpose, the acquired evidence information, and the retained petition information. The applicant's judgment result acceptance step that accepts the input of the applicant in association with the applicant identification information, and the information for explaining what the alternative dispute resolution procedure is like in relation to the retained complaint information. The alternative dispute resolution procedure is the step of accepting the explained input, which is the input to the effect that it has been presented (including the case by conversation), in association with the petitioner identification information, and the alternative dispute resolution procedure in association with the petition identification information from the petitioner. The fee payment information acquisition judgment step for determining whether the fee payment information has been acquired, which is the information indicating that the fee has been paid for the purpose, and the input of the petitioner's own judgment result in the above-mentioned petitioner's own judgment result reception section Accepted and explained The comprehensive judgment step to judge whether the explained input is accepted by the reception department, the fee payment information acquisition judgment department has acquired the fee payment information, and the conditions are comprehensively satisfied, and the comprehensive judgment department If the condition of the judgment result is comprehensively satisfied, it is confirmed that the alternative dispute resolution procedure has been accepted, and at least in association with the retained petition identification information in the system. A legal definitive preservation step to be saved, a procedure implementation candidate selection step to select the accumulated procedure implementation candidate identification information for case processing and associating it with the petition identification information held in the petition information holding department, Provides an operating program for the Alternative Dispute Resolution System that implements.

Next, as the twenty-ninth invention, the petition can be identified in the information presentation window that can be browsed by inputting the procedure implementation candidate identification information, identified by the procedure implementation candidate identification information, and can be browsed and answered via the network. A case that displays a case acceptance judgment request that includes at least a part of the petition information associated with the information. A case that displays a case acceptance judgment request display step and a case that acquires a case acceptance judgment result in response to the displayed case acceptance judgment request. If the step of obtaining the result of acceptance judgment and the case acceptance judgment result is the case acceptance response that is the judgment result of accepting the case, the petition identification information and the procedure implementation candidate identification information that responded to the acceptance are used. Described in the twenty-eighth invention of further executing the procedure execution trustee identification information holding step A for retaining the identified procedure execution candidate as the procedure execution trustee in association with the procedure execution trustee identification information. Provides an operating program for the out-of-court dispute resolution procedure system.

Next, as the thirtieth invention, it becomes possible to browse by inputting the procedure implementation candidate identification information associated with the petition identification information, and it is identified by the procedure implementation candidate identification information and can be browsed via the network, and the case consignment confirmation reply. Obtain the case consignment decision display step that displays the case consignment decision including at least a part of the petition information associated with the petition identification information in the possible information presentation window, and the case consignment confirmation response according to the displayed case consignment decision. The procedure implementation trustee is the procedure implementation candidate who is identified by the case acceptance confirmation response acquisition step and, if the case acceptance confirmation response is obtained, the petition identification information and the procedure implementation candidate identification information that made the acceptance confirmation response. Procedure implementation to identify as the procedure implementation trustee identification information holding unit step B held in association with the identification information, and the out-of-court dispute resolution described in the 28th invention or the 29th invention to further execute Provides an operation program for the procedural system.

Next, as the thirty-first invention, it is an out-of-judicial dispute resolution procedure system for resolving a conflict problem with an opponent who is an opponent who opposes the complainant, and the name, address, and address of the complainant from the complainant terminal. Acquires input information including at least information for identifying the other party (including the other party identification information), and retains the claim information, which is the information associated with the claimant identification information that identifies the claimant, in association with the claim identification information. The disqualification judgment result acquired by the petition information holding unit α and the disqualification judgment result acquisition department is the judgment result that there is no reason for disqualification, and the repulsion judgment result acquired by the repulsion judgment result acquisition department has no reason for disqualification. In the case of the judgment result of, the procedure implementer holding unit α that holds the procedure implementer identification information associated with the procedure implementer as the procedure implementer associated with the petition information, Presenting information (in case of conversation) to explain what the out-of-court dispute resolution procedure is in relation to the retained petition information, which is the operation program of the out-of-court dispute resolution procedure system (Including) Accepting the explained input, which is the input to the effect that it has been completed, in association with the claimant identification information. It has been confirmed that the explained input acceptance step α and the petition for the out-of-court dispute resolution procedure have been accepted, and at least it is retained. Legal definitive storage step α, which is stored in the system in association with the claim identification information, and a reception notice notifying the claimant identified by the claimant identification information associated with this claim identification information that the claim has been accepted. Step α and the procedure implementation candidate selection unit step α that selects the accumulated procedure implementation candidate identification information and associates it with the petition identification information held in the petition information holding unit, and the petition identified by the petition identification information In the disqualification judgment result acquisition unit step α for acquiring the disqualification judgment result, which is the judgment result of whether or not there is a reason for disqualification according to at least a part of the information, and the procedure implementation candidate information of the selected procedure implementation candidate. Correspondingly, the repulsion judgment result acquisition step α for acquiring the repulsion judgment result, which is the judgment result of whether there is a reason for repulsion from the petitioner and / or the other party, and the procedure implementer identification information associated with the petition identification information are identified as the petition. Procedure to be output in association with information Implementer identification information output step α, at least a part of the petition information identified by the petition identification information, and the procedure identified by the procedure implementer identification information associated with the petition identification information Procedure implementer information, which is the information of the implementer (the other party's request for notifying the other party of the same content as the corresponding procedure implementation candidate information) What is the out-of-court dispute resolution procedure related to the petition notification step α and the petition information held for the other party identified by the other party identification information included in the petition identification information? It is an input to the effect that the information for explaining whether or not the information has been presented (including the case by conversation). The explanation item has been explained in association with the petition identification information. When the answer is submitted, the answer information output step α that outputs the answer information, which is the information indicating the contents of the answer in association with the petition identification information associated with the answer, and the final The termination information acquisition step α for acquiring the termination information, which is the termination information of the typical out-of-court dispute resolution procedure, in association with the petition identification information, and the acquired termination information are recorded and retained in association with the petition identification information of the petition information holding department. Provide an operation program of the out-of-court dispute resolution procedure system that executes the termination information recording step α.

The present invention is premised on the fact that a person certified by the Minister of Justice operates the system of the present invention as the organizer of alternative dispute resolution procedures. When performing procedures using this system, create an appropriate legal document by entering basic matters on the screen according to the guidance without asking an agent, and make an appropriate legal claim. Since it is possible to tell the other party, the procedure can be used inexpensively without incurring agent costs.

In addition, since the network is used, it is not necessary to go to the designated place at the designated time, and even if the maximum restraint method is used, the burden is such that the telephone is answered at the designated time. Therefore, it is possible to use it without burdening time even during work, even if the party is a person living in a remote place or the procedure implementer is working remotely from the party. ..

Furthermore, even if it is a problem with a partner who you do not want to meet again, such as divorce from a partner who was in DV (domestic violence, etc.) or retirement from a malicious employer, you can even hear the voice, let alone the face. It is possible to use the procedure only in writing without any need.

Based on these characteristics, there is an opportunity to resolve cases related to sexual damage, such as cases where the amount of money expected to be paid in the name of settlement money, which used to end up crying, is small, from a legal point of view. It is considered that it will be possible to provide it.

General alternative dispute resolution procedure without using online The figure which shows the image when this alternative dispute resolution procedure system is used The figure which shows the transition image of the display window of the related party terminal which occurs in response to the other party's answer statement submission in Embodiment 10. Functional block diagram showing an example of the configuration of the alternative dispute resolution procedure system in the first embodiment Hardware configuration diagram showing an example of the hardware configuration of the alternative dispute resolution system in the first embodiment A flow chart showing an example of the processing flow of the alternative dispute resolution system in the first embodiment. Functional block diagram showing an example of the configuration of the alternative dispute resolution procedure system in the second embodiment Hardware configuration diagram showing an example of the hardware configuration of the alternative dispute resolution system in the second embodiment Flow diagram showing an example of the processing flow of the alternative dispute resolution system in the second embodiment Functional block diagram showing an example of the configuration of the alternative dispute resolution procedure system in the third embodiment Hardware configuration diagram showing an example of the hardware configuration of the alternative dispute resolution system in the third embodiment Flow chart showing an example of the processing flow of the alternative dispute resolution system in the third embodiment Functional block diagram showing an example of the configuration of the alternative dispute resolution procedure system in the fourth embodiment Hardware configuration diagram showing an example of the hardware configuration of the alternative dispute resolution system in the fourth embodiment Flow chart showing an example of the processing flow of the alternative dispute resolution system in the fourth embodiment Functional block diagram showing an example of the configuration of the alternative dispute resolution procedure system in the fifth embodiment A hardware configuration diagram showing an example of the hardware configuration of the alternative dispute resolution system according to the fifth embodiment. A flow chart showing an example of the processing flow of the alternative dispute resolution system in the fifth embodiment. Functional block diagram showing an example of the configuration of the alternative dispute resolution procedure system in the sixth embodiment A hardware configuration diagram showing an example of the hardware configuration of the alternative dispute resolution system according to the sixth embodiment. A flow chart showing an example of the processing flow of the alternative dispute resolution procedure system in the sixth embodiment. Functional block diagram showing an example of the configuration of the alternative dispute resolution procedure system in the seventh embodiment A hardware configuration diagram showing an example of the hardware configuration of the alternative dispute resolution system according to the seventh embodiment. A flow chart showing an example of the processing flow of the alternative dispute resolution procedure system in the seventh embodiment. Functional block diagram showing an example of the configuration of the alternative dispute resolution procedure system in the eighth embodiment A hardware configuration diagram showing an example of the hardware configuration of the alternative dispute resolution system according to the eighth embodiment. A flow chart showing an example of the processing flow of the alternative dispute resolution system in the eighth embodiment. Functional block diagram showing an example of the configuration of the alternative dispute resolution procedure system in the ninth embodiment A hardware configuration diagram showing an example of the hardware configuration of the alternative dispute resolution system according to the ninth embodiment. A flow chart showing an example of the processing flow of the alternative dispute resolution procedure system in the ninth embodiment. Functional block diagram showing an example of the configuration of the alternative dispute resolution procedure system in the tenth embodiment Hardware configuration diagram showing an example of the configuration of the program in the hardware configuration of the alternative dispute resolution system according to the tenth embodiment. The hardware configuration diagram which shows an example of the configuration about the information in the hardware configuration of the alternative dispute resolution procedure system in the tenth embodiment. A flow chart showing an example of the processing flow of the alternative dispute resolution procedure system in the tenth embodiment. Functional block diagram showing an example of the configuration of the alternative dispute resolution procedure system in the eleventh embodiment A hardware configuration diagram showing an example of the hardware configuration of the alternative dispute resolution system according to the eleventh embodiment. A flow chart showing an example of the processing flow of the alternative dispute resolution procedure system in the eleventh embodiment. Functional block diagram showing an example of the configuration of the alternative dispute resolution procedure system in the twelfth embodiment A hardware configuration diagram showing an example of the hardware configuration of the alternative dispute resolution system according to the twelfth embodiment. A flow chart showing an example of the processing flow of the alternative dispute resolution procedure system in the twelfth embodiment. Functional block diagram showing an example of the configuration of the alternative dispute resolution procedure system in the thirteenth embodiment A hardware configuration diagram showing an example of the hardware configuration of the alternative dispute resolution system according to the thirteenth embodiment. The figure which shows an example of the processing flow of the alternative dispute resolution procedure system in Embodiment 13. Functional block diagram showing an example of the configuration of the alternative dispute resolution procedure system in the 14th embodiment A hardware configuration diagram showing an example of a program configuration in the hardware configuration of the alternative dispute resolution system according to the fourteenth embodiment. A hardware configuration diagram showing an example of an information configuration in the hardware configuration of the alternative dispute resolution system according to the fourteenth embodiment. A flow chart showing an example of the processing flow of the alternative dispute resolution system in the 14th embodiment. Functional block diagram showing an example of the configuration of the alternative dispute resolution procedure system in the fifteenth embodiment A hardware configuration diagram showing an example of a program configuration in the hardware configuration of the alternative dispute resolution system according to the fifteenth embodiment. A hardware configuration diagram showing an example of an information configuration in the hardware configuration of the alternative dispute resolution system according to the fifteenth embodiment. A flow chart showing an example of the processing flow of the alternative dispute resolution system in the fifteenth embodiment. Functional block diagram showing an example of the configuration of the alternative dispute resolution procedure system in the 16th embodiment A hardware configuration diagram showing an example of a program configuration in the hardware configuration of the alternative dispute resolution system according to the 16th embodiment. A hardware configuration diagram showing an example of an information configuration in the hardware configuration of the alternative dispute resolution system in the 16th embodiment. A flow chart showing an example of the processing flow of the alternative dispute resolution system in the 16th embodiment. Functional block diagram showing an example of the configuration of the alternative dispute resolution procedure system in the 17th embodiment A hardware configuration diagram showing an example of the hardware configuration of the alternative dispute resolution system according to the seventeenth embodiment. A flow chart showing an example of the processing flow of the alternative dispute resolution system in the 17th embodiment. Functional block diagram showing an example of the configuration of the alternative dispute resolution procedure system in the eighteenth embodiment. A hardware configuration diagram showing an example of a program configuration in the hardware configuration of the alternative dispute resolution system according to the eighteenth embodiment. A hardware configuration diagram showing an example of an information configuration in the hardware configuration of the alternative dispute resolution system according to the eighteenth embodiment. A flow chart showing an example of the processing flow of the alternative dispute resolution system in the eighteenth embodiment. Functional block diagram showing an example of the configuration of the alternative dispute resolution procedure system in the 19th embodiment A hardware configuration diagram showing an example of a program configuration in the hardware configuration of the alternative dispute resolution system according to the nineteenth embodiment. A hardware configuration diagram showing an example of an information configuration in the hardware configuration of the alternative dispute resolution system according to the nineteenth embodiment. A flow chart showing an example of the processing flow of the alternative dispute resolution procedure system in the nineteenth embodiment. Functional block diagram showing an example of the configuration of the alternative dispute resolution procedure system in the 21st embodiment A hardware configuration diagram showing an example of a program configuration in the hardware configuration of the alternative dispute resolution system in the 21st embodiment. A hardware configuration diagram showing an example of an information configuration in the hardware configuration of the alternative dispute resolution system in the 21st embodiment. A flow chart showing an example of the processing flow of the alternative dispute resolution system in the 21st embodiment. Functional block diagram showing an example of the configuration of the alternative dispute resolution procedure system in the 22nd embodiment Hardware configuration diagram showing an example of the hardware configuration of the alternative dispute resolution system in the 22nd embodiment A flow chart showing an example of the processing flow of the alternative dispute resolution procedure system in the 22nd embodiment. Functional block diagram showing an example of the configuration of the alternative dispute resolution procedure system in the 23rd embodiment Hardware configuration diagram showing an example of the hardware configuration of the alternative dispute resolution system in the 23rd embodiment A flow chart showing an example of the processing flow of the alternative dispute resolution procedure system in the 23rd embodiment. The figure which shows an example of the actual display window which displayed the interface of the claimant information input reception means output to the terminal used by the claimant in Embodiment 1. The figure which shows an example of the actual display window in which the face of the other party information input reception means output to the terminal used by the petitioner in Embodiment 1 is displayed. The figure which shows an example of the actual display window which displayed the interface of the information input reception means about the content of the petition output to the terminal used by the petitioner in Embodiment 1. The figure which shows an example of the actual display window which displayed the interface of the information input reception means about the content of the petition output to the terminal used by the petitioner in Embodiment 1. The figure which shows an example of the actual display window which displayed the interface of the information input reception means about the content of the petition output to the terminal used by the petitioner in Embodiment 1. The figure which shows an example of the actual display window which displayed the interface of the information input reception means about the content of the petition output to the terminal used by the petitioner in Embodiment 1. The figure which shows an example of the actual display window which displayed the interface of the acceptance confirmation input reception means for the petition output to the terminal used by the person in charge in Embodiment 1. The figure which shows an example of the actual display window which displayed the interface of the petition management part output to the terminal used by the person in charge in Embodiment 1. The figure which shows an example of the actual display window which displayed the interface of the evidence information input reception part output to the terminal used by the petitioner in Embodiment 1. The figure which shows an example of the petition management window output by the petition management department to the terminal used by the person in charge in Embodiment 1. The figure which shows an example of the actual display window which displayed the interface of the explained input reception part output to the terminal used by the petitioner in Embodiment 1. The figure which shows an example of the actual display window which displayed the interface of the explained input reception part output to the terminal used by the petitioner in Embodiment 1. The figure which shows an example of the actual display window which displayed the interface of the voice explanation completion input receiving means output to the terminal used by the person in charge in Embodiment 1. A diagram showing an example of an actual display window in which the interface of the information input reception unit is displayed, which is the fee payment diagram output to the terminal used by the petitioner in the first embodiment. The figure which shows an example of the actual display window which displayed the interface of the bank transfer information input means output to the terminal used by the petitioner in Embodiment 1. The figure which shows an example of the petition management window output by the petition management department to the terminal used by the person in charge in Embodiment 1. The figure which shows an example of the petition management window output by the petition management department to the terminal used by the petitioner in Embodiment 1. The figure which shows an example of the petition management window output by the petition management department to the terminal used by the petitioner in Embodiment 1. The figure which shows an example of the information presentation window which displayed the interface of the identification information input reception screen output to the terminal used by the petitioner in Embodiment 2. The figure which shows an example of the information presentation window which displayed the interface of the output request receiving means of the information associated with the identification information output to the terminal used by the petitioner in Embodiment 2. The figure which shows an example of the information presentation window which displayed the interface of the output request receiving means of the information associated with the identification information output to the terminal used by the petitioner in Embodiment 2. The figure which shows an example of the actual display window which displayed the interface of the case acceptance judgment request display part output to the terminal used by the procedure performer in Embodiment 3. FIG. 5 is a diagram showing an example of an actual display window in which the interface of the exclusion reason determination result acquisition unit A output to the terminal used by the procedure implementer in the fifth embodiment is displayed. The figure which shows an example of the actual display window which displayed the interface of the answer | ghostwriting necessary information acquisition output part output to the terminal used by the procedure performer in Embodiment 10. The figure which shows an example of the petition management window output by the petition management department to the terminal used by the procedure implementer in Embodiment 10. Diagram showing an example of a window for displaying an answer sheet ghostwriting generation necessary item input screen output by the answer sheet ghostwriting generation necessary item input screen output unit to the terminal used by the procedure implementer in the tenth embodiment. The figure which shows an example of the petition management window output by the petition management part to the terminal used by the other party in Embodiment 10. The figure which shows an example of the display window which displayed the interface of the confirmation screen display request input means output to the terminal used by the other party in Embodiment 10. The figure which shows an example of the actual display window which displayed the interface of the answer | generation necessary matter acquisition part output to the terminal used by the other party in Embodiment 10. The figure which shows an example of the display of the petition management window output by the petition management part to the terminal used by the other party in Embodiment 10. The figure which shows an example of the actual display of the sentence management window output by the petition management part to the terminal used by the other party in Embodiment 10. The figure which shows an example of the actual display window which displayed the interface of the editorial part output to the terminal used by the procedure performer in Embodiment 11. A diagram showing an example of an actual display window in which the interface of the settlement proposal confirmation screen output means output to the terminal used by the procedure implementer in the eleventh embodiment is displayed. Diagram showing an example of an actual display window displaying the title information-added settlement proposal confirmation screen output by the output means to the terminal used by the procedure implementer in the thirteenth embodiment. The figure which shows an example of the display window which displayed the interface of the permission / denial information acquisition part output means output to the terminal used by the other party in Embodiment 14. The figure which shows an example of the actual display window which displayed the interface of the permission / denial information acquisition part output to the terminal used by the other party in the implementation system 14. The figure which shows an example of the actual display window which displayed the interface of the input reception part which explained the explanatory matter output to the terminal used by the procedure implementer in Embodiment 21. The figure which shows an example of the actual display window which displayed the interface of the response information acquisition part output to the terminal used by the procedure performer of Embodiment 21. The figure which shows an example of the actual display window which displayed the interface of the answer | content confirmation reception means output to the terminal used by the other party in Embodiment 21. The figure which shows an example of the actual display window which displayed the interface of the total permission / denial information acquisition means output to the terminal used by the other party in Embodiment 14. The figure which shows an example of the actual display window of the attention alert screen output by the attention alert screen output means to the terminal used by the other party in Embodiment 14. The figure which shows an example of the display window which displayed the permission / rejection information acquisition confirmation notification notified by the permission / rejection information acquisition confirmation notification means display to the terminal used by the other party in Embodiment 14. The figure which shows an example of the actual display window of the attention alert screen output by the attention alert screen output means to the terminal used by the other party in Embodiment 14. The figure which shows an example of the actual display window which displayed the interface of the settlement plan model output request means for creating the secondary settlement plan output to the terminal used by the other party in Embodiment 14. The figure which shows an example of the actual display window which displayed the interface of the editorial department for editing the second settlement proposal output to the terminal used by the procedure implementer in Embodiment 14. Diagram showing an example of an actual display window displaying the settlement contract creation screen output by the settlement contract creation screen output means to the terminal used by the procedure implementer in the fourteenth embodiment. The figure which shows an example of the actual display window which displayed the interface of the edit content confirmation screen output means output to the terminal used by the procedure implementer in Embodiment 14. The figure which shows an example of the display of the petition management window output by the petition management department to the terminal used by the petitioner in Embodiment 14. The figure which shows an example of the display window which displayed the interface of the petition-related main information edit screen output request means output to the terminal used by the procedure practitioner in Embodiment 18. The figure which shows an example of the display window which displayed the interface of the interrupt edit information record holding means output to the terminal used by the procedure performer of Embodiment 18. The figure which shows an example of the display window which displayed the interface of the petition-related main information edit screen output request means output to the terminal used by the person in charge of Embodiment 18. The figure which shows an example of the display window which displayed the interface of the petition-related main information recording means output to the terminal used by the procedure implementer in Embodiment 18. The figure which shows an example of the display window which displayed the interface of the retirement notice submission part output to the terminal used by the petitioner in other configurations. The figure which shows an example of the display window which displayed the interface of the sending condition information acquisition part output to the terminal used by the complainant in other configurations. The figure which shows an example of the display window which displayed the interface of the retirement notice creation information acquisition part output to the terminal used by the petitioner in other configurations. A diagram showing an example of a display window displaying the generated retirement notification information confirmation screen output by the output unit of the generated retirement notification information confirmation screen to the terminal used by the petitioner in other configurations. The figure which shows an example of the display window which displayed the interface of the exclusion procedure execution trustee list display means output to the terminal used by the person in charge in Embodiment 5.

Hereinafter, this embodiment will be described with reference to the drawings. The fields of alternative dispute resolution that can be handled using this system cover all fields permitted by law, but for convenience of explanation, this specification uses alternative dispute resolution procedures for retirement as many examples. Therefore, although the specific information described in each drawing is the type of information that is input in the case of alternative dispute resolution for retirement, it is actually the type of information that is entered in the alternative dispute resolution procedure. Display screens, input fields, etc. will be set based on appropriate information according to the target field.

<Relationship between the embodiment and the claims>
The following description mainly describes claim 1 according to claim 1, embodiment 2 according to claim 2, embodiment 3 according to claim 3, embodiment 4 according to claim 4, and embodiment 5 according to claim 4. 5, the sixth embodiment is in claim 6, the seventh embodiment is in claim 7, the eighth embodiment is in claim 8, the ninth embodiment is in claim 9, and the tenth embodiment is in claim 10. 11 is claim 11, embodiment 12 is claim 12, embodiment 13 is claim 13, embodiment 14 is claim 14, embodiment 15 is claim 15, and embodiment 16 is claim 16. 17, the embodiment 17 is in claim 17, the embodiment 18 is in claim 18, the embodiment 19 is in claim 19, the embodiment 20 is in claim 20, the embodiment 21 is in claim 21, and the embodiment 22. 22 is claimed, embodiment 23 is claimed 23, embodiment 24 is claimed 24, embodiment 25 is claimed 25, embodiment 26 is claimed 26, and embodiment 27 is claimed 27. 28, 28 corresponds to claim 28, embodiment 29 corresponds to claim 29, embodiment 30 corresponds to claim 30, and embodiment 31 corresponds to claim 31. The content of the present invention is not limited to the following examples, and various modifications can be made without departing from the gist of the present invention.

<Hardware and its environment that can configure this system>
Although the present invention is an invention using a computer in principle, it is realized by software, by hardware, and also by collaboration between software and hardware. The hardware that realizes all or part of each configuration requirement of the present invention is composed of a CPU, a memory, a bus, an input / output device, various peripheral devices, a user interface, and the like, which are the basic configurations of a computer. Various peripheral devices include storage devices, Internet interfaces, Internet devices, displays, keyboards, mice, speakers, cameras, videos, TVs, CD devices, DVD devices, Blu-ray devices, USB memory, USB memory interfaces, and removable types. Hard disks, general hard disks, projector devices, SSDs, telephones, fax machines, copiers, printing devices, movie editing devices, various sensor devices, etc. are included. Further, the device of the present invention does not necessarily have to be configured by one housing, and may be configured by combining a plurality of housings by communication. Further, the communication may be a LAN or a WAN, and a part of the communication may be installed across the border. Further, each of the plurality of housings may be operated by a different entity, or may be operated by one entity. It does not matter whether the operating entity of the system of the present invention is singular or plural. In addition to the system of the present invention, the invention can also be configured as a system including terminals used by other emerging companies described later. In addition, these terminals may be installed across national borders. Further, in addition to this system and the terminal, a device used for registration of another company, a device used for a database for recording the registered contents, and the like may be prepared. These may be provided inside the device of the present invention, or may be provided outside the device of the present invention to make the device available so that the information can be used.

<Satisfaction of Usability of Natural Law of the Present Invention>
The present invention functions in collaboration with a computer, communication equipment, and software. In addition to making it possible to process the processing that was conventionally performed by interviews between the parties and agents using ICT, it is not possible to determine the effects of legal procedures and authentication by ICT, or to create it by an amateur. It is established as a so-called business model patent because it includes processing unique to ICT, such as supporting the creation of legally valid documents via ICT. The expression in the claim is, for example, "evidence information acquisition unit for acquiring evidence information", which means that it is configured by a computer or the like so that evidence information can be acquired, and for example, "a petition". "The petitioner's personal judgment result reception unit that accepts in association with the person identification information" means the petitioner's personal judgment result reception department that is configured by a computer or the like so as to accept in association with the petitioner's identification information. There are many others, but in any case, it must be interpreted in the sense that there is no part to identify a person's actions, but that ~ is configured to be possible by a computer or the like. In addition, various identification information is held or processed in each part, and from this viewpoint as well, the present invention uses resources such as a computer as the matters described in the claims and the specification, and the common general technical knowledge related to those matters. It means that the law of nature is used based on.

<Significance of using the laws of nature required by patent law>
The use of the laws of nature required by the Patent Law means that the invention has industrial applicability and contributes to the development of the industry based on the legal purpose. It is required to ensure that the invention can be made. In other words, it is required to be industrially useful, that is, the effect of the invention declared at the time of filing can be reproduced with a certain certainty by implementing the invention. From this point of view, the usability of the law of nature is interpreted as long as the functions exhibited by each of the matters specifying the invention, which are the constitutions of the invention for exerting the effect of the invention, are exhibited by utilizing the law of nature. Will be done. Furthermore, the effect of the invention is only if there is a possibility of providing a predetermined usefulness to the user who uses the invention, and how the user feels or thinks about the usefulness. It should not be seen from the perspective of. Therefore, even if the effect obtained by the user by this system is a psychological effect, the effect itself is an event that is not subject to the required usability of the laws of nature.

<Prerequisite knowledge: Normal alternative dispute resolution procedure>
The present invention is a system for realizing alternative dispute resolution procedures online. Therefore, in order to recognize the structure of the present invention, the peculiarities and necessity of information processing, and to understand the peculiarities of the present invention, first of all, the knowledge about ordinary alternative dispute resolution procedures that are not carried out online is shared. There is a need.

FIG. 1 is a diagram showing an outline of alternative dispute resolution procedures that are generally performed without using an online system. As shown in the figure, after the "petition" (0101), it branches into "reconciliation mediation procedure" (0102) or "arbitration procedure" (0103) depending on the content, and in the case of reconciliation mediation procedure, "reconciliation". "Selection of mediator" (0104) is performed, and in the case of arbitration proceedings, "Selection of mediator" (0105) is performed, and the content of the petition and the content of the petition and the mediator or arbitrator Notify and invite attendance at each procedure (0106), aim for reconciliation with the parties and the reconciliation mediator or arbitrator on the "reconciliation mediation date" (0107) or "arbitration date" (0108) Discussions take place.

It should be noted that if the other party does not attend the due date, the reconciliation mediator and the arbitrator will not be able to hear the arguments of both parties, so the procedure cannot be proceeded to ensure fairness. It is a point that is often done. Asking the other party to attend the due date imposes a considerable burden on the other party, so attendance at the due date is often refused, which is a factor that makes the effectiveness of dispute resolution using this system questionable. It was.

However, in the operation of alternative dispute resolution procedures, the presence of the parties is not always necessary, and it was not prohibited to adopt an operation method other than the presence if fairness could be ensured. Therefore, this system proposes an online system as a system that guarantees fairness by "not meeting" by maintaining a relationship in which the reconciliation mediator and the arbitrator do not face each other directly.

Since it was an operational burden to have to go to the deadline to meet, if an alternative dispute resolution procedure system that does not require "meeting" is implemented, more problems will be raised. It can be expected to be resolved by the resolution procedure.

<Prerequisite knowledge: Definition>
Since the present invention is a system for realizing alternative dispute resolution online, it must not violate the legal provisions regarding alternative dispute resolution. Therefore, it is difficult to explain without using legal jargon. Therefore, the definitions of each term will be explained first. In addition, when a different definition is given due to the revision of the Act on Promotion of Use of Alternative Dispute Resolution Procedures, the Law Enforcement Regulations on Promotion of Use of Alternative Dispute Resolution Procedures, and other related laws and regulations, the definition shown here follows the law. It shall be read as the definition. Further, the definition is common to all embodiments (Embodiments 1 to 31) throughout the specification. For legal terms other than Japan, read the corresponding foreign legal terms or the closest legal terms. This replacement shall meet the conditions for literal translation in the case of a PCT application.

"Alternative dispute resolution" is a procedure in which a fair third party is involved in resolving a civil dispute in order to resolve a civil dispute. Say. The settlement agreement, which is the result of alternative dispute resolution, is legally binding.

"Procedure implementer" means a person who mediates settlement in private dispute resolution procedures. The "procedure implementer" used in this alternative dispute resolution procedure system is the procedure implementer specified in the definition.

"Private dispute resolution procedure" means that a private business operator receives a request from both parties to a civil dispute so that the parties to the dispute can settle, and a contract with the parties to the dispute. Refers to alternative dispute resolution procedures that mediate settlement based on. However, this excludes alternative dispute resolution procedures specified by Cabinet Order by a person designated by the provisions of the law as a business of resolving disputes under the provisions of the law. It is assumed that the procedures executed by this alternative dispute resolution system correspond to "private dispute resolution procedures", but it also includes cases where organizations such as bar associations and patent attorneys associations do not require certification. It's a waste.

A "certified dispute resolution company" is a company that carries out private dispute resolution procedures as a business after being certified by the Minister of Justice. If the person who manages and operates the Alternative Dispute Resolution System is a private organization, it must be certified by the Minister of Justice under the legal system at the time of filing. It is assumed that the person who manages and / or the person who provides the service using this alternative dispute resolution system falls under the "certified dispute resolution business operator", but such as a bar association or a patent attorney's association. This includes cases where certification is not required by organizations.

"Certified dispute resolution procedure" is a private dispute resolution procedure carried out by a certified dispute resolution business operator. The procedures performed using this alternative dispute resolution system are those who manage and operate this alternative dispute resolution system and / and those who provide services using this alternative dispute resolution system "certified dispute resolution". If it falls under the category of "business operator," it falls under the category of "certification dispute resolution procedure," but it also includes cases where it is carried out by an organization that does not require certification, such as a bar association or a patent attorneys association.

"Substantial owner, etc. of the applicant (application for certification by the Minister of Justice)" means substantially controlling the applicant's business through ownership of shares of the certified dispute resolution business operator, financing to the applicant, or other reasons. However, a person specified by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Justice as a person who has a significant influence on the business. "Applicant's subsidiary, etc." means a person who is stipulated by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Justice as having a relationship in which a certified dispute resolution business operator substantially controls the business through ownership of shares or other reasons. For disputes in which a person who has a relationship of "substantial owner, etc. of the applicant" and "subsidiary, etc. of the applicant" is a party to the dispute, the certified dispute resolution business operator cannot carry out the certification dispute resolution procedure. In this alternative dispute resolution procedure system, "conflict subject, etc." used in the specification is synonymous with a person who is related to "substantial owner, etc. of the applicant" and "subsidiary, etc. of the applicant." .. For example, employees of these companies, persons who have a business consignment contract, companies that have a capital relationship with these companies, persons who have a business alliance with these companies, organizations, etc. fall under this category. Alternatively, a person who intends to apply for alternative dispute resolution with these companies as the other party also falls under the category of conflict subject.

The person specified by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Justice that falls under the above "implementary ruler of the applicant, etc."
(1) The voting rights owned by a specific person in his / her own calculation are the same as the intention of the specific person because they have a close relationship with the specific person in terms of investment, personnel, funds, technology, transactions, etc. Certified dispute resolution business by combining the voting rights owned by those who are deemed to exercise the voting rights of the content and those who have agreed to exercise the voting rights of the same content as the intention of the specific person. A person (excluding an individual) occupies one-third or more of the voting rights (including the case where the specific person does not own the voting rights in his / her own calculation). 2) Persons who are officers of certified dispute resolution business operators (excluding individuals) (including representatives or managers of non-corporate organizations with a designated representative or manager. The same shall apply in the following explanation). Or a person who was an officer (3) A person whose representative is the person shown in (2) above (including a representative or manager of a non-corporate organization with a designated representative or manager) (4) Persons whose officers or employees are certified dispute resolution business operators or those who have been such (5) Certified dispute resolution business operators (limited to individuals) or certified dispute resolution business operators (excluding individuals) (6) Persons who are relatives within the third degree of the officers of (6) Persons whose representative is the person listed in (5) above (7) Persons who are officers of the certification dispute resolution business operator (excluding individuals) Persons whose officers or employees are one-third or more, or persons who have been such persons (8) Certification Dispute Resolution Procedures Concludes a contract with the business operator that controls the decision of the applicant's business policy Person (9) A specific person provides a loan (guarantee of debt and provision of collateral) for one-third or more of the total amount of funds raised by the applicant (limited to those recorded in the debt section of the balance sheet). (Including) (including the amount of loans provided by persons who have a close relationship with the specific item in terms of investment, personnel, funds, technology, transactions, etc.), which is one-third of the total amount of funds raised. The fact that it is presumed that the specific person (10) in (including the above cases) controls the decision of the business policy of the other certified dispute resolution business operator of the person described in (9) above. Existent person (11) For the person described in (10) above, a specific person becomes the person (1) and (7) to (10) specified in (1) and (7) to (10) above. Certification dispute resolution procedure of the stipulated person The specific person in the case of having the same relationship as the business operator (12) The person described in (1) to (10) above is a subsidiary described later for the specific person. Etc. Persons listed in each provision except (2) to (6) and (11) for the subsidiaries, etc. described later of the certification dispute resolution business operator prescribed in each provision except (2) to (6) and (11) Refers to the specific person in the case of having the same relationship as the relationship with.

The person specified by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Justice that falls under the above "subsidiary, etc. of the applicant" is
(1) Approval that the applicant exercises the same voting rights as the applicant's intention due to the close relationship between the voting rights owned by the applicant in his / her own calculation and the applicant's investment personnel funding technology, transactions, etc. In addition to the voting rights owned by the person who has agreed to exercise the same voting rights as the intention of the applicant and the applicant, the representative or administrator of another corporation or non-corporate organization When occupying more than one-third of the voting rights of those with provisions (hereinafter referred to as "corporations, etc." in this Article) (including cases where the applicant does not own voting rights in his / her own calculation) (2) Persons who are officers of the applicant (excluding individuals) or employees of the applicant or those who were these (3) Persons listed in the preceding item shall be the representatives Persons (4) Persons represented by the applicant (limited to individuals) (5) Persons who are relatives within the third degree of the officers of the applicant (limited to individuals) or the applicant (excluding individuals) 6) A person whose representative is the person listed in the preceding item (7) The other corporation, etc. when the person listed in item 2 accounts for more than one-third of the officers of the other corporation, etc. ( 8) When the applicant has entered into a contract with a specific person to control the decision of the business policy of the specific person, the specific person (9) The amount of funds raised by the specific person If you have financed more than one-third of the total amount of the loan (a person who has a close relationship with the applicant in terms of investment, personnel, funds, technology, transactions, etc.) It is presumed that the specific person (10) in addition to the persons listed in the preceding items, including cases where the total amount is more than one-third, the applicant controls the decision of the business policy of the specific person. When the facts exist, the specific person (11) The person listed in each of the preceding items applies to the specific person in each of the preceding items (excluding items 2 to 6; the same shall apply hereinafter in this item). It refers to the specific person who has the same relationship as the person listed in the preceding items of the prescribed applicant.

The "reason for exclusion" is the reason stipulated in Article 23 "Reason for Exclusion of Judges" of the Code of Civil Procedure. The same article of the law specifically stipulates as follows. In this specification, "reasons for exclusion or reasons equivalent to reasons for exclusion" are collectively referred to as "reasons for exclusion", meaning that there are reasons for exclusion or reasons equivalent thereto under the Code of Civil Procedure. There is. In the following, the contents of the provisions of the Code of Civil Procedure, which have been replaced in accordance with the present invention, are described as definitions in the present specification.
(1) When the procedural person or his / her spouse or spouse is a party to the case, or when there is a relationship between the party and the joint right holder, joint obligor or reimbursement obligor (2) When the person performing the procedure is or has been a relative within the fourth degree of kinship, a spouse within the third degree of kinship, or a relative living together.
(3) When the person performing the procedure is a guardian, guardian supervisor, guardian, assistant supervisor or assistant supervisor of the parties concerned.
(4) When the person performing the procedure becomes a witness or expert witness for the case.
(5) When the procedural person is or has been the agent or guardian of the parties concerned with respect to the case.
(6) When the procedural person is involved in the arbitral award regarding the case or in the trial of the previous trial for which an appeal has been filed.
"Reason equivalent to the reason for exclusion" means a reason other than the above (1) to (6) where it is recognized that it is difficult to guarantee the fairness to be protected by the reason for exclusion.

The "judicial disqualification" is the reason stipulated in Article 24 "Judge's disqualification" of the Code of Civil Procedure. The same article of the law specifically stipulates as follows. In this specification, "reasons for avoidance or reasons equivalent to reasons for avoidance" are collectively referred to as "reasons for avoidance", which means that there are reasons for avoidance or reasons equivalent thereto under the Code of Civil Procedure. In the following, the contents of the provisions of the Code of Civil Procedure, which have been replaced in accordance with the present invention, are described as definitions in the present specification.
The parties may evade the judge if there are circumstances that would impede the composition of alternative dispute resolution for the practitioner.
"Reason for repulsion" means a reason other than the above, where it is deemed difficult to ensure fairness to be protected by the reason for repulsion.

<Terminology of the present invention>
The following describes definitions of unique terms used herein. The definition is explained in the claim item that appears for the first time, but the same definition applies to claims other than the claim of the item being explained. That is, the definitions of each term are common throughout the specification (claims 1 to 31).

<Embodiment 1>
A "procedure implementation candidate" is a person who is waiting to become a procedure implementation person.
"Procedure implementation candidate identification information" is unique information given by this system to identify a procedure implementation candidate on this system.
"Procedure implementation candidate information" is information about the procedure implementation person.
The "complainant terminal" is a terminal that can be connected to the secretariat server of this system used by the complainant.
"Complainant information" is information for identifying the petitioner. Information that always includes the name of the complainant.
"Complainant identification information" is unique information given by this system to identify the petitioner on this system.
"Counterparty information" is information (including counterparty identification information) for identifying the other party. This is information for identifying the other party to be input when acquiring input information.
"Counterparty identification information" is unique information given by the system to identify the other party on the system.
"Input information" is information input by the complainant at the time of filing a petition. At a minimum, it includes counterparty information, including petitioner information and counterparty identification information.
"Petition information" is information about a case that the petitioner wishes to resolve using alternative dispute resolution procedures.
"Petition identification information" is identification information for identifying a petition.

<Embodiment 3 and 4>
It has been confirmed that there is no problem in becoming a procedure implementer in relation to a procedure implementation candidate, but the procedure implementation is still carried out in the relationship between the petitioner and the other party. It is the status of the procedure implementation candidate who has not been judged whether there is any problem in becoming a person.
"Procedure execution trustee identification information" is unique information automatically given by the system to identify the procedure execution trustee.

<Embodiment 5 and 6>
An "exclusion procedure implementation trustee" is a procedure implementer who has a recognized reason for exclusion and should be excluded from the procedure.
"Exclusion procedure implementation trustee identification information" is unique information automatically given by the system to identify the exclusion procedure implementation trustee.

<Embodiment 8>
A "candidate for implementing a procedure for establishing a repellent" is a candidate for implementing a procedure that is determined to have a reason for repelling.
"Judicial disqualification procedure implementation candidate identification information" is unique information automatically given by this system in order to identify a judicial disqualification procedure implementation candidate.

<Embodiment 9>
The "procedure implementer" is, as shown in the definition above, a person who mediates the settlement in the alternative dispute resolution procedure, and is a person who leads the procedure using this system.
"Procedure performer identification information" is unique information automatically given by the system to identify the procedure performer.

<Embodiment 10>
The "person in charge" is the person who manages and operates this system, and manages and leads the progress of the system and performs clerical processing.
The "person in charge identification information" is unique information automatically given by the system for identifying the person in charge.
A "ghostwriter's answer" is an answer written by a person other than the other party at the request of the other party. It is the procedure implementer and / and the person in charge who prepares the ghostwriting answer.

<Embodiment 11>
A "reconciliation plan" is a written statement of the conditions for dispute resolution obtained by mutual transfer of the parties to the case subject to alternative dispute resolution.
The "reconciliation plan template" is a form in which only the form is arranged in a certain form regardless of the content in order to create a reconciliation plan.

<Embodiment 13>
"Title information" is information for clarifying the creator of information, and is information having the same effect as a so-called signature stamp.

<Embodiment 14>
The "permission / rejection information" is information indicating the approval or disapproval of the parties to the prepared settlement proposal.
The "branch rule" is a rule for selecting a branch for subsequent processing, which is the progress of the subsequent procedure, according to the condition of the combination of the acquired permission / denial information.
“Subsequent processing” is the content of the processing of this procedure after obtaining the approval / disapproval information for the prepared settlement proposal.

<Embodiment 17>
The "intention to suspend the procedure" is the intention to terminate the procedure in the middle without waiting for the judgment of whether or not the settlement, which is the ultimate purpose of the alternative dispute resolution procedure, will be established.

<Embodiment 18 and 19>
The "termination information" is information on whether the settlement was finally established and the procedure was completed, or whether the procedure was not completed without the settlement being established.

<Embodiment 21>
The "response information" is a response to the content of the petition filed by the petitioner, and is information corresponding to a so-called answer.

<Embodiment 22>
The "commission payment schedule information" is information indicating that the fee is to be paid, so it does not indicate that the payment has already been completed.

<Embodiment 1>
<Outline of Embodiment 1>
The invention in the present embodiment is for processing the alternative dispute resolution procedure by using an online system, and mainly includes the procedure from the petition to the acceptance of the petition.

FIG. 2 is a diagram conceptually showing a usage mode of the present embodiment. As shown in the figure, centering on the secretariat server (0201), the petitioner P (Petitioner: 0202), the procedure implementer M (Mediator: 0203), the other party O (Opponent: 0204), and the person in charge A (Admin: 0205) ) Is characterized in that the data output to each terminal is automatically changed according to the progress of the alternative dispute resolution procedure.

The first embodiment, as shown in FIG. 2, is a provision regarding a procedure in which only the petitioner and the person in charge in the left half are involved. When the petitioner P (0202) sends the petition information to the secretariat server, the person in charge A (0205) selected from the secretariat server can confirm the content of the petition, and the petitioner P and the person in charge A are the secretariat. It will be connected via the server as if they were facing each other on the spot.

In this alternative dispute resolution system, as shown in FIG. 2, each uses terminals such as smartphones, telephones, and personal computers, and information is exchanged using screen updates and voice output. The display of the terminal you are using is updated according to the transfer of information. By using the screen update, it is possible to proceed with the procedure at the same time as if you were in the same room, and as an advantage unique to the online system, it is convenient for the management side such as the shipping timing of the mailed item. If the next action is taken at a time that is convenient for both parties without being involved, the procedure can proceed appropriately.

<Structure of Embodiment 1 Invention>
FIG. 4 is an example of the functional configuration diagram of the alternative dispute resolution procedure system in the first embodiment. The alternative dispute resolution procedure system of the first embodiment illustrated in FIG. 4 includes a procedure implementation candidate information storage unit (0401), a petition information holding department (0402), an evidence information acquisition department (0403), and the petitioner himself / herself. Judgment result reception department (0404), explained input reception department (0405), fee payment information acquisition judgment department (0406), comprehensive judgment department (0407), legal confirmation storage department (0408), and procedures It has a secretariat server consisting of an implementation candidate selection reception department (0409) and.

<Explanation of Embodiment 1 Configuration>
<Embodiment 1 Secretariat server>
The "secretariat server" is a management server that manages information of the alternative dispute resolution system in this embodiment. The secretariat server may be composed of one chassis, a server for the complainant, a server for the procedure implementer, a server for the other party, a server for the secretariat, a server for the higher authority, which will be described later, and a server for record management. It may be configured as a complex of a plurality of servers such as.

Further, when a plurality of servers are configured as a complex, the functions to be processed may be distributed to each server. For example, the function as a database and other functions are separated, and the A server is configured to have a procedure implementation candidate information storage unit, a petition information holding unit, and an evidence information acquisition unit, and the B server is configured to have. Has a petitioner's own judgment result reception department, an explained input reception department, a fee payment information acquisition judgment department, a comprehensive judgment department, a legally confirmed storage department, and a procedure implementation candidate selection reception department. It is conceivable to configure in. As another example of distribution, a method of distributing functions by taking steps in the procedure can be considered. For example, before the petition is accepted, from the acceptance of the petition to the decision of the procedure implementer, from the decision of the procedure implementer to the end of the procedure, and for keeping records after the procedure is completed. By distributing the functions for each server in this way, it is possible to facilitate the management of access restriction processing when the access authority changes depending on the stage of the procedure.

As described in the above example, the secretariat server may be composed of a plurality of housings, and the functions may be distributed to each housing. Furthermore, the secretariat server does not have to be geographically located in one place, and even if it is distributed and installed in geographically separated places, if the connection on the network is recognized, the secretariat server will be "secretariat". It can be said that it has a "server". In addition, the secretariat server shall infringe the right relating to this application as long as the service is provided in the country where the patent right is registered, even if it is outside the country where the patent right is registered. Similarly, as long as the service is provided in the country where the patent right is registered, the plurality of devices constituting the secretariat server are distributed to countries other than the countries where the patent right is registered (including the case where the country where the patent right is registered is included in a part). Even if it is placed, it shall infringe the right relating to this application.

<Embodiment 1 Procedure Implementation Candidate Information Storage Department>
The "Procedure Implementation Candidate Information Storage Department" is the procedure implementation candidate identification information, which is the identification information of the procedure implementation candidate for alternative dispute resolution, and the procedure implementation, which is information on the procedure implementation candidate identified by the identification information. Accumulate candidate information. A "procedure implementation candidate" is a person who is waiting to become a procedure implementation person. The person who becomes the procedure implementation candidate is the person who has declared the intention to act as the procedure implementer to the administrator of this system, and can be the procedure implementation candidate in all cases where the procedure implementer has not been decided. It has the potential. For example, an expert who has specialized knowledge in a certain field, or a person who is legally given the authority to carry out legal procedures in a certain field (for example, a lawyer, a lawyer, a judicial scrivener, an administrative scrivener, etc.) Various official qualification holders such as tax accountants, certified public accountants, labor and social security attorneys, and small and medium-sized business doctors can be considered), etc. can be registered as candidates for procedure implementation.

"Procedure implementation candidate information" is information about the procedure implementation person, and is composed of personal attribute information and personal identification information. The procedure implementation candidate information is information that is linked even if the procedure implementation candidate changes its position from the procedure implementer, the exclusion procedure implementation trustee, the judicial disqualification procedure implementation candidate, and the procedure implementation trustee. It can be referred to by being linked with the identification information indicating the person in the position of. As an example of the procedure implementation candidate information, the name of the national qualification owned, the matters recorded in the regulatory agency, etc. related to the national qualification owned, the name of the affiliated office, the location of the affiliated office, the homepage address of the affiliated office, the affiliated company Name, company location, work location, company homepage address, contact email address, contact phone number, SNS address, specialized field (legal, technical, dispute type), work history, job history, work, appearance History, lecture history, name, common name in some cases, professional name, copy of document certifying the national qualification of possession, fee table when receiving business consignment outside this system, within the range that can be disclosed by this system Achievements (use of this system, non-use of this system), years elapsed after registration, etc.

It is preferable that the information stored in the procedure implementation candidate information storage unit be designed so that the persons concerned with this system can view it. Assuming that the name is the information browsing unit for procedure implementation candidates, this department has a browsing application receiving means, a browsing right original determination means, a browsing range acquisition means, and a browsing output means. In the browsing application receiving means, a person who wishes to browse inputs the identification information of the procedure implementation candidate or the like and also inputs his / her own identification information to apply for browsing of the information of the procedure implementation candidate or the like. At this time, the viewing right source determination means holds the determination information for determining the viewing right source from the identification information of the person, and determines the range of information to be disclosed based on the determination information. This determination result is acquired by the viewing range acquisition means, and is output from the viewing output means to a person who desires to view. In some cases, browsing may not be permitted, and browsing may be permitted for all information. In addition, it is desirable that the procedure implementation candidate information has an editing means and is configured so that the content can be edited in response to an editing request from a person with title. It is desirable that this title is separately determined by the identification information entered and the password entered together with it. Further, the information stored here may be updated by making a predetermined setting. For example, the number of years elapsed after registration may be automatically updated by acquiring clock information. It is also conceivable to patrol and update information on national qualifications on the website of the regulatory agency.

"Procedure implementation candidate identification information" is unique information given by this system to identify a procedure implementation candidate on this system. As will be described later, the status of the procedure implementation candidate changes to the procedure implementer, the exclusion procedure implementation trustee, the judicial disqualification procedure implementation candidate, the procedure implementation trustee, etc., depending on the progress stage of the procedure. To go. The transition to each status is due to the fact that the information associated with each status, the information that can be accessed, and the procedural title are different. Therefore, the procedure implementer is the procedure implementer identification information, the exclusion procedure implementation trustee is the exclusion procedure implementation trustee identification information, the judicial disqualification procedure implementation candidate is the avoidance establishment procedure implementation candidate identification information, and the procedure implementation trustee is Will be given the procedure implementation trustee identification information, but these do not have to be completely independent identification information. For example, it is conceivable to use the procedure implementation candidate identification information as the basic identification information and additionally associate the information indicating the status with the identification information indicating that the status is in another status. Therefore, although it is stated that the identification information is unique information, when comparing the procedure implementers on a person-by-person basis, it is sufficient if the procedure implementation candidate A and the procedure implementation candidate B are unique, and the procedure implementation candidate may be unique. The uniqueness may be impaired between the same person with different statuses, that is, the person A, the procedure implementer A, the exclusion procedure implementation trustee A, the repellent establishment procedure implementation candidate A, and the procedure implementation trustee A.

The fact that the uniqueness may be impaired means that the case where common identification information is inherited is allowed. In this case, when the condition for inheriting the common identification information is satisfied, a new association is made between the common identification information and the specific information, which newly constitutes the association between the common identification information and the specific information. , It is conceivable to reflect the result of status transition.

The procedure performer identification information must be information that can uniquely identify the person within this system. For example, it is possible to use an e-mail address, a mobile phone number, etc. that the person plans to use for a long period of time. Since the registration number of the national qualification may be duplicated between different national qualifications, it is possible to add a part that uniquely identifies the type of national qualification to be the procedure practitioner identification information. In this way, by using identification information that can be uniquely identified both inside and outside this system, there is no need to change the identification information when linking with other systems or expanding this system. There are merits. Of course, it is also possible to make the identification information body shape unique only within this system.

<Embodiment 1 Petition Information Holding Department>
The "complaint information holding unit" acquires at least the complainant information including the name of the complainant and the input information including at least the other party information (including the other party identification information) for identifying the other party from the complainant terminal. The claimant information, the other party information, and the claimant information, which is the information associated with the claimant identification information that identifies the claimant, which is also used to access this system, are retained in association with the claimant identification information. The petition information is the information provided by the petitioner.

"Complaint information" is information about a case that the petitioner wishes to resolve using the out-of-court dispute resolution procedure, and the petitioner information, which is information about the petitioner, and the party who conflicts with the case related to the petition. This is information in which the other party information (including the other party identification information), which is the information about the other party, the input information consisting of the other party information, and the petition identification information for identifying the case are associated with the input information. Although not included in the above definition, it is also possible to include information on the content of the petition indicating the content of the case as the petition information.

The petition information may be obtained for each litigation matter, which is a concept under the Code of Civil Procedure, or for each petitioner. However, if it is acquired for each petitioner, it will be divided into litigation units and processed for the operation of this system. The petition identification information will be given to each of the divided litigation items. This is related to the matter of how to set the range of cases that can be handled in one procedure due to the structure of this system.

"Petition identification information" is identification information for identifying a petition. This is unique information that is automatically given by this system when the petition information is output to the secretariat server and the secretariat server receives it. In order to improve the convenience of managing the petition, it is preferable to include information indicating the type of the petition and information indicating the date of the petition.

"Complainant information" is information for identifying the petitioner. Information that always includes the name of the complainant. In addition to this, the date of life of the petitioner, the claimant's phone number, the claimant's email address, the claimant's address, the claimant's place of employment, the claimant's bank account, the claimant's easy-to-contact time zone, the petition Information about the person's agent, the family structure of the claimant, the contact method when the claimant cannot be contacted, the desired contact method, the claimant's past use history of the alternative dispute resolution system, etc. Information may be included in the complainant's information. As can be seen from the illustrated information, the petitioner information does not have to be directly related to the case of inputting the petitioner information.

"Complainant identification information" is unique information given by this system to identify the petitioner on this system. The petitioner identification information may be, for example, the petitioner identification information as the basic identification information, and the information indicating the status may be additionally associated with the petitioner identification information to be the identification information indicating that the state is in another status. Be done.

The claimant identification information must be information that can uniquely identify the person within this system. For example, it is possible to use an e-mail address, a mobile phone number, etc. that the person plans to use for a long period of time. In this way, by using identification information that can be uniquely identified both inside and outside this system, there is no need to change the identification information when linking with other systems or expanding this system. There are merits. Of course, it is also possible to make the identification information body shape unique only within this system. The petitioner information and the petitioner identification information are assumed to be acquired by the secretariat server on a petition basis, but may be acquired by the secretariat server on a petitioner basis.

<Case where a past petitioner makes a new petition>
A person who has been given the petitioner identification information in the past may be configured so that when making another petition using the same identification information, it is not necessary to enter the petitioner information again in another petition. , Even if it is the same person, it is possible to newly issue and associate another petitioner identification information so that the petitioner information is newly input.

<Case where one petitioner makes a petition to multiple counterparties at the same time>
There are cases where one petitioner makes a petition to multiple counterparties at the same time. For example, there is a case where one petitioner is substantially the same, but is employed by both the parent company and its subsidiary, and both are filed for retirement at the same time. In addition, one petitioner is a multiple debtor, and at the same time, a petition for refund of overpayment is filed with multiple creditors. In such a case, a plurality of petition identification information and a plurality of counterparty identification information are associated with one petitioner identification information, but these are also held by the petition information holding unit and one petitioner identification. It is preferable to configure the database so that a plurality of complaint identification information and the other party identification information are hit by using the information as a search key.

<Case where multiple petitioners file a petition against one party at the same time>
There are cases where multiple petitioners file a petition against one party at the same time. For example, when a patent right is shared, a person who is considered to be infringing the patent right is requested to suspend the infringement of the patent right and to compensate for damages. In such a case, one petition identification information and one counterparty identification information are associated with a plurality of petitioner identification information, but these are also held by the petition information holding unit and one counterparty identification information. Alternatively, it is preferable to configure the database so that a plurality of claimant identification information is hit by using one petition identification information as a search key.

Further, it is preferable that the claimant identification information is designed so as to form at least a part of the personal authentication information for the claimant to use the system. The personal authentication information is used to identify the person such as the password set by the person to confirm that he / she is the person who made the request and the person's identification information when connecting to the system from the terminal used by the person by communication. Information composed of a combination of information and the like. The personal identification information is actually processed by the character string (which may include a code and other computer-processable values) that the petitioner knows and uses to access the system and the computers that make up the system. Even if the value is different from the value, the same personal identification information is used as long as it has a one-to-one correspondence. In this system, the timing of setting the password that constitutes the person authentication information is not specified in particular, but the method of acquiring it as one piece of information that constitutes the claimant information, or the person who entered the claim information in this system is the claimant himself / herself. It may be after the judgment is made. This is because it is dangerous to give the access right of the system to the person who inputs the complaint information by spoofing. As a means of setting and notifying the applicant after confirming that he / she is the applicant, the system generates a password at the timing when the confirmation result is obtained, or the applicant is made to set it. The generated password is shared between the claimant and the system by outputting the generated password to the terminal used by the claimant by communication or by outputting the password setting screen to the terminal used by the claimant. To do. In order to display the password setting screen on the complainant's terminal, for example, an e-mail with a unique URL (also for accessing this system) is sent to the complainant's terminal for each complainant. , The system is accessed using the URL, and since the access is unique, the accessor can be identified, and the password setting screen is output according to the identification of the accessor.

"Counterparty information" is information for identifying the other party (including the other party identification information). This is information for identifying the other party to be input when acquiring input information. This is the minimum information required to identify what you are trying to claim. Since it is the person who wishes to make a petition in principle, this information is obtained from the petitioner's terminal (the terminal device used by the person who wishes to make a petition). Specifically, the device is a PC, a smartphone, or the like.

The other party information includes the name, name, address / location / location, telephone number, place of employment, e-mail address, etc. of the other party, and is information that can uniquely identify the other party. It is preferable that one or more information of the other party is included. In this sense, the other party information is information that always includes the other party identification information. The other party identification information can be converted into unique information given by this system in order to uniquely identify the other party after being acquired from the complainant terminal. This converted information is also referred to as counterparty identification information in the present specification. This is because "information" refers to something that can maintain the same meaning regardless of its format. It is possible to configure it as information set independently by this system, or it may be configured to use the other party's e-mail address, telephone number, etc. entered as the other party information as the other party identification information.

"Counterparty identification information" is unique information given by the system to identify the other party on the system. For example, the other party identification information may be used as the identification information indicating that the other party is in a different status by additionally associating the other party identification information with the information indicating the status as the basic identification information.

The other party identification information must be information that can uniquely identify the person in this system. For example, it is possible to use an e-mail address, a mobile phone number, etc. that the person plans to use for a long period of time. In this way, by using identification information that can be uniquely identified both inside and outside this system, there is no need to change the identification information when linking with other systems or expanding this system. There are merits. Of course, it is also possible to make the identification information body shape unique only within this system.

The other party information and the other party identification information are information held in association with the petition information, and are also information indicating that the other party is the other party regarding the petition. Therefore, as with the petitioner information and the petitioner identification information, it is originally assumed that the acquisition and management are performed on a petitioner basis, but the acquisition and management may be performed on a petitioner basis.

<Diversion of petitioner identification information and counterparty identification information>
The petitioner identified by the petitioner identification information in one procedure may be the other party in another procedure. In this case, it is conceivable to use the claimant identification information acquired in the previous procedure as the other party identification information, or to use the other party identification information acquired in the previous procedure as the claimant identification information. It is possible to divert the information between the petition information and the counterparty information to the extent that the petition information associated with the claimant identification information is in common with the counterparty information that should be associated with the counterparty identification information. Therefore, the other party identification information and the complainant information may be shared.

In this system, personal identification information can be managed in common among various statuses because the main unit of information managed by this system is the case unit.

The petitioner can obtain information related to a series of petition processing from the secretariat server. Specifically, information related to a series of petition processing can be displayed and viewed on the screen of the complainant terminal. There are two main ways to browse. One is a method of browsing the web page generated by the secretariat server via the Internet using the web browser of the complainant terminal. The other method is to install an alternative dispute resolution system and an application having an information transmission / reception function on the complainant's terminal, and display and view information on the petition processing through the application. In addition, the above two methods of transmitting information can also be used when transmitting information from the complainant terminal to the secretariat server. Hereinafter, the exchange of information between the petitioner and the secretariat server can be realized by either method, but unless otherwise specified, either configuration of both is established. In addition, both can be selectively used systems.

FIG. 70 shows an interface of the petitioner information input receiving means output from the secretariat server to the petitioner's terminal that can connect to the secretariat server as an example of the method in which the petitioner provides the petitioner information to the secretariat server. Is shown as an example of the petitioner window P (7001) in which is displayed. FIG. 71 shows an interface of the other party information input receiving means output from the secretariat server to the terminal of the claimant who can connect to the secretariat server as an example of the method in which the claimant provides the other party information to the secretariat server. An example of the petitioner window P (7101) is shown. FIG. 72 shows, as an example of a method in which the petitioner provides information on the petition content to the secretariat server, an information input receiving means for the petition content output from the secretariat server to the terminal of the petitioner who can connect to the secretariat server. An example of the window P (7201) in which the interface is displayed is shown.

In the present invention, the petitioner, "procedure implementation candidate, procedure implementation trustee, exclusion procedure implementation trustee, evasion establishment procedure implementation trustee, procedure implementer" ("procedure implementation candidate, etc." may be referred to below. .), The other party, "candidate in charge, person in charge" (may be referred to as "person in charge, etc." below), and the person identified by the higher title identification information, so the petition is filed. The petitioner window P for the person, the procedure implementer window M for the procedure implementer, the other party window O for the other party, the person in charge window A for the person in charge, and the upper authority window for the person identified by the upper title identification information. It is specified by the notation H. In the figure, the notation P, M, O, A, and H clarifies the distinction for whom the window is for, but such a code is not displayed in the actual window.

The petition information includes at least input information consisting of the petitioner information and the other party information and the petitioner identification information associated therewith, but in addition to this, it is usually considered that the petition information also includes information regarding the content of the petition. Therefore, the information received as a step of the petition in the alternative dispute resolution procedure generally includes information on the petition in addition to the petitioner information and the counterparty information. Therefore, it can be considered that the petition information acquisition process is configured by combining all of the above-mentioned petitioner information acquisition means, counterparty information acquisition means, and information acquisition means related to the petition.

FIG. 70 shows an example of the display of the display window P (7001) of the petitioner information input receiving means output by the secretariat server to the petitioner's terminal. As illustrated in the figure, as the stage for acquiring the petition information, a step display column (7002) indicating which step is currently being processed and a secretariat server for inputting various petitioner information are provided on the petitioner terminal. It is configured to have an interface text box (7003) displayed on the terminal of the complainant of the petition information input means to be output, and an interface button (7004) of the petition information acquisition means of the secretariat server for the input petitioner information. Has been done. When the petitioner information acquisition means acquires the petitioner information, the secretariat server outputs the display screen of the counterparty information input reception means shown in FIG. 71.

It can be configured so that required input items can be set for one or more of the input items to the complainant information input receiving means. If there is an input omission in the required input items, or if information that does not match the processing conditions is entered in the entry items, error processing will be performed when the applicant information is received by the secretariat server, and the other party's information input reception will be accepted. It is conceivable to configure so that the display screen of the means is not output. In this case, the complainant information input receiving means in which the information for identifying the error part and the information for notifying that an error has occurred is additionally changed is output in place of the other party information input receiving means. Further, at the time of this re-output, it is preferable to maintain the input state for the information in the range that does not require correction, and to delete the input contents and output the information in the range that requires correction. Alternatively, it is also possible to delete all the input contents, or to prompt re-input by displaying a color tone or a warning while maintaining all the input contents.

In the example of FIG. 71, in the other party information input reception window P of the complainant terminal in which the interface of the other party information input reception means output by the secretariat server is displayed, which step is currently being processed as the request information acquisition stage. A step display column (7102) indicating the above, and an interface text box (7103) displayed on the complainant's terminal as a means for acquiring the other party's information output to the complainant's terminal in order for the secretariat server to acquire various other party's information. , The other party information acquisition means interface button (7104) that outputs the other party information acquisition means for the secretariat server to acquire the input other party information to the complainant terminal is configured to have. When the other party information acquisition means acquires the other party information, the secretariat server outputs an interface display screen of the information input reception means regarding the content of the petition shown in FIG. 72.

Similar to the output of the complainant information to the secretariat server, it can be configured so that required input items can be set for one or more of the input items to the other party information input receiving means. If there is an omission in the required input items, or if information that does not match the processing conditions is entered in the entry items, error processing will be performed when the applicant information is received by the secretariat server, and the other party's information input reception means It is conceivable to configure the control means so that the display screen of is not output.

72a to 72d are display examples of the information input receiving unit regarding the content of the petition. 72a and 72c are a set, and FIG. 72c is displayed by the screen transition of FIG. 72a. 72b and 72d are a set, and FIG. 72d is displayed by the screen transition of FIG. 72b. As shown in FIGS. 72a to 72d, in the display window P of the information input reception unit regarding the content of the complaint, a step display column (7202) indicating which step is currently being processed as the acquisition stage of the complaint information, and various complaints. An interface text box (7203) for inputting information about the content, and information output by the secretariat server to the complainant's terminal to input the selected information by selecting one information by the selection method instead of text input. Power of input unit Interface button (7204) and interface button of multiple information selection input means output by the secretariat server to the petitioner's terminal in order to select multiple pieces of information by the selection method and input the selected multiple pieces of information. (7207) and the selection input means including additional information output by the secretariat server to the complainant's terminal in order to select one piece of information by the selection method and request the input of additional information when the specific information is selected (7206). Interface button (7205), interface button of evidence file input receiving means output by the secretariat server to the applicant's terminal to input evidence file information such as documents to be submitted by the file upload method instead of text input (7205) 7208), it can be configured to have an interface button (7209) of an information acquisition means regarding the content of the complaint that the secretariat server outputs to the terminal of the complainant in order for the secretariat server to acquire the information regarding the input content of the complaint. ..

Since there is content that should be confirmed formally rather than free entry in the information regarding the petition, it is assumed that a selective input method that does not allow free entry will be adopted. As the configuration of the information input reception unit for the petition, the methods of selection input, multiple selection input, and selection input including additional information are illustrated, but other methods such as exclusion selection input that performs processing to exclude those that do not correspond from the selection are available. There may be. Further, the input method related to the selective input can be adopted in the information input receiving means other than the information input receiving means related to the petition.

A state in which a plurality of pieces of information are selectively input using the interface button of the multiple selection input means of FIG. 72a appears in the portion indicated by reference numeral 7207 in FIG. 72d. It shows the state in which "withholding tax", "pension notebook", and "health insurance disqualification lighting book" are selected as multiple selection information. Multiple information cannot be selected at the same time with the interface buttons of the selection input means other than the multiple selection input means, and if one interface button is selected and another interface button is selected, it is selected first. The selected state of the information is canceled. In the case of the interface button of the multiple selection input means, the selected state is canceled by reselecting the selected option.

The state in which the selection input is performed by the selection input means including additional information in FIG. 72a is indicated by reference numerals 7205 and 7206 in FIG. 72c. By selecting "dispatch" as the selection input including additional information, the additional information input means (7206) displayed on the condition that "dispatch" is selected is displayed. The input method of the additional information input means is the selection input method (7211) in FIG. 72c, but may be text input.

The state in which the file is input to the evidence file input receiving means of FIG. 72b is indicated by reference numeral 7209 of FIG. 72d. When the interface button (7208) of the evidence file input receiving means is pressed, the file storage area in the terminal of the complainant using this system is accessed, and by selecting the specified file in the storage area, the file storage area is accessed. The list is displayed in the evidence file list display area (7210). Once uploaded, the evidence file is preferably configured to be undoable. Further, when the evidence file name displayed in the list is selected, the evidence file information can be accessed from the list display, and it is preferable that the evidence file information can be viewed.

In addition, since this system is a system for dispute resolution procedures and conforms to court procedures, it is assumed that information will be disclosed equally between the parties in principle. Since it is guaranteed not as a court procedure itself but as a procedure that is carried out privately, the petitioner, the procedure implementation candidate, etc. (procedure implementation candidate, procedure implementer, exclusion procedure implementation trustee, judicial disqualification) It has a structure (evidence file disclosure level setting means) that allows the disclosure level to be specified by selecting and limiting the destinations that can be disclosed for sharing information by the procedure implementation candidate, procedure implementation trustee, etc.) and the person in charge. Is preferable.

Specifically, since the evidence file is associated with the complaint information and held in the complaint information holding section of the system, the person identified by the person identification information associated with and / or associated with the complaint information. It can be configured so that information can be disclosed in response to access from. At this time, as a configuration that enables the specification of the disclosure level, a method of canceling the association between the person identification information corresponding to the status not subject to disclosure and the evidence file information in the first place, or not associating from the beginning is considered. Be done. The evidence file information may be acquired as information included in the input information, or may be configured to be included in the petition information as information independent of the input information.

When the petition information is held in the petition information holding department, the secretariat server adds new petition information to the list of cases for distributing the case to the person in charge. Further, in order to set a specific person in charge as the case manager, it is conceivable to perform a process of associating the person in charge identification information with the petition information. As a method of associating the person in charge identification information, it is conceivable to associate one of the person in charge candidate identification information selected and automatically registered by the secretariat server with the petition identification information as the person in charge identification information. Alternatively, one or more of the candidate in charge identification information is selected from the identification information of the candidate in charge and notified, and the acceptance confirmation input reception unit of the job in charge is output to the identification information of the candidate in charge, and the corresponding candidate in charge is applicable. When the received information of the acceptance confirmation input of the job in charge is output to the secretariat server, the person in charge candidate identification number of the person in charge candidate identified by the person in charge candidate identification number in the petition identification information is used as the person in charge identification number. A method of associating is conceivable.

FIG. 73 is an example of the display of the person in charge window A (7301) in which the interface button of the acceptance confirmation input reception unit output by the secretariat server is displayed on the terminal connectable to the secretariat server used by the person in charge. What is displayed in the ID column (7302) in the figure is the petition identification information associated with the petition information. The petitioner's column (7303), the other party's column (7304), the other party's name column (7305), the desired retirement date (7306), the same-day response request column (7307), and the petition date (7308) are alleged. It corresponds to the display of basic information of. By pressing the interface button of acceptance in the area indicated by reference numeral 7309, the acceptance confirmation of the job in charge is input. Then, the signal of pressing the interface is sent to the secretariat server, and the acceptance confirmation input reception unit of the secretariat server accepts the acceptance confirmation input. When the acceptance confirmation input is accepted, the description of the accepted matter is deleted from the matter list displayed in the window A of the person in charge, which leads to the prevention of omission of confirmation of the matter. On the other hand, it is preferable to separately list and manage the projects that have been accepted as the projects in charge, for example, as shown in FIG. 74, in order to carry out specific management activities thereafter.

The status of the person in charge who associates the person in charge candidate identification number with the petition identification information as the person in charge identification number changes with the person in charge. FIG. 74 is a diagram showing an example of the display of the petition management window A (7401) output by the petition management unit for the person in charge to connect to the secretariat server and manage the petition. In the case list (7402) in the figure, basic information about the petition identified by the petition identification information associated with the person in charge identification number as the person in charge is described. In the basic state of the petition, the management status (7403) indicating which process of the alternative dispute resolution procedure is in is displayed, and the status notation is changed as the process progresses. It is conceivable to configure it like this. In the vertical area 7404 on the left side of the screen, icons for selecting a major classification to be viewed or operated are arranged. If you select the icon 7405 that indicates the home in the major category, the screen transitions to the home screen that presents the most basic information, and you can proceed with the processing of the person in charge by selecting the icon of the minor category in that screen. it can. In FIG. 74, after selecting the major classification icon 7406 for confirming the document, the minor classification icon “Document” 7407 that can confirm the submitted document or the unsubmitted document as the minor classification icon is selected. Is shown. The petition (7408) and retirement notice (7409) under the petitioner's heading in the figure are the types of documents submitted by the petitioner, and since the text is reduced, they have already been submitted. You can confirm that there is. The answer (7410) under the heading of the other party in the figure is the document to be submitted by the other party, and since there is no reduced display of the text, it can be confirmed that the answer has not been submitted. Similarly, the first settlement proposal (7411) under the heading of the procedure practitioner is a document that the procedure practitioner should prepare and submit, and since there is no reduced display of the text, it may not be submitted. You can check.

Although not described in the example of FIG. 74, a notation may be added to the submitted documents so that the submission date can be confirmed. In addition, for unsubmitted documents, the deadline for submission, the remaining time and the number of days remaining until the deadline for submission, and the total time for excess and the total number of days for excess after the deadline for submission may be indicated. Good. By grasping the non-submission status and the submission status, it is possible to indirectly observe and grasp whether there is a problem in the procedure command of the procedure implementer and whether it is necessary to work with each related party.

In addition to the submission date and time, the deadline for submission, and the total time for overdue deadlines, the interface button for warning output instruction means to output a warning to encourage early submission with one click, and the notice that the deadline is approaching. The interface button of the advance notice output instruction means for outputting is may be further arranged. By pressing these interface buttons, it is possible to provide a warning output means for outputting a warning to related parties based on the petition information of the corresponding case and a notice output means for outputting a notice.

It is also conceivable that the person in charge can formally confirm the content of the petition and decide whether to complete the receipt of the petition or refuse to receive the petition. If there is a formal deficiency, it will be difficult to continue the subsequent procedure, so request a correction, or refuse to accept the petition if it is clear that the correction is impossible. It is possible to make a decision to do so. With such a configuration, it is possible to eliminate the case of making a complaint as mischief. In such a configuration, the interface button of the acceptance / rejection input acceptance means for the secretariat server to accept "accept" and "not accept" is arranged in the item display of the person in charge. When the interface button press information of "Receive" is received by the secretariat server, a notification to the effect that it has been received is displayed to the petitioner, and the interface button press information of "Do not receive" is the office work. If it is accepted by the station server, it is possible to output a notification that "not received" and a notification that the procedure has been interrupted.

<Embodiment 1 Evidence Information Acquisition Department>
The "evidence information acquisition department" acquires evidence information for confirming the applicant himself / herself based on the "retained petition information". Evidence information includes a driver's license, passport, residence card, special permanent resident certificate, driving history certificate, basic resident register card, my number card, student ID card with photo, and physical disability, which are identification cards with a photo. A personal certificate, etc. can be considered. In addition to this, documents such as health insurance cards, resident's cards, etc. can be considered to have a function as an ID card, but in order to improve the accuracy of identity verification, use an ID card with a photo. Is preferable.

Evidence information can be submitted by combining a photo taken with your face with your ID card and multiple pieces of information such as the front and back of your ID card, or your driver's license and health. It is conceivable to have two or more types of evidence information such as a health insurance card, driver's license and passport submitted and treat them as one piece of evidence information for identity verification.

FIG. 75 is an example of the claimant window P (7501) in which the interface button of the evidence information acquisition unit output by the secretariat server is displayed on the claimant terminal that can be connected to the secretariat server, which is output from the secretariat server. .. As shown in the figure, it is composed of a description of the information to be input and an interface button (7502) of the evidence information acquisition unit. When the interface button of the evidence information acquisition unit is pressed, the screen transitions to the screen for selecting the file to be uploaded, and by selecting the screen to be uploaded from there, the evidence information can be input.

In addition, FIG. 75 shows the procedure at the stage before the petition is accepted, and the items to be performed from now on until the petition is accepted are displayed in a list, and the petitioner himself / herself indicates at what stage the current work is the work. It is configured so that it can be visually recognized objectively. By configuring in this way, it becomes possible to always consciously recognize what must be done next, and it is possible to expect the effect of preventing delay in the procedure.

According to the notation of the flow of the procedure in the future in FIG. 75, it seems that the procedure proceeds in order, firstly, registration of the ID card, secondly, explanation by voice call, and thirdly, settlement. It looks like, but there is no intention to specify the order, it may be in a different order, other procedures may be added, processing may proceed in parallel, it is necessary to simply perform all actions. It only shows that there is. In order to ensure the effectiveness of all procedures, the order is set appropriately (the order in which they are set is a design matter of the designer), and if the current step is not completed, the next step is taken. It is preferable to configure it so that it cannot proceed. On the other hand, when the order is not specified, it is preferable that the notation is updated so that it can be confirmed that the step is in the step completion status when each step is completed regardless of the order (complaint management status screen update means).

When the secretariat server acquires evidence information by pressing the interface button of the evidence information acquisition unit shown in FIG. 75, the petition management department of the secretariat server outputs the evidence information to the terminal of the person in charge as illustrated in FIG. The acquired evidence information is displayed in the petition management window A (7601), and the status of the corresponding petition displayed in the petition management window A of the person in charge is updated (means for updating the petition management status screen).

As a method of identity verification, the person in charge uses the interface button of the petitioner's judgment result reception department displayed in the person in charge window A (7601) of the person in charge of the petitioner's judgment result reception department output by the secretariat server, as illustrated in FIG. A method of verifying the identity from the included window and a method of checking the match of the face using a system that automatically determines the match of the face and determining whether there is any forgery by using image processing to confirm the identity. Etc. are conceivable. For example, when the person in charge confirms the identity from the window including the interface button of the petition identity determination result reception unit illustrated in FIG. 76, the identity verification end information output from the secretariat server indicated by reference numeral 7602 to the terminal of the person in charge. Until the interface button of the reception means is pressed, only the interface button of the re-input request output means output from the secretariat server to the terminal of the person in charge to request the re-input of the code 7603 can be pressed. It is configured. When the interface button of the identity verification end information receiving means output from the secretariat server indicated by reference numeral 7602 to the terminal of the person in charge is pressed, the person determination result reception unit output from the secretariat server indicated by reference numeral 7604 to the terminal of the person in charge. It can be configured so that the interface button of is pressable. By requiring the reception of the identity verification completion information, it can be expected to prevent inadvertently inputting the identity verification completion.

When the identity verification is completed, as shown in FIG. 76, the petition management window P of the petitioner output by the petition management department is displayed so that the steps of the matters to be performed by the petitioner before the petition is accepted proceed to the next stage. It can be configured to be updated. Alternatively, it may be configured to update the window display so that the completed mark or color change can be confirmed so that the submission of the ID card is completed and the identity verification is completed (petition). Management status screen update method).

If the identity verification is not completed, prompt the re-entry of the evidence information if correction is possible, or if the correction is not possible, proceed without re-entry of the evidence information. It may be configured to be interrupted. If the identity verification is performed automatically, the cause of the inconsistency or inability to verify the identity is analyzed, and if the discrepancy can be corrected according to the analysis result, the petitioner is requested to re-enter. Output (re-input request output means), and if the discrepancy is large and cannot be corrected, a notification of procedure suspension is output to the complainant (identity verification impossible procedure suspension means, identity verification impossible procedure interruption notification means) To do. When the person in charge makes a judgment, if the evidence information can be corrected, the interface button of the re-input request output means of the evidence information output from the secretariat server to the person in charge terminal is pressed. The secretariat server outputs a request for re-entry of evidence information to the person in the petition. What is output from the secretariat server to the complainant by the request for re-input of evidence information may be the re-output of the above-mentioned evidence information acquisition unit (7502 in FIG. 75).

<Implementation 1 Petitioning person judgment result reception department>
The "Appeal Principal Judgment Result Reception Department" petitiones for input of the result of determining whether the input person who input the input information from the petitioner terminal based on the acquired evidence information and the retained petition information is the petitioner. Accept in association with personal identification information. As described above, the person in charge or the secretariat server determines the consistency between the claimant and the evidence information based on the evidence information input by the claimant. As a result of the judgment, when the person in charge confirms the identity of the person, the secretariat server receives the judgment result input by pressing the interface button of the judgment result input reception unit shown by reference numerals 7603 and 7604 in FIG. Accept the completed information in association with the claimant identification information. This judgment result always includes information that either affirms or denies the identity of the person, and the re-entry request is distributed as information that denies the identity verification, or does not belong to either of them. Since it is information, it may be configured as not the information that constitutes the identity verification information. In this case, FIG. 76 illustrates only the interface button indicating that the person has been confirmed positively and the interface button for re-entry request, but in addition to this, the interface button indicating that the person has been confirmed negatively or the secretariat The server may be configured to have an interface button for means for canceling the procedure because it is impossible to confirm the identity output to the terminal of the person in charge. It is also possible to use the same interface button to handle the case of canceling the procedure and the case of negatively confirming the person.

When the identity verification is automatically performed in the secretariat server, the judgment result is output in the secretariat server and the requester's identity judgment result reception department uses the judgment result of the identity verification as the claimant identification information. It can be configured to be associated, accepted, and retained.

<Embodiment 1 Explained Input Reception Unit>
The "Explanatory Input Reception Department" has already presented information (including conversational cases) to explain what the alternative dispute resolution procedure is in relation to the retained petition information. Accept the explained input, which is an input to that effect, in association with the claimant identification information. "Information for explaining what alternative dispute resolution is like" is a procedure that is generally related to alternative dispute resolution, regardless of whether or not this alternative dispute resolution system is used. This information includes information on the above points and points to note when using this Alternative Dispute Resolution System.

Mainly, the effect on the result of the procedure, if the procedure cannot be continued, the flow of the procedure, the rights of the petitioner in the procedure, the obligations of the petitioner in the procedure, and the person who manages and operates the secretariat server. I will explain about the contract. Since it is legally required to use written materials for explanations, a structure (explanation) that can ensure that explanations are given using processes such as forced display of sentences and confirmation of reading of sentences. It is preferable to use the text information output means).

For example, if the information indicating that the material browsing is completed within 5 minutes from the start of browsing the explanatory text is output, it is possible that the text has not been read properly, so the process of switching the display of the browsing screen is executed. It may be configured to have a mechanism (explanatory text screen update control means) such that the browsing screen is displayed again even if the browsing screen is turned off once.

Alternatively, a method of explaining the explanatory text by voice output (voice information output means) can be considered. By configuring so that the explained input cannot be accepted until the audio output of the explanatory text is completed, it is possible to guarantee that the explanatory text has been confirmed at least in the audio.
A method is conceivable in which the audio output is output as audio information together with the display information of the explanatory text, and is output according to the display of the explanatory text by reading and expanding the audio file.

However, when the audio output of the explanatory text is performed by reading and expanding the audio file, the audio cannot be recognizable to the outside or is not output depending on the setting of the terminal of the complainant who receives the audio file. In some cases, the complainant does not always confirm the audio output of the explanatory text.

Therefore, when the secretariat server obtains information indicating that the explanatory text is displayed on the monitor of the terminal that can be connected to the secretariat server used by the claimant, the telephone number registered by the claimant as the claimant information. It is preferable to configure (explanatory information call making means) to make a call to the number. For this call transmission, a voice output means was provided so that the read-aloud voice of the explanatory text was played, and it was confirmed by the voice output completion confirmation means of the secretariat server that the voice output was completed for all the explanatory texts. In this case, it is preferable to have a configuration having a telephone explained input screen transmitting means for transmitting a screen on which the complainant can perform the explained input to the terminal used by the complainant. In the case of a voice call, it is possible to ensure that the claimant has completed the confirmation of the explanation with a reasonable degree of certainty from the information that the claimant continued the call to the end or disconnected in the middle of the call. You can. In addition, when the terminal used by the complainant is a terminal capable of capturing the face image of the complainant, the face image is analyzed to see which part of the explanatory text displayed on the terminal and scrolled or the like is followed. This can be used as visual status information, and can be configured to determine whether or not there is a sufficient possibility that the explanatory document has been read according to the visual status information. This technology acquires the scroll information of the terminal screen to determine which sentence or part of the sentence is in which position on the terminal screen, and analyzes the face image at the position projected on the screen of the line of sight. It judges the reading of each sentence.

77a and 77b are examples of a display window P (7701) in which an interface button of the explained input reception unit output from the secretariat server is displayed on a terminal connectable to the secretariat server used by the petitioner. .. The explanatory text may be displayed by pressing the interface button (7702) of the text display requesting means output from the secretariat server shown in FIG. 77a to the complainant terminal, or this step. You may configure it so that the explanatory text is automatically displayed when you enter. FIG. 77b shows a state in which the content (7703) of the explanatory text is displayed in the display window including the interface (7704) of the explained input receiving unit. In FIG. 77b, it is assumed that the explanation text is output by voice by a call, and while the status is "The explanation by voice call is not completed" (7705), the explained input reception unit It shows that the interface button (7704) is configured so that it cannot be pressed. When the display of "Explanation by voice call is not completed" is canceled or the status shifts to "Explanation by voice call is completed", the interface button of the explained input reception part can be pressed. Or, the screen sent from the secretariat server to the complainant is automatically updated so that the explained input information can be output to the explained input reception section of the secretariat server.

Canceling the status of "Explanation by voice call is not completed" or shifting to the status of "Explanation by voice call is completed" has completed the reception of the voice explanation on the complainant terminal side. This is done when the secretariat server confirms that. Therefore, the information output to the effect that the voice explanation is completed is completed by associating the telephone number of the voice call destination from the secretariat server with the petition identification information identified by the petitioner identification information associated with the registered complainant information. It may be configured to be performed from the information output means. This information is used by the secretariat server to execute subsequent processing (for example, explained input reception processing).

It can be assumed that the secretariat server will check the status and automatically acquire the information that the voice explanation has been completed (voice explanation completion confirmed information acquisition means), but in order to improve safety, for example, the actual voice Only when the explanation is output to the person in charge at the same time, the person in charge also listens to the same content as the complainant is listening at the same time, and it is confirmed that the voice confirmation has been completed for all the explanations. It may be configured so that the interface button of the voice explanation completion confirmation information acquisition means output from the secretariat server to the person in charge terminal can be pressed. FIG. 78 is an example of an actual display window A (7801) including an interface button of the voice explanation completion confirmed information acquisition means output by the secretariat server to a terminal connectable to the secretariat server used by the person in charge. As shown in FIG. 78, the text of the content explained by voice is displayed (7802), the voice explanation of the same content is heard at the same time as the petitioner, and the person in charge informs that all the contents have been explained. When it is confirmed, the interface button (7803) indicating that is pressed to send a signal to the secretariat server, and the secretariat server receives the signal and the explained input reception unit accepts the explained input. Can be configured to be feasible.

When the explained input receiving unit is in a processable state and the explained input information is acquired by the secretariat server, the process for executing the next step is started in the secretariat server. As the next step, for example, the interface of the fee payment completed information input reception unit (or the interface button of the petitioner's own judgment result reception unit or other departments may be output) is connected to the terminal of the person in charge. It is processed so that it is displayed (commission paid information input reception screen output means). This display accepts the input of the fee-paid information in association with the claimant identification information and the date or date and time. The fee payment information is simply information that the payment was made, information with the amount, information that identifies the person who made the payment (the claimant, the claimant's agent, the claimant's relatives, etc.), It may be accompanied by a deposit method type (cash, remittance, electronic money, virtual currency, credit card payment, prepaid card, web money, etc.).

<Implementation 1 Fee-paid information acquisition judgment unit>
The “commission paid acquisition judgment department” determines whether the fee paid information has been acquired, which is information indicating that the fee for the alternative dispute resolution procedure has been paid in association with the petition identification information. Basically, when the fee payment information reception department receives the fee payment information, it outputs a signal to the fee payment information acquisition judgment department that the fee has been paid, so by receiving this signal, the fee has been paid. The information acquisition judgment department determines that the fee has been paid. However, when the fee-paid information is received by the fee-paid information reception department, the information indicating that fact is retained in association with the claimant identification information, and the retained information is inspected on a regular basis. You may batch process so that it is judged that the fee has been paid.

<In the case of Internet payment method using credit card>
In the case of the Internet payment method using a credit card, there are two methods: one is to process the payment via an external payment system, and the other is to build a unique payment system within this alternative dispute resolution system to process the payment. Can be considered.
When payment processing is performed using an external system, if the secretariat server displays and outputs the payment processing screen to the applicant's terminal and then selects credit card payment on that screen, the applicant The display screen of the terminal is used as the output screen of an external system that performs credit card processing. This may be displayed by being fitted as a sub screen in the screen of the secretariat server, or the access destination of the complainant terminal may be completely transferred to the external system. In any case, when the secretariat server receives the signal of the completion of the payment process from the external system, the payment information reception department accepts the payment information.

FIG. 79 is an example of the display of the actual display window P (7901) of the fee deposit processing screen output from the secretariat server to the terminal connectable to the secretariat server used by the petitioner. The interface button (7902) of the fee deposit method type selection method output from the secretariat server to the petitioner's terminal makes it possible to select different menus depending on the method of Internet payment using a credit card and the case of bank transfer. It is configured. If the petitioner chooses to pay by credit card, only the fee deposit information for credit card payment can be entered.

In many external systems, at least cardholder information and payment information (token) in which information including card information is encrypted is created and output to the cardholder (token output unit of the external system). When the cardholder receives the payment information (token), it outputs it to the secretariat server, which is the other party of the payment (a token generated based on the token transfer unit formation information sent from the secretariat server to the claimant terminal). The secretariat server, which is the other party to the payment, receives the payment information (forwarding department), and the payment information (information about the amount to be billed), "information about the holder who receives the payment", and "information about the destination" Output to an external system together with the token) (payment receipt related information transmission unit). If the received payment information (token) is correct (payment information authentication department), the external system will have "information about the amount you want to charge", "information about the holder who will receive the payment", and "information about the recipient". Based on the above, the cardholder performs payment processing (payment processing unit) for payment of the amount of money desired to be charged to the other party of payment. When the payment process in the external system is completed, the external system outputs the payment completion information to the cardholder and the payment partner (payment completion notification unit).

In this alternative dispute resolution system, the cardholder on the external system is the petitioner (or the petitioner's agent, an acquaintance who makes advance payments on behalf of the petitioner, relatives, etc.), and the payment partner is A person who manages and operates the Alternative Dispute Resolution System (administrator of the secretariat server, etc.) or / and a person who provides services using this system. Since the person who manages and operates this alternative dispute resolution system communicates with the external system via the secretariat server, the fee payment information reception department acquires the settlement completion information from the external system.

<By bank transfer>
In the case of bank transfer, on the display window P (7901), select the bank transfer interface button (7904) of the fee deposit means type selection means instead of the credit card payment (7903).
In the case of bank transfer, it is complicated to configure the fee-paid information receiving means so as to automatically receive the information that the fee has been paid from the server of the bank or the like. Therefore, when depositing a fee by bank transfer, the petitioner uploads a photo of the transfer details issued when the transfer is made at the bank (upload to the petitioner's terminal sent from the secretariat terminal). The transfer statement image information upload means composed of the upload means configuration information that constitutes the means), and the secretariat server receives it (upload transfer statement image information acquisition means) and holds it in association with the claimant identification information ( Upload transfer statement image information holding means) is conceivable.

FIG. 80 is an image of a bank transfer destination, etc. and a transfer statement output from the secretariat server displayed on the claimant terminal that can access the secretariat server used by the petitioner when bank transfer is selected. It is a figure which shows an example of the actual display window P (8001) of the bank transfer information input means for submitting. As shown in FIG. 80, the information about the transfer destination (8002), the statement image information uploading means (8003) for uploading the statement image information to the secretariat server, and the uploaded transfer statement image information are sent to the secretariat. It is conceivable that the server comprises an upload transfer statement image information output means (8004) that is output for reception. Upload to receive the transfer statement image information uploaded by the secretariat server Output the transfer statement image information The upload transfer statement image information output unit can only be pressed after the transfer statement image information has been uploaded. It may be configured as follows. Each part composed of these complainant terminals is configured in the complainant terminal based on the configuration information transmitted from the secretariat server.

When the transfer statement image information is output from the petitioner's terminal to the secretariat server, the secretariat server can be configured to acquire the transfer statement image information as fee-paid information. Alternatively, when the image information of the transfer statement is output from the petitioner's terminal to the secretariat server, the secretariat server receives this and confirms the payment history that matches the transfer data printed on the transfer statement. , It is also possible to acquire the confirmation result as fee payment information. In the case of bank transfer, the latter configuration is preferable because it cannot be confirmed that the transfer statement corresponds to the transaction for which payment is requested unless the contents of the transfer statement are confirmed. The image information of the transfer statement is converted into text (transfer statement text conversion means) using image character recognition technology (OCR), and is matched with the payment history by computer processing (transfer statement payment history matching means).

When the fee payment information acquisition determination unit acquires the fee payment information, the status of waiting for fee payment associated with the claimant identification information shifts to the status of payment completion (payment status transition means). Along with this, the display of the status of waiting for fee payment, which was associated with the petition identification information on the terminal used by the person in charge, or associated with the petitioner identification information, has been changed to the display of payment completion (payment status display). (Means of change).

<Embodiment 1 Comprehensive Judgment Department>
The "Comprehensive Judgment Department" accepts the input of the petitioner's judgment result in the above-mentioned petitioner's judgment result reception department, the explained input is accepted in the explained input reception department, and the fee is paid in the fee payment information acquisition judgment department. It is judged whether the completed information is acquired and the conditions are comprehensively satisfied. In the Comprehensive Judgment Department, at least the petitioner's judgment result received by the petitioner's judgment result, the explained input information input in the explained input reception department, and the fee payment completed in the fee payment information acquisition judgment department When information is obtained, make a comprehensive judgment.

The comprehensive judgment by the comprehensive judgment unit is a step for determining whether or not to proceed to the next step. The comprehensive judgment unit determines whether or not all the conditions are satisfied. When information indicating that all the conditions are satisfied (hereinafter, information indicating that all the conditions are satisfied is referred to as a "comprehensive positive judgment result" in the present specification) is obtained. In the secretariat server, if the process proceeds to the next step and some of the conditions are not met (hereinafter, the information indicating that some of the conditions are not met is comprehensively described. The "negative judgment result") urges the petitioner to meet the unsatisfied conditions again in order to wait for all the conditions to be met, rather than proceeding to the next step. Or (means for promoting the procedure for the opponent) or ending the procedure (means for terminating the procedure depending on the result of comprehensive negative judgment). Details will be described in the process flow of the first embodiment described later.

<Obligation to exclude people subject to conflict>
This Alternative Dispute Resolution System is a collection of laws, rules, and guidelines established for alternative dispute resolution procedures (hereinafter, in this specification, the laws, rules, and guidelines established for alternative dispute resolution procedures are collectively referred to as "relationships." It has already been explained that it is necessary to operate properly in accordance with "laws, etc."). According to the relevant laws and regulations, there are circumstances in which it may be judged that there is a relationship that impairs the fairness of the procedure between the person who hosts the alternative dispute resolution procedure and the petitioner or / and the other party. In some cases, there is a provision to the effect that the procedure cannot be hosted. When this provision is applied to the Alternative Dispute Resolution System, it is recognized that there is an unfair relationship between the administrator of the Alternative Dispute Resolution System and the petitioner or / and the other party of the petition. In other words, even if the system processes the actual procedure by automatic processing, the procedure must not be processed for the petition.

Therefore, there is a structure that has a judgment unit that judges "there is no reason to impair the fairness of the procedure" before the judgment by the comprehensive judgment department, and "the circumstances that impair the fairness of the procedure" after the judgment by the general judgment department. It is conceivable to have a structure to have a judgment unit to judge "not", or as a kind of condition to be judged by the comprehensive judgment department, to judge "there is no reason to impair the fairness of the procedure". ..

A typical situation that should be considered as "a situation that impairs the fairness of the procedure" is whether or not it is a "conflict subject, etc." for those who manage and operate this alternative dispute resolution procedure system. Regarding "conflict target persons, etc.", persons or corporations whose relationship with "substantial owners, etc. of the applicant" and "subsidiaries, etc. of the applicant", which have already been explained in the explanation of the above definition, is recognized. Is synonymous with.

As is clear from the description of the definition, since the number of shares held and the name of the officer are related, the information is insufficient only with the petition information, the petitioner information, and the other party information entered by the petitioner. Is assumed. On the other hand, for those who manage and operate the alternative dispute resolution procedure system, the relationship with themselves is a problem, and it can be said that they are the most detailed circumstances.
Therefore, we keep a list of people and corporate ministers who should exclude the case when they are told in advance as the other party to be excluded, and the petition information, the petitioner information, and a part of the other party information are included in the list. It is preferable to configure it so that it can be determined whether or not it is present (conflict exclusion determination unit).
Since the number of shares held (capital relationship) and officers fluctuate on a regular basis, it is preferable that the list holding section be configured to accept changes and amendments as appropriate. Further, the list may be configured so that it can be automatically updated by automatically referring to the public announcement information by the electromagnetic method and the company information of each company.

It is preferable that the person in charge of managing the progress of the petition also know the processing status of the Comprehensive Judgment Department.
FIG. 81 is a diagram showing an example of the person in charge's petition management screen A (8101) output and displayed from the petition management unit of the secretariat server on a terminal that can access the secretariat server used by the person in charge. Select a project from the list of projects on the left side of the screen, for example, the project of "Retirement Nozomi", and select the sub-category icon "Board" lined up at the top of the window on the right side. Display a part of the information that can be obtained at that time, such as information (including the claimant identification information and / and the claimant's name, etc.), the claimant identification information, the other party information (including at least the information for identifying the other party) The basic information display column (8102) and the processing item display column (8103) that displays a list of items to be processed by the time the petition is accepted, which will be described later, are displayed as the main configurations.

In the processing item display column, the status of "processed" is displayed for all items in the figure, but if there is something that has not been processed, the status of "not supported" is displayed for that item. It is preferable to configure it so that it is blank or blank. Alternatively, if a deadline to be dealt with is set, it is preferable to display the countdown of the remaining deadline. The countdown is not always displayed, but a configuration that displays a warning when the deadline is approaching, or a display that warns of the number of days passed or the state of passing the deadline in the case of passing the deadline. It is preferable to keep the configuration.

<Implementation 1 Legal Confirmation Preservation Department>
The "Legal Definitive Preservation Department" has confirmed that it has accepted the alternative dispute resolution procedure when it is judged that the conditions of the judgment result by the Comprehensive Judgment Department are comprehensively satisfied, and at least Save in the system in association with the retained claim identification information. Only when a comprehensive positive judgment result is obtained as a judgment result by the comprehensive judgment department, information indicating the status that the petition has been accepted is saved as definitive status information. The data once saved cannot be edited, and it is not possible to perform the rewinding process to change the status claim to a state in which it is not accepted later.

In addition, the process of confirming that the petition has been accepted by the Legal Final Preservation Department and saving it in association with the petition identification information falls under legally "acceptance". In alternative dispute resolution, if the formal requirements for a petition are met, the petition will be accepted, and after it is accepted, there will be an obligation to keep records. Therefore, acceptance of a petition is a technical turn that triggers a change in legal status, and even in this alternative dispute resolution system, special information processing is performed to "confirm" and save the fact that the petition has been accepted. It is configured as follows.

In addition to the petition identification information, the information processed by the Legal Confirmation Preservation Department includes not only the date and time when the legal confirmation was made, but also information indicating the date and time when the petition was filed, related petitioner identification information, and the petition. Information, petitioner information, other party information, other party identification information, person in charge identification information, evidence information for identity verification used for claim identity verification, information indicating the date and time when fee payment was confirmed, and the process of obtaining the comprehensive judgment result Information stored in connection with such amendments, corrections, corrections, resubmission history, etc. may also be applicable.

When the acceptance of the petition is confirmed, the effect of "acceptance" is legally produced as described above, and the alternative dispute resolution procedure will be started from that point. From that point on, there will be multiple status changes, such as an obligation to keep records, notification to the other party, or permission to submit various documents and view records. Along with this, the display of the screen for managing the status of the petitioner on the petition management screen output by the petition management unit of the secretariat server can be changed (means for updating the petition management status screen).

FIG. 82 is a display example of the status management window P (8201) of the petition management screen output by the petition management unit of the secretariat server to the petitioner terminal that can be connected to the secretariat server used by the petitioner. As shown in the figure, when the acceptance of the petition is confirmed, the procedure implementation candidate has not been confirmed yet, so the notification (8202) that the procedure implementation candidate is being selected and the future procedure processing Items that need to be confirmed (8203) are displayed. In the example of the screen, after the selection of the procedure implementer (may be at the stage of procedure implementation candidate) is completed, a notification to that effect is sent by e-mail, but it is not limited to this, and the status management window P is displayed. A new notification column may be provided and notification may be made in that column, or both e-mail and notification may be used.

In addition, after the alternative dispute resolution procedure is accepted and legally confirmed, the petitioner must access the secretariat server to manage the status of his / her petition as a necessary procedure. By this point, it is preferable to configure the device so that it is necessary to authenticate that the access is from the claimant at the latest, and first set and register the claimant identification information and password for configuring the authentication information. Since the claimant identification information has already been set, the claimant can only set and register the password. After setting the password, the petitioner requests the secretariat server for authentication processing at any time after closing the petition management window of the petition management department for reconnection, and when the authentication is completed, the status management in his / her petition Configure the window so that it can be displayed.

In addition, input information including the applicant information and the other party information from the applicant terminal, input of evidence information from the applicant, input acceptance to the secretariat server of explained input, positive in the judgment of acquisition of fee payment information After a series of exchanges between the petitioner and the secretariat server, such as acquisition of the judgment result on the secretariat server, the continuous out-of-court dispute resolution procedure will be accepted, but before that, the petitioner is the secretariat server. If you disconnect the session with, it is preferable to configure it so that you will be prompted for a password when reconnecting. This is because it is safe for security. In this case, when reconnecting, the secretariat server recognizes the MAC address of the terminal read at the time of the first access to identify the reconnection and guide the complainant to the password setting screen. .. This re-recognition is unique when the complainant is issued a unique URL to make the secretariat server make the first connection, and after the interruption, the unique URL is specified again to try to connect. The URL may be used to recognize the reconnection, or both the MAC address and the unique URL information may be used to recognize the reconnection. The complainant can set a password here, and configure it so that it can be operated by entering the password or omitting the password and watching the continuation screen again after the setting is completed. .. In this way, even before the alternative dispute resolution procedure is accepted, a password may be set and issued to maintain security due to session disconnection or other reasons.

At this stage, authentication information is particularly required by an unrelated third party who allows access from persons other than the petitioner because information sharing regarding the petition is started with parties other than the petitioner. This is to prevent the information of other parties from being freely browsed.

<Embodiment 1 Procedure Implementation Candidate Selection Reception Department>
The “Procedure Implementation Candidate Selection Reception Department” selects the accumulated procedure implementation candidate identification information for case processing and accepts the association with the petition identification information held in the petition information holding department. The definition of the procedure implementation candidate has already been explained in the explanation of the procedure implementation candidate identification information storage unit. The selection may be configured to be automatically selected when the confirmation is saved in the legal confirmation storage unit, or it is configured so that the person in charge inputs it according to his / her own experience and work congestion. You may. Alternatively, it may be configured to preselect candidates for procedure implementation before the confirmation is stored in the Legal Confirmation Preservation Department. The procedure implementation candidate has the procedure implementation candidate identification information arranged in the selection waiting order, and can be configured to be selected in order from the procedure implementation candidate identified by the procedure implementation candidate identification information in the front row. In this case, the procedure implementation candidate identified by the procedure implementation candidate identification information in the front row may be selected when a petition is filed, or the confirmation process by the legal confirmation preservation department may be performed. When there is a problem, the procedure implementation candidate identified by the procedure implementation candidate identification information located in the front row may be selected. In the latter case, the latecomer may overtake the original petitioner in the order of the petition and be assigned a candidate for procedure implementation. In addition, the procedure implementation candidate identified by the procedure implementation candidate identification information assigned next may be introduced on the application web page of this system.

In addition, as an auxiliary function of this reception department, if one petitioner makes a related petition to multiple counterparties and is associated with multiple petition identification information, the same is applied to multiple petition. Since it is generally advantageous to assign a procedure implementer to expedite the resolution of the case, the procedure implementation candidate selection department selects the procedure implementation candidate in this way in the case of automatic selection, and also If the person in charge inputs, only one procedure implementation candidate can be input, or if one procedure implementation candidate is input, the same procedure implementation candidate is selected for multiple related complaints. It is desirable to configure the same procedure implementation candidate allocation means A to be configured to be allocated.

Similarly, as an auxiliary function of this reception department, a plurality of petitioners make one petition to one counterparty, and one petition identification information and one counterparty identification information are associated with a plurality of petitioner identification information. In such cases, it is generally advantageous to assign one procedure implementer to multiple claimant identification information in order to expedite the resolution of the case, so the procedure implementation candidate selection department In the case of automatic selection, one procedure implementation candidate is selected for a plurality of claimant identification information in this way. In addition, when the person in charge inputs, only one procedure implementation candidate can be input for one of the multiple petitioner identification information, or multiple complaints are made when one procedure implementation candidate is input. It is desirable to have the same procedure implementation candidate allocation means B that is configured to allocate the same procedure implementation candidate in association with the person identification information.

The number of procedure implementation candidates selected by the procedure implementation candidate selection reception unit may be one or more, and may be multiple. The selection at the procedure implementation candidate selection reception department can be selected automatically by the secretariat server based on the procedure implementation candidate selection rule, but the procedure is performed by the person in charge selecting and inputting the selection information. It may be configured to be accepted by the implementation candidate selection reception unit.

In addition, it is preferable that the schedule of the procedure implementation candidate, particularly the availability of work, is input from the terminal of the procedure implementation candidate or input by the person in charge of the secretariat and managed on the database. Then, the procedure implementation candidate may be automatically selected based on the busy schedule of each procedure implementation candidate. In other cases, the procedure implementation candidate is usually already a procedure implementer or a person in another position. In other words, for example, a candidate for procedure implementation usually handles multiple cases at the same time, so the schedule for alternative dispute resolution procedures by this system is basically passed from the secretariat server to the schedule database. On the other hand, since the alternative dispute resolution work of this system is usually also performed by the procedure implementation candidate, input should be accepted from the terminal used by the procedure implementation candidate for the work outside this system. Configure to. However, since the content of the work is private to the candidate for procedure implementation, it is sufficient to use information that specifies the time when the person is busy, the place where he / she is staying, or the travel time. These can be configured to suck only the information that can be disclosed through the filter from the schedule management software that the procedure implementation candidate uses on a daily basis to the secretariat server.

The procedure implementation candidate selection rule is the number of complaints that each procedure implementation candidate is currently in charge of as a procedure implementer (example: if the number of cases exceeds a certain number, no selection is made), or the petition Parties (eg, do not select if one or more of the parties are common), time of day the petitioner wishes to contact (eg, do not select if it does not match the active time of the practitioner), The nature of the petition (eg, if specialized knowledge or knowledge is required, preferentially select from the procedure implementation candidates who have the relevant specialized knowledge or knowledge), compatibility with the administrative staff in charge (eg,) One or more of the procedure implementation candidates who have no history of trouble in the past between the person in charge identified by the person in charge identification information associated with the petition identification information and the procedure implementer), etc. It is conceivable to configure according to the rules of. Furthermore, when combining a plurality of rules, it is conceivable to make the weighting different for each rule so that the procedure implementation candidate is selected by a comprehensive judgment (multiple procedure implementation candidate selection rule judgment means). ..

Furthermore, it is possible that there are no selectable procedure implementation candidates, and in that case, the petitioner is notified that the waiting time for appointment of the procedure implementer will be longer depending on the circumstances (procedure implementer appointment waiting notification means). It is conceivable that the procedure is selected as soon as it becomes selectable, or that the procedure is terminated because the procedure implementer cannot be selected (procedure implementer cannot be selected and canceled). In order to prevent cases where it becomes difficult to respond due to a shortage of candidates for procedure implementation, adjust so that the number of confirmed applications is within the specified number, or confirm the acceptance of applications. It is also conceivable to have a configuration having a petition acceptance number control unit that limits the number of petition information inputs.

FIG. 83 is a diagram showing an example of the petition management window P (8301) displayed by the petition management unit output from the secretariat server to the petitioner terminal that can access the secretariat server used by the petitioner. Since the procedure implementer has been selected, the information (8302) regarding the procedure implementer is displayed in the petition management window P of the petitioner. Information about the procedure executor should be configured such that, for example, if you select an email address, the screen will automatically move to the email composition screen, or a window for exchanging messages within this system will be expanded as a separate window. .. It can also be configured to have a contact function that can only be used on a one-to-one basis. For example, a message exchange function. It is also possible to use an SNS type message service provided by an external organization. When using the message service provided by an external organization, the secretariat server participates in the members in addition to the petitioner and the procedure implementer, and is configured to record the content of the message exchange between the claimant and the procedure implementer. It is preferable to do so.

Furthermore, due to the selection of the procedure implementer, the processing using this alternative dispute resolution procedure system will proceed to the next stage, and as the next step, in the example shown in the figure, "submission of a settlement proposal" will be awaited. The instruction to do so is active.

<Embodiment 1 Hardware Configuration>
FIG. 5 shows an example of the hardware configuration of the alternative dispute resolution system according to the first embodiment. Specifically, the functions described above are executed by using computer resources as follows. The present invention can basically be configured by a general-purpose computer, a program, and various devices. The operation of a computer basically takes the form of loading a program recorded in a non-volatile memory into a main memory and executing processing in the main memory, a CPU, and various devices. Communication with the device is done via an interface connected to the bus line. The interface may be a display interface, a keyboard, a communication buffer, or the like. As shown in this figure, the hardware configuration of the alternative dispute resolution procedure system of the first embodiment is also stored in a non-volatile memory, the alternative dispute resolution procedure implementation candidate identification information, which is the identification information of the alternative dispute resolution procedure implementation candidate, and the procedure implementation candidate identification information thereof. The procedure implementation candidate information storage program that accumulates the procedure implementation candidate information that is information about the procedure implementation candidate identified by the identification information, the claimant information including at least the claimant's name from the claimant terminal, and the other party are specified. Acquire input information including at least the other party information (including the other party identification information), and identify the claimant information and the other party information, and the claimant identification information that is also used to access this system. The petition information retention program that holds the petition information associated with the petition identification information in association with the petition identification information, and the evidence information acquisition to acquire the evidence information to confirm the claimant himself / herself based on the "held petition information". Accepts the input of the result of determining whether the input person who input the input information from the applicant terminal based on the program, the acquired evidence information, and the retained complaint information is the applicant himself / herself in association with the applicant identification information. The petitioner's judgment result reception program and the presentation of information (including conversational cases) to explain what the alternative dispute resolution procedure is in relation to the petition information held have been completed. Information indicating that the explained input acceptance program, which accepts the explained input in association with the petitioner identification information, and the alternative dispute resolution procedure fee was paid in association with the allegation identification information. The fee-paid information acquisition judgment program that determines whether the fee-paid information has been acquired, and the petitioner's own judgment result reception department accepts the input of the petitioner's own judgment result, and the explained input reception department accepts the explained input. It is said that the comprehensive judgment program that determines whether the fee payment information has been acquired by the fee payment information acquisition judgment department and the conditions are comprehensively satisfied, and the conditions of the judgment result by the comprehensive judgment department are comprehensively satisfied. If it is the result of the judgment of, it is confirmed that the alternative dispute resolution procedure has been accepted, and at least the legal final preservation program that is stored in the system in association with the retained petition identification information and the accumulated procedure A procedure for selecting implementation candidate identification information for case processing and accepting the association with the petition identification information held in the petition information holding department, and the implementation candidate selection reception program, which is held in a series of programs Based on the execution instructions, these programs are in main memory These programs are executed based on the operation start command. It is preferable that these programs are continuously resident in the main memory except during maintenance, and that the application is always accepted and the management of the application for which the acceptance is confirmed is continued. As with the program, the data includes procedure implementation candidate identification information, procedure implementation candidate information, petition information, input information, petitioner information, counterparty information, counterparty identification information, petitioner identification information, petition identification information, and evidence information. , Information that the petitioner's judgment result has been accepted, information that has been explained and input has been accepted, information that the fee has been paid, judgment result, comprehensive positive judgment result, petition acceptance confirmation information, various setting information such as communication not shown are non-volatile It is held in memory, loaded in main memory, and referenced and used when executing a series of programs. In this computer, a non-volatile memory, a main memory, a CPU, and an interface (for example, a display, a keyboard, communication, etc.) are connected to a bus line so that they can communicate with each other.

<Implementation 1 Processing Flow>
FIG. 6 is a diagram showing an example of the processing flow of the alternative dispute resolution procedure system in the first embodiment. As shown in the figure, the secretariat server first sends the petition information (in addition to the petition information, the petitioner information, the other party information, etc.) to the terminal that the petitioner connected to the secretariat server for the petition. The petition information input reception screen output step (0601) for outputting the screen for accepting the information (which may include information) is executed. After that, the identity verification evidence information reception screen output step (0602) for outputting the screen for accepting the input of the identity verification evidence information, and the explained input reception screen output step (0605) for outputting the screen for accepting the explained input. , The fee-paid input reception screen output step (0607) for outputting the screen for accepting the fee-paid input is executed. When the identity verification evidence information output by the identity verification evidence information reception screen output step is received, the evidence information acquisition step (0603) for acquiring the evidence information from the received evidence information and the evidence information acquisition step Based on the acquired evidence information, the petition personal judgment result acceptance completion judgment step (0604) for determining whether the petition personal judgment result reception unit has acquired the personal confirmation judgment result is processed. If the judgment result of the petition person's judgment result acceptance completion judgment step (0604) is NO judgment branch indicating that the reception of the person's judgment result has not been completed, the procedure end judgment step to judge whether to continue the procedure further. (0615) is performed, and if the judgment result is a YES judgment of the end of the procedure, the procedure is interrupted and ended, and if the judgment result is NO of the continuation of the procedure, the output (0602) of the identity verification evidence information reception screen is output again. continue. It should be noted that the judgment factor of the judgment branch is not specified, and may be a design item of the system designer such as the time limit and the lightness of the discrepancy. In the case of a YES judgment branch indicating that the acceptance of the petitioner's judgment result has been completed as the judgment result of the petitioner's judgment result acceptance completion judgment step (0604), it is legal as the result of the comprehensive judgment by the Comprehensive Judgment Department. Proceed to the legal confirmation step (0609) for determining whether the confirmation is possible. After the explained input acceptance screen is output, the explained input acceptance determination step (0605) for determining whether or not the explained input has been completed is processed. If the judgment result of the explained input acceptance is a NO judgment branch indicating that the reception has not been completed, the procedure end judgment step (0615) for further judging whether or not to continue the procedure is performed to make a judgment. If the result is a YES judgment of the end of the procedure, the procedure is interrupted and ended, and if the judgment result is NO of the continuation of the procedure, the explained input accepted screen output (0605) is continued. Explained Input Accepted If the determination result is a YES determination branch indicating that acceptance has been completed, the process proceeds to the legal confirmation approval / disapproval determination step (0609). After the fee payment information input reception screen is output, the fee payment information acquisition determination step (0608) for determining whether or not the fee payment information has been acquired is processed. If the judgment result in the hand-finished payment information acquisition judgment step is a NO judgment branch indicating that the fee payment information has not been acquired, the procedure end judgment step to judge whether to continue the procedure further. (0614) is performed, and if the judgment result is a YES judgment of the end of the procedure, the procedure is interrupted and terminated, and if the judgment result is NO of the continuation of the procedure, the fee payment acceptance screen output (0607) is continued again. Or exit. Judgment result in the fee payment information acquisition determination step (0608) If the determination result is YES indicating that the payment completed information has been acquired, the process proceeds to the legal confirmation feasibility determination step (0609). In the legal confirmation possibility determination step (0609), it is determined whether or not the legal confirmation preservation unit can perform the preservation based on the determination result of the comprehensive judgment unit. Therefore, each judgment branch in the petition person judgment result acceptance completion judgment step (0604), the explained input accepted judgment step (0606), and the fee payment information acquisition judgment step (0608) is YES, and all the flows are legal. It converges to the target determination feasibility determination step (0609). If the judgment result in the legal confirmation step (0609) is a YES branch, the legal confirmation step (0610) for performing the legal confirmation process is processed, and then the legal confirmation process is performed. The procedure implementation candidate selection acceptance step (0611) for performing the procedure implementation candidate selection acceptance is processed. In the case of a NO judgment branch where the judgment result in the legal confirmation decision step (0609) is an impossible judgment that cannot be legally confirmed, it is possible to correct the cause of the judgment result being impossible. Proceed to the correction propriety determination step (0612) for determining the existence. If the judgment result in the correction possibility judgment step (0612) is a judgment branch of NO, which is a judgment that cannot be corrected, the procedure is suspended and terminated. If the judgment result in the correction possibility judgment step (0612) is a YES judgment branch which is a judgment that can be corrected, the correction request step (0613) for making a correction request for the item corresponding to the complainant is processed. .. The important point in the above processing procedure is that as a result of comprehensive judgment, the processing required for legal confirmation processing of acceptance is determined, and it does not matter in what order these necessary processing are processed. Absent. This is the same throughout the specification.

<Embodiment 2>
<Outline of Embodiment 2>
In the invention of the present embodiment, in addition to the features described in the first embodiment, the secretariat server transmits information associated with the person identification information of the petitioner, the other party, the procedure implementer, and the person in charge via the network. It has an information presentation window output unit that outputs an information presentation window that can be viewed and operated to each terminal of the claimant, the other party, the procedure implementer, and the person in charge connected to the network, and the claimant, the other party, the procedure implementer, Each person in charge is characterized by accessing the secretariat server through the output information presentation window.

<Structure of Embodiment 2 Invention>
FIG. 7 is an example of the functional configuration diagram of the alternative dispute resolution procedure system in the second embodiment. The alternative dispute resolution procedure system of the second embodiment illustrated in FIG. 7 includes a procedure implementation candidate information storage unit (0701), a petition information holding department (0702), an evidence information acquisition department (0703), and the petitioner himself / herself. Judgment result reception department (0704), explained input reception department (0705), fee payment information acquisition judgment department (0706), comprehensive judgment department (0707), legal confirmation storage department (0708), and procedures It has a secretariat server including an implementation candidate selection reception unit (0709) and an information presentation window output unit (0710). In the following, the description of the common configuration with the first embodiment will be omitted, and only the configuration characteristic of the present embodiment will be described.

<Explanation of Embodiment 2 Configuration>
<Embodiment 2 Information Presentation Window Output Unit>
The "information presentation window output unit" can be browsed by inputting the identification information, and outputs an information presentation window that can be browsed and operated via the network to a terminal connected to the network. The method of inputting the identification information may be configured to be performed by inputting the authentication information in which the identification information and the password are combined.

When the secretariat server receives the output person identification information, it outputs the associated information only when there is information related to it, or opens a window that accepts a request to output the associated information. Present. The person identification information is the petitioner identification information, the other party identification information, the procedure implementer identification information, the procedure implementation candidate identification information, the procedure implementation trustee identification information, the exclusion procedure trustee identification information, and the repellent establishment procedure implementation candidate identification information. , Person in charge identification information, person in charge candidate identification information can be considered. As the procedure progresses, the interest association associated with the petition identification information is dissolved, or the attributes of the person who is identified by the same person identification information step by step have changed.

When the person identification information is received by the secretariat server, the secretariat server creates a list of associated petition identification information (related petition identification information list creation unit). At this time, if there is no list of associated petition identification information, there is no related information. If there is no related information, a response screen indicating that there is no information is output, or a message notifying an access restriction or error is output assuming that you do not have access authority to the secretariat server (related). The processing department when the petition identification information does not exist) is conceivable.
When there is one or more related information, it is conceivable to output a screen (related information output request input reception unit) for inputting a request for what information is desired from the associated information. ..

FIG. 84 is a diagram showing an actual display example of the information presentation window P (8401) including the interface of the input reception unit of the identification information for the complainant to access the secretariat server. In the figure, it is assumed that the claimant identification information (8402) and the password (8403) are output as the authentication information.
FIGS. 85a and 85b are related information that receives an output request for the associated information output from the secretariat server when one or more pieces of information associated with the claimant identification information are confirmed on the secretariat server. It is a figure of the display example of the information presentation window P (8501) of the interface button of an output request input reception part. By pressing the interface objects of the displayed petition (8502), retirement notice (8503), evidence material (8504), answer (8505), and settlement agreement (8506), the output request of the pressed information can be made. It is accepted by the secretariat server, and the secretariat server outputs information (request information output unit) that displays this in the information presentation window so that it can be viewed. In the figure, the information presentation window P for the complainant is used for convenience, but the other party uses the identification information input reception screen and the information presentation window O for the other party, and the procedure implementer uses the identification information input reception screen for the procedure implementer. The information presentation window M, the person in charge presents the identification information input reception screen and information for the person in charge, and the person identified by the higher authority is the identification information input reception screen and information for the person identified by the upper authority. The secretariat server manages, constructs, and outputs the presentation window H, respectively.

For example, an officer whose identification information is always associated with a plurality of complaint identification information, such as a person in charge or a procedure implementer, first requests the output of information from the information presentation window. It can be selected and configured to request information output from the output request interface button of the information presentation window dedicated to the petition.
Alternatively, if the status of the petitioner and the other party coexist, select whether the claimant identification information is different for each petition, the claim as the petitioner, or the claim as the other party. The target for which you want to access the secretariat server first, or, like the person in charge or the procedure implementer, displays the complaints identified by all the associated complaint identification information, and requests the output of information from among them. It may be configured to select the petition to be.
Furthermore, when one petitioner makes multiple complaints, first select the petition identification information for which you want to request the output of information from the petitioner's information presentation window, and then open the information presentation window dedicated to that petition. It can be configured to request the output of information from the output request interface button. Even if the other party has received multiple complaints, it is possible to process them in the same way.

In the screen display example of FIG. 85a, there is an interface object called evidence material (8504). Since evidence materials may need to be newly submitted over time, it is preferable to configure them so that they can be additionally submitted at all times, unlike other petition forms and retirement notices. Since it is usually considered that there are multiple pieces of evidence, when the interface object (8504) of the evidence material is pressed, a list of submitted evidence is displayed in a menu, from which the name of the evidence requested to output the evidence material is selected. However, it is conceivable to provide an interface button for receiving additional evidence material information input called "add evidence" in the menu of this evidence list.

When the interface button of the additional evidence material information input receiving means is pressed, as shown in FIG. 85b, the additional evidence material information upload unit (8507 upload unit configuration information that constitutes the upload unit in the complainant terminal transmitted from the secretariat terminal). It is conceivable that the additional evidence material upload section) is displayed in the window. When you press the additional evidence material information upload section, you can access the file storage area in the terminal you are using, and the files of the format and capacity that can be submitted are displayed in a selectable list, and you can select the selected file from there. Additional evidence information is uploaded at. The secretariat server may receive the uploaded additional evidence material information (upload additional evidence material information acquisition means) and retain it in association with the claimant identification information (upload additional evidence material information retention means). Upload of the secretariat server Upload additional evidence material information acquisition means to acquire additional evidence material information Upload additional evidence material information from the complainant terminal Upload Press the interface button (8508) of the additional evidence material information output section. Then, it is conceivable that the upload additional evidence material is output to the secretariat server. Each part composed of these complainant terminals is configured in the complainant terminal based on the configuration information transmitted from the secretariat server.

As mentioned above, depending on the content, the evidence material may contain content that you do not want to show to the other party and that you should consider so that the other party does not know. Therefore, it is preferable that the submission receiving section of the additional material is provided with a disclosure destination limiting means that can limit the range of associating the identification information that is the information disclosure destination. The disclosure destination restriction means may be the same as the evidence file disclosure level setting means described above. Alternatively, the decision as to whether or not to disclose the evidence material to the other party is left to the judgment of the procedure implementer and / and the person in charge, and the content may not always be associated with the identification information of the other party at first.

By the way, the evidence material to be submitted is kept in record in association with the petition identification information, and since the petition identification information is associated with all the related person identification information, as a result, all the related person identification information and It will be associated with evidence. From this, the function of the control means to prevent the association is most important to resolve the association of the specific person identification information only in relation to the evidence material from the evidence material associated with the petition identification information. It can be considered as a basic structure. Alternatively, the access restriction information is associated only with the association between the specific person identification information and the evidence material, and the secretariat server outputs the information with the access restriction information even if there is a request from the access restricted identification information. The configuration may be such that there is no such method.

In addition, this access restriction may be performed in units of unique person identification information, procedure implementation candidate, petitioner identification information, partner identification information, procedure implementation person identification information, procedure implementation candidate identification information, procedure implementation trustee. It can also be designed to be performed for each type of personal identification information such as identification information, exclusion procedure trustee identification information, repellent establishment procedure implementation candidate identification information, person in charge identification information, and person in charge candidate identification information. For example, the identification information of the "procedure implementation candidate" is suffixed with a unique number or code and a symbol indicating the type, for example, "M1", and the identification information of the "procedure implementer" is a unique number or code and type. The symbol indicating "M2" is added to the end, and the identification information of "procedure execution trustee" is added with a unique number or code and the symbol indicating type such as "M3" at the end, and "exclusion procedure trustee". The identification information is a unique number or code and a symbol indicating the type, for example, "M4" is added to the end, and the identification information of "candidate for implementation of repellent establishment procedure" is a unique number or code, a symbol indicating the type, for example, " "M5" is added at the end, the identification information of "person in charge" is added with a unique number or code and a symbol indicating the type, for example, "A1", and the identification information of "candidate person in charge" is a unique number or The code and the type symbol, for example, "A2" are added to the end, and the "other party" identification information is in the form of a unique number or code, and the type symbol, for example, "O", added to the end. It can be configured to specify the person identification information for restricting access and the person identification information for permitting access with a code.

<Embodiment 2 Hardware Configuration>
FIG. 8 shows an example of the hardware configuration of the alternative dispute resolution system according to the second embodiment. Specifically, the functions described above are executed by using computer resources as follows. The present invention can basically be configured by a general-purpose computer, a program, and various devices. The operation of a computer basically takes the form of loading a program recorded in a non-volatile memory into a main memory and executing processing in the main memory, a CPU, and various devices. Communication with the device is done via an interface connected to the bus line. The interface may be a display interface, a keyboard, a communication buffer, or the like. As shown in this figure, the hardware configuration of the alternative dispute resolution procedure system of the second embodiment is also stored in a non-volatile memory, and the alternative dispute resolution procedure implementation candidate identification information, which is the identification information of the alternative dispute resolution procedure implementation candidate, and the procedure implementation candidate identification information thereof. The procedure implementation candidate information storage program that accumulates the procedure implementation candidate information that is information about the procedure implementation candidate identified by the identification information, the claimant information including at least the claimant's name from the claimant terminal, and the other party are specified. Acquire input information including at least the other party information (including the other party identification information), and identify the claimant information and the other party information, and the claimant identification information that is also used to access this system. The petition information retention program that holds the petition information associated with the petition identification information in association with the petition identification information, and the evidence information acquisition to acquire the evidence information to confirm the claimant himself / herself based on the "held petition information". Accepts the input of the result of determining whether the input person who input the input information from the applicant terminal based on the program, the acquired evidence information, and the retained complaint information is the applicant himself / herself in association with the applicant identification information. The petitioner's judgment result reception program and the presentation of information (including conversational cases) to explain what the alternative dispute resolution procedure is in relation to the petition information held have been completed. Information indicating that the explained input acceptance program, which accepts the explained input in association with the petitioner identification information, and the alternative dispute resolution procedure fee was paid in association with the allegation identification information. The fee-paid information acquisition judgment program that determines whether the fee-paid information has been acquired, and the petitioner's own judgment result reception department accepts the input of the petitioner's own judgment result, and the explained input reception department accepts the explained input. It is said that the comprehensive judgment program that determines whether the fee payment information has been acquired by the fee payment information acquisition judgment department and the conditions are comprehensively satisfied, and the conditions of the judgment result by the comprehensive judgment department are comprehensively satisfied. If it is the result of the judgment of, it is confirmed that the alternative dispute resolution procedure has been accepted, and at least the legal final preservation program that is stored in the system in association with the retained petition identification information and the accumulated procedure Procedure for selecting implementation candidate identification information for case processing and accepting the association with the petition identification information held in the petition information holding department Implementation candidate selection reception program, which can be viewed by inputting identification information, identification information Information associated with over the network An information presentation window output program that outputs an information presentation window that can be viewed and operated to a terminal connected to the network is held, and these programs are read into the main memory based on the execution instructions of a series of programs. These programs are executed based on the operation start instruction. It is preferable that these programs are continuously resident in the main memory except during maintenance, and that the application is always accepted and the management of the application for which the acceptance is confirmed is continued. As with the program, the data includes procedure implementation candidate identification information, procedure implementation candidate information, petition information, input information, petitioner information, counterparty information, counterparty identification information, petitioner identification information, petition identification information, and evidence information. , Applicant's judgment result accepted information, explained input accepted information, fee paid information, judgment result, comprehensive positive judgment result, petition acceptance confirmation information, can be viewed by inputting identification information and associated with identification information Information, various setting information such as communication (not shown), etc. are held in the non-volatile memory, loaded into the main memory, and referred to and used when executing a series of programs. In this computer, a non-volatile memory, a main memory, a CPU, and an interface (for example, a display, a keyboard, communication, etc.) are connected to a bus line so that they can communicate with each other.

<Example 2 Processing flow>
FIG. 9 is a diagram showing an example of the flow of information output processing using the information presentation window performed by the secretariat server of the alternative dispute resolution procedure system of the second embodiment. As shown in the figure, input of person identification information for accepting input of person identification information given to identify each person from terminals such as the petitioner, the other party, the procedure implementer, etc. The reception step (0901) is processed. After that, the person identification information acquisition step (0902) for acquiring the person identification information received in the person identification information input reception step is processed. The search step (0903) of the information associated with the input person identification information for searching whether the petition information associated with the person identification information acquired in the person identification information acquisition step exists is processed. The information presence / absence determination step (0904) for determining whether or not there is the associated information as a result of the search is processed. If the judgment result in the information presence / absence judgment step (0904) is a branch of NO indicating that there is no associated information, the end judgment step (end judgment step) for judging whether or not to cancel the access reception processing to the secretariat server ( 0910) is processed. When the determination result in the end determination step (0910) becomes a NO branch indicating the determination that the end does not end, the process returns to the person identification information input acceptance step (0901) in order to accept the input of the person identification information again. If the result of the judgment in the end judgment step is a YES branch indicating that it will end, the procedure ends. When the judgment result in the information presence / absence judgment step (0904) is a YES branch indicating that there is associated information, the information request reception screen output for outputting the screen for receiving the specific information output request is output. Step (0905) is processed. After the information request reception screen is output, the information request reception information presence / absence determination step (0906) is processed, which determines whether or not there is a reception of a specific information output request from the information request reception screen. If the result of the judgment in the information request reception information presence / absence judgment step (0906) results in a NO branch indicating that there is no information request reception information, the procedure end judgment step (0912) for judging whether to end the procedure as it is is processed. To. If the result of the determination in the procedure end determination step results in a NO branch indicating that the procedure is not terminated, the process returns to the information request acceptance screen output step (0905) in order to accept the information output request again. If the judgment result in the procedure judgment end step (0912) is a YES branch indicating that the procedure is terminated, the procedure is terminated. If the judgment result in the information request reception information presence / absence judgment step (0906) is a YES branch indicating that there is an information output request, the requested information is selected from the information associated with the input person identification information. The step (0907) for searching for information is executed, and the step for determining the presence / absence of relevant information (0908) for determining whether or not there is relevant information as a result of the search is executed. As a result of the determination in the relevant information presence / absence determination step, in the case of a NO determination branch indicating that there is no relevant information, the procedure end determination step (0913) for determining whether to end the procedure is processed. As a result of the judgment in the procedure end judgment step, in the case of a NO branch indicating that the procedure is not performed, the process returns to the information request reception screen output step (0905) in order to accept the information output request again. If the result of the judgment in the procedure end judgment step is a branch of NO indicating that the procedure is finished, the procedure is finished. If the determination result of the corresponding information presence / absence determination step (0908) is a YES branch indicating that there is the associated relevant information, the request information output step (0909) for outputting the requested information is processed.

<Embodiment 3>
<Outline of Embodiment 3>
In addition to the features described in the first or second embodiment, the invention in the present embodiment transmits the applicant information to the procedure implementation candidate terminal and asks the procedure implementer to determine whether or not the case has been entrusted. It is characterized by having a structure.

<Structure of Embodiment 3>
FIG. 10 is an example of the functional configuration diagram of the alternative dispute resolution procedure system in the third embodiment. The out-of-court dispute resolution procedure system of the third embodiment illustrated in FIG. 10 includes a procedure implementation candidate information storage unit (1001), a petition information holding department (1002), an evidence information acquisition department (1003), and the petitioner himself / herself. Judgment result reception department (1004), explained input reception department (1005), fee payment information acquisition judgment department (1006), comprehensive judgment department (1007), legal confirmation storage department (1008), and procedures Office work consisting of the implementation candidate selection reception department (1009), the case acceptance judgment request display unit (1010), the case acceptance judgment result acquisition department (1011), and the procedure implementation trustee identification information holding department A (1012). It has a station server. In the following, the description of the common configuration with the first embodiment or the second embodiment will be omitted, and only the configuration characteristic of the present embodiment will be described.

<Explanation of Embodiment 3 Configuration>
<Example 3 Case consignment judgment request display unit>
The "case acceptance judgment request display unit" can be viewed by inputting the procedure implementation candidate identification information, and the petition can be identified in the information presentation window that is identified by the procedure implementation candidate identification information and can be viewed and answered via the network. Display a case acceptance decision request that includes at least part of the petition information associated with the information. "Case consignment" means that a candidate for procedure implementation agrees to lead the case as a procedure implementer. Cases may not be accepted, for example, if the procedure implementer has a reason for exclusion or a reason similar to the reason for exclusion, or if there are too many cases.

FIG. 86 is an example of a display window M (8601) displaying an interface button of the case acceptance determination request display unit output by the secretariat server to a terminal that can be connected to the secretariat server used by the procedure implementation candidate. It is a figure which shows. When a candidate for procedure implementation accepts a case, the case acceptance judgment result acquisition department, which is output from the secretariat server included in the display screen of the case acceptance judgment request display unit to the terminal of the procedure implementer, is entrusted. By pressing the interface button (8610), the intention to accept the case is displayed. By pressing the consignment interface button, the case consignment judgment result acquisition department of the secretariat server acquires the case consignment judgment result. Disclosure of part of the petition information in the display window of the case acceptance judgment request display unit is the basis of the name of the petitioner, the name of the other party, etc. when deciding whether to accept or not accept the procedure implementation candidate. This is because it is not possible to judge whether or not there is a consignment unless at least the information is known. It is the designer's design matter what kind of petition information is selected as part of the information to be disclosed.

<Implementation 3 Case Acceptance Judgment Result Acquisition Department>
The "case consignment judgment result acquisition department" acquires the case consignment judgment result in response to the displayed case consignment judgment request. The case consignment presence / absence judgment result acquisition unit acquires the case acceptance presence / absence judgment request display unit when the procedure implementation candidate presses the interface button displayed on the display unit. The result of determining whether or not the case has been entrusted is the result of determining whether the candidate for procedure implementation has entrusted the case or not. In FIG. 86, an interface button for indicating the intention of "not accepting" is not illustrated, but in order to clarify the intention of the procedure implementation candidate, both the acceptance interface button and the acceptance refusal interface button are used. It is preferable to configure it so that it can be selectively pressed. If there is no acceptance refusal interface button, it may be configured to treat the acceptance as rejected because the input of the acceptance interface button is not accepted within a certain period of time.

<Embodiment 3 Procedure Implementation Trustee Identification Information Acquisition Department A>
"Procedure implementation trustee identification information acquisition department acquisition department A" responded to the petition identification information and the consignment when the case consignment judgment result is the case consignment answer that is the judgment result that the case is consigned. The procedure implementation candidate identified by the procedure implementation candidate identification information is retained in association with the procedure implementation trustee identification information that identifies the procedure implementation trustee as the procedure implementation trustee. The “case consignment response” is information on which the interface button has been pressed when there is a response that the consignment interface button of the case consignment determination result acquisition unit is pressed and the case is consigned. It has been confirmed that there is no problem in becoming a procedure implementer in relation to a procedure implementation candidate, but the procedure implementation is still carried out in the relationship between the petitioner and the other party. It is the status of the procedure implementation candidate who has not been judged whether there is any problem in becoming a person. Therefore, at that time, it is preferable that the procedure implementation trustee is specified as one procedure implementation candidate between the procedure implementation candidate and the secretariat server. "Procedure execution trustee identification information" is unique information automatically given by the system to identify the procedure execution trustee. As described above, it may be configured as information in which information indicating the status is added to the procedure implementation candidate identification information (even with such a configuration, it means that it is recognized as unique information).

In the procedure implementation candidate selection unit described in the first embodiment, it is not necessary to limit the selection of the procedure implementation candidate to one. Therefore, a plurality of candidates for procedure implementation may be selected. When a plurality of procedure implementation candidates are selected, the case acceptance judgment request is also output to the plurality of procedure implementation candidates. At this time, the procedure execution consignment judgment result acquisition department sets the priority to the acquired result, and the procedure implementation identified by the procedure execution candidate identification information that outputs the judgment result of the consignment with the highest priority. Even if the means for obtaining the result of determining whether or not a prioritized case is entrusted is configured so that only the candidate is recognized as the procedure execution trustee and the procedure execution trustee identification information is retained by the procedure execution trustee identification information holding unit A. Good. Alternatively, if the case acceptance judgment request display unit simultaneously outputs a plurality of cases for one petition identified by the common petition identification information, one of the case acceptance judgment request display units accepts the acceptance. It may be configured to have an alternative display means of ending the display. Alternatively, when the case consignment status judgment result acquisition unit confirms that one consignment interface button is pressed by the case consignment status judgment result acquisition unit, which outputs multiple cases at the same time for one petition identified by the common petition identification information. May be configured to have a consignment interface pressing restriction means that makes it impossible to press other consignment interfaces.

<Embodiment 3 Hardware Configuration>
FIG. 11 shows an example of the hardware configuration of the alternative dispute resolution system according to the third embodiment. Specifically, the functions described above are executed by using computer resources as follows. The present invention can basically be configured by a general-purpose computer, a program, and various devices. The operation of a computer basically takes the form of loading a program recorded in a non-volatile memory into a main memory and executing processing in the main memory, a CPU, and various devices. Communication with the device is done via an interface connected to the bus line. The interface may be a display interface, a keyboard, a communication buffer, or the like. As shown in this figure, the hardware configuration of the alternative dispute resolution procedure system of the third embodiment is also stored in a non-volatile memory, and the alternative dispute resolution procedure implementation candidate identification information, which is the identification information of the alternative dispute resolution procedure implementation candidate, and the procedure implementation candidate identification information thereof. The procedure implementation candidate information storage program that accumulates the procedure implementation candidate information that is information about the procedure implementation candidate identified by the identification information, the claimant information including at least the claimant's name from the claimant terminal, and the other party are specified. Acquire input information including at least the other party information (including the other party identification information), and identify the claimant information and the other party information, and the claimant identification information that is also used to access this system. The petition information retention program that holds the petition information associated with the petition identification information in association with the petition identification information, and the evidence information acquisition to acquire the evidence information to confirm the claimant himself / herself based on the "held petition information". Accepts the input of the result of determining whether the input person who input the input information from the applicant terminal based on the program, the acquired evidence information, and the retained complaint information is the applicant himself / herself in association with the applicant identification information. The petitioner's judgment result reception program and the presentation of information (including conversational cases) to explain what the alternative dispute resolution procedure is in relation to the petition information held have been completed. Information indicating that the explained input acceptance program, which accepts the explained input in association with the petitioner identification information, and the alternative dispute resolution procedure fee was paid in association with the allegation identification information. The fee-paid information acquisition judgment program that determines whether the fee-paid information has been acquired, and the petitioner's own judgment result reception department accepts the input of the petitioner's own judgment result, and the explained input reception department accepts the explained input. It is said that the comprehensive judgment program that determines whether the fee payment information has been acquired by the fee payment information acquisition judgment department and the conditions are comprehensively satisfied, and the conditions of the judgment result by the comprehensive judgment department are comprehensively satisfied. If it is the result of the judgment of, it is confirmed that the alternative dispute resolution procedure has been accepted, and at least the legal final preservation program that is stored in the system in association with the retained petition identification information and the accumulated procedure Procedures for selecting implementation candidate identification information for case processing and accepting association with the petition identification information held in the petition information holding department Can be viewed by inputting the procedure implementation candidate selection reception program and procedure implementation candidate identification information It will be identified by the procedure implementation candidate identification information. A case acceptance judgment request display program that displays a case acceptance judgment request that includes at least a part of the complaint information associated with the complaint identification information in an information presentation window that can be viewed and answered via the network is displayed. In the case of the case acceptance judgment result acquisition program that acquires the case acceptance judgment result in response to the case acceptance judgment request and the case acceptance judgment result that the case acceptance judgment result is the judgment result that the case is accepted Retention of procedure implementation trustee identification information that is retained in association with the procedure implementation trustee identification information that identifies the procedure implementation candidate identified by the petition identification information and the procedure implementation candidate identification information that responded to the entrustment as the procedure implementation trustee. Programs A and are held, these programs are read into the main memory based on a series of program execution instructions, and these programs are executed based on the operation start instruction. It is preferable that these programs are continuously resident in the main memory except during maintenance, and that the application is always accepted and the management of the application for which the acceptance is confirmed is continued. As with the program, the data includes procedure implementation candidate identification information, procedure implementation candidate information, petition information, input information, petitioner information, counterparty information, counterparty identification information, petitioner identification information, petition identification information, and evidence information. , Applicant's judgment result accepted information, explained input accepted information, fee paid information, judgment result, comprehensive positive judgment result, petition acceptance confirmation information, case acceptance judgment request, case acceptance judgment result, case The consignment response, procedure execution consignee identification information, various setting information such as communication (not shown) are stored in the non-volatile memory, loaded into the main memory, and referred to and used when executing a series of programs. In this computer, a non-volatile memory, a main memory, a CPU, and an interface (for example, a display, a keyboard, communication, etc.) are connected to a bus line so that they can communicate with each other.

<Example 3 Processing flow>
FIG. 12 is a diagram showing an example of the processing flow of the alternative dispute resolution procedure system in the third embodiment. As shown in the figure, reference numerals 1201 to 1215 are consistent with the processing flow shown in FIG. 6 for the first embodiment, and detailed description of each step has already been described in the description of each step in the first embodiment. Is. Therefore, in the present embodiment, the process flow of the steps indicated by reference numerals 1216 to 1221 will be described in detail.

After the case acceptance judgment request display step (1216) for requesting the procedure implementation candidate selected in the procedure implementation candidate selection acceptance step (1211) to determine the acceptance of the case is processed, the case acceptance presence / absence The case acceptance determination result acquisition determination step (1217) for determining whether the determination result has been acquired is processed. If the judgment result in the case acceptance judgment result acquisition judgment step is a branch of NO indicating that the case acceptance judgment result has not been acquired, the procedure end judgment step (1220) for judging whether to end the procedure is processed. To. If the processing of the procedure end judgment step results in a NO branch indicating that the procedure will not be completed, the procedure implementation candidate selected as the procedure implementation candidate in the procedure implementation candidate selection acceptance step will be judged whether or not the case has been entrusted. In order to display the request, the process returns to the case acceptance determination request display step (1216). If the result of the judgment in the procedure end judgment step is a YES branch indicating that the procedure will be completed, the procedure will be completed. If the judgment result in the case acceptance judgment result acquisition judgment step (1217) is a YES branch indicating that the case acceptance judgment result has been acquired, the content of the acquired case acceptance judgment result is the case acceptance response. Process the case consignment response determination step (1218) to determine whether or not. If the judgment result in the case consignment response judgment step is a NO branch indicating that the acquired case consignment presence / absence judgment result is not a case consignment answer, reselection to judge whether there is a procedure implementation candidate that can be selected again. The pass / fail determination step (1221) is processed. If the judgment result in the reselectability judgment step is a NO branch indicating that reselection is not possible, the procedure ends there. If the determination result in the reselectability determination step is a YES branch indicating that reselection is possible, the process returns to the procedure implementation candidate selection acceptance step (1211) in order to select a new procedure implementation candidate. If the judgment result of the case consignment response judgment step (1218) is a YES branch indicating that the acquired case consignment presence / absence judgment result is a case consignment response, the procedure implementation candidate who output the case consignment response is processed. As the implementation trustee, process step (1219) for recording the procedure implementation trustee identification information for retention. It should be noted that the judgment factor of the judgment branch is not specified, and may be a design item of the system designer such as the time limit and the lightness of the discrepancy.

<Embodiment 4>
<Outline of Embodiment 4>
In addition to the features described in any of the first to third embodiments, the invention in the present embodiment is a procedure implementation candidate so that the procedure implementation candidate cannot refuse to become a procedure implementation candidate. It is characterized by selecting.
<Structure of Embodiment 4 Invention>
FIG. 13 is an example of a functional configuration diagram of the alternative dispute resolution procedure system according to the fourth embodiment. The out-of-court dispute resolution procedure system of the fourth embodiment illustrated in FIG. 13 includes a procedure implementation candidate information storage unit (1301), a petition information holding department (1302), an evidence information acquisition department (1303), and the petitioner himself / herself. Judgment result reception department (1304), explained input reception department (1305), fee payment information acquisition judgment department (1306), comprehensive judgment department (1307), legal confirmation storage department (1308), and procedures The secretariat consists of the implementation candidate selection reception department (1309), the case consignment decision display unit (1310), the case consignment confirmation response acquisition department (1311), and the procedure implementation consignee identification information holding department B (1312). Has a server. In the following, the description of the common configuration with any one of the first to third embodiments will be omitted, and only the configuration characteristic of the present embodiment will be described.

<Explanation of Embodiment 4 Configuration>
<Implementation 4 Case Consignment Decision Display Unit>
The "case consignment decision display unit" can be browsed by inputting the procedure implementation candidate identification information associated with the petition identification information, identified by the procedure implementation candidate identification information, can be browsed via the network, and can respond to the case consignment confirmation. The case consignment decision including at least a part of the petition information associated with the petition identification information is displayed in the information presentation window. The "case consignment decision" is different from the case consignment judgment request display in the third embodiment, and the procedure implementation candidate is output from the secretariat server without confirming whether or not the procedure implementation candidate has the intention to consign. It is a notification that the decision has been made. The case consignment decision does not matter whether the trustee is willing to entrust or not, but if there is a reason for exclusion between the candidate for procedure implementation and the petitioner or the other party, he / she can be involved in the procedure. Since there is no such reason, it is preferable to display a part of the petition information necessary within the range of determining whether or not there is a reason for exclusion.

<Implementation 4 Case Acceptance Confirmation Answer Acquisition Department>
The “Case Consignment Confirmation Response Acquisition Department” acquires the case consignment confirmation response according to the displayed case consignment decision. The "case consignment confirmation answer" is not a confirmation answer for determining whether the petitioner is willing to entrust the case, but a confirmation answer for confirming whether or not the case consignment decision has been seen. Is. The case consignment confirmation reply is sent to the secretariat server by pressing the confirmation response interface button of the case consignment confirmation reply acquisition department output from the secretariat server displayed on the case consignment decision display section to the procedure implementation candidate terminal. To be acquired.

<Embodiment 4 Procedure Implementation Trustee Identification Information Holding Department B>
When the case acceptance confirmation reply is obtained, the "procedure implementation trustee identification information holding department B" is identified by the petition identification information and the procedure implementation candidate identification information that has given the case acceptance confirmation reply. Is retained in association with the procedure execution trustee identification information that identifies as the procedure execution trustee. In the procedure implementation trustee identification information holding department B, when the secretariat server acquires the case acceptance confirmation answer indicating that the case acceptance confirmation answer acquisition department has seen the case consignment decision, the case consignment confirmation answer acquisition department is output. The procedure implementation candidate identified by the procedure implementation candidate identification information associated with the interface screen is recorded as the procedure implementation trustee.

<Embodiment 4 Hardware Configuration>
FIG. 14 shows an example of the hardware configuration of the alternative dispute resolution system according to the fourth embodiment. Specifically, the functions described above are executed by using computer resources as follows. The present invention can basically be configured by a general-purpose computer, a program, and various devices. The operation of a computer basically takes the form of loading a program recorded in a non-volatile memory into a main memory and executing processing in the main memory, a CPU, and various devices. Communication with the device is done via an interface connected to the bus line. The interface may be a display interface, a keyboard, a communication buffer, or the like. As shown in this figure, the hardware configuration of the alternative dispute resolution procedure system of the fourth embodiment is also stored in a non-volatile memory, and the alternative dispute resolution procedure implementation candidate identification information, which is the identification information of the alternative dispute resolution procedure implementation candidate, and the procedure implementation candidate identification information thereof. The procedure implementation candidate information storage program that accumulates the procedure implementation candidate information that is information about the procedure implementation candidate identified by the identification information, the claimant information including at least the claimant's name from the claimant terminal, and the other party are specified. Acquire input information including at least the other party information (including the other party identification information), and identify the claimant information and the other party information, and the claimant identification information that is also used to access this system. The petition information retention program that holds the petition information associated with the petition identification information in association with the petition identification information, and the evidence information acquisition to acquire the evidence information to confirm the claimant himself / herself based on the "held petition information". Accepts the input of the result of determining whether the input person who input the input information from the applicant terminal based on the program, the acquired evidence information, and the retained complaint information is the applicant himself / herself in association with the applicant identification information. The petitioner's judgment result reception program and the presentation of information (including conversational cases) to explain what the alternative dispute resolution procedure is in relation to the petition information held have been completed. Information indicating that the explained input acceptance program, which accepts the explained input in association with the petitioner identification information, and the alternative dispute resolution procedure fee was paid in association with the allegation identification information. The fee-paid information acquisition judgment program that determines whether the fee-paid information has been acquired, and the petitioner's own judgment result reception department accepts the input of the petitioner's own judgment result, and the explained input reception department accepts the explained input. It is said that the comprehensive judgment program that determines whether the fee payment information has been acquired by the fee payment information acquisition judgment department and the conditions are comprehensively satisfied, and the conditions of the judgment result by the comprehensive judgment department are comprehensively satisfied. If it is the result of the judgment of, it is confirmed that the alternative dispute resolution procedure has been accepted, and at least the legal final preservation program that is stored in the system in association with the retained petition identification information and the accumulated procedure Procedure for selecting implementation candidate identification information for case processing and accepting the association with the petition identification information held in the petition information holding department Implementation candidate selection reception program, procedure implementation candidate associated with the petition identification information It can be viewed by entering the identification information, and the procedure is actual. A case consignment decision that displays a case consignment decision that includes at least part of the petition information associated with the petition identification information in the information presentation window that is identified by the candidate identification information, can be viewed via the network, and can be answered. Display program, case consignment confirmation answer acquisition program to acquire case consignment confirmation answer according to the displayed case consignment decision, and if a case consignment confirmation answer is obtained, petition identification information and case consignment confirmation answer The procedure implementation trustee identification information retention program B, which retains the procedure implementation candidate identified by the procedure implementation candidate identification information in association with the procedure implementation trustee identification information that identifies the procedure implementation candidate as the procedure implementation trustee, is retained. , These programs are read into the main memory based on the execution instruction of a series of programs, and these programs are executed based on the operation start instruction. It is preferable that these programs are continuously resident in the main memory except during maintenance, and that the application is always accepted and the management of the application for which the acceptance is confirmed is continued. As with the program, the data includes procedure implementation candidate identification information, procedure implementation candidate information, petition information, input information, petitioner information, counterparty information, counterparty identification information, petitioner identification information, petition identification information, and evidence information. , Applicant's judgment result accepted information, explained input accepted information, fee paid information, judgment result, comprehensive positive judgment result, petition acceptance confirmation information, case consignment decision, case consignment confirmation reply, procedure implementation consignee Identification information, various setting information such as communication (not shown), etc. are held in the non-volatile memory, loaded into the main memory, and referred to and used when executing a series of programs. In this computer, a non-volatile memory, a main memory, a CPU, and an interface (for example, a display, a keyboard, communication, etc.) are connected to a bus line so that they can communicate with each other.

<Example 4 Processing flow>
FIG. 15 shows an example of the processing flow of the alternative dispute resolution procedure system of the fourth embodiment. FIG. 15 is a diagram showing an example of the processing flow of the alternative dispute resolution procedure system in the fourth embodiment. As shown in the figure, reference numerals 1501 to 1515 are consistent with the processing flow shown in FIG. 6 for the first embodiment, and detailed description of each step has already been described in the description of each step in the first embodiment. Is. Therefore, in the present embodiment, the process flow of the steps indicated by reference numerals 1516 to 1520 will be described in detail.

After the case consignment decision notification step (1516) has been processed, which informs the procedure implementation candidate selected in the procedure implementation candidate selection acceptance step (1511) that the procedure implementation candidate has decided on the relevant petition. , The case consignment confirmation answer acquisition determination step (1517) is processed to determine whether the case consignment confirmation response has been acquired to the effect that the case consignment decision notification has been confirmed. In the case of a NO branch indicating that the case acceptance confirmation answer acquisition determination step has not acquired the case acceptance confirmation answer, the procedure end determination step (1519) for determining whether to end the procedure is processed. In the case of a NO branch indicating that the procedure will not be completed in the judgment result in the procedure end judgment step (1519), the case consignment decision display step for displaying the procedure consignment decision to the newly selected procedure implementation candidate. Return to (1516). In the judgment result in the procedure end judgment step (1519), if there is a YES branch indicating that the procedure is finished, the procedure is finished. If the judgment result in the case acceptance confirmation answer acquisition judgment step (1517) is a YES judgment branch indicating that the case acceptance confirmation answer has been acquired, the procedure implementation candidate who output the case acceptance confirmation answer is retained as the procedure implementation trustee. Step (1518) to record for is processed.

<Claim 5>
<Summary of claim 5>
The invention in the present embodiment is characterized in that, in addition to the features described in any one of the first to fourth embodiments, the procedure implementation candidate is reselected when the procedure implementation candidate has a reason for exclusion. To do.

<Structure of Embodiment 5>
FIG. 16 is an example of the functional configuration diagram of the alternative dispute resolution procedure system in the fifth embodiment. The out-of-court dispute resolution procedure system of the fifth embodiment illustrated in FIG. 16 includes a procedure implementation candidate information storage unit (1601), a petition information holding department (1602), an evidence information acquisition department (1603), and the petitioner himself / herself. Judgment result reception department (1604), explained input reception department (1605), fee payment information acquisition judgment department (1606), comprehensive judgment department (1607), legal confirmation storage department (1608), and procedures Implementation candidate selection reception unit (1609), exclusion reason existence judgment request display unit A (1610), exclusion reason existence judgment result acquisition unit A (1611), exclusion procedure implementation trustee identification information recording unit A (1612) ) And the secretariat server. In the following, the description of the common configuration with any one of the first to fourth embodiments will be omitted, and only the configuration characteristic of the present embodiment will be described.

<Explanation of Embodiment 5 Configuration>
<Embodiment 5 Exclusion Reason Presence / Absence Judgment Request Display Unit A>
"Exclusion reason judgment request display unit A" can be browsed by inputting the procedure implementation candidate identification information associated with the petition identification information, identified by the procedure implementation candidate identification information, and can be browsed and answered via the network. Request to determine whether there is a reason for exclusion or a reason similar to the reason for exclusion (hereinafter simply referred to as "reason for exclusion") that includes at least a part of the complaint information associated with the complaint identification information in the information presentation window. Display the request for determining whether or not there is a reason for exclusion. Since the "reason for exclusion" has already been explained in the above definition, the description thereof is omitted in this claim. FIG. 86 is also an example of the procedure implementation candidate window M of the actual display output to the terminal of the procedure implementation candidate by the exclusion reason determination request display unit A of the present embodiment. Display column for petition identification information (8602), display column for the name of the petitioner (8603), display column for the name of the other party (8604), display column for the name of the other party (8605), display column for the desired retirement date (8606) , The display column of whether or not there is a request on the same day (8607), and the acceptance day orchid (legally confirmed storage date 8608) are displayed as part of the petition information. The exclusion reason presence / absence judgment result is output to the secretariat server by pressing the interface button (8609) of the exclusion reason presence / absence judgment result acquisition unit A, which is output and displayed on the terminal of the procedure implementation candidate together with the exclusion reason presence / absence judgment request display unit A. To be acquired.

<Example 5 Exclusion reason determination result acquisition unit A>
The "exclusion reason presence / absence determination result acquisition unit A" acquires the exclusion reason presence / absence determination result in response to the displayed exclusion reason presence / absence determination request. The exclusion reason presence / absence judgment result acquisition unit A is output from the secretariat server to the terminal of the procedure implementation candidate together with the exclusion reason presence / absence judgment request display unit A. Therefore, the exclusion reason presence / absence determination result acquisition unit A is displayed in the actual display window on the terminal of the procedure implementation candidate of the exclusion reason presence / absence determination result request display unit. As described above, the exclusion reason determination result is acquired by pressing the interface button of the exclusion reason determination result acquisition unit. Further, when the interface button indicating that there is a reason for exclusion is pressed, it is preferable to clarify which reason for exclusion is applicable. Therefore, the means for acquiring the relevant exclusion reason information for the secretariat server to acquire the relevant exclusion reason information is output to the terminal of the procedure implementation candidate, and the procedure implementation candidate inputs text in the interface text box. It is conceivable that the information on the reason for exclusion is acquired. When the exclusion button is selected, FIG. 87 shows the actual display window M of the relevant exclusion reason acquisition means output from the secretariat server on condition that the interface button indicating the reason for exclusion is pressed. This is an example. As shown in the figure, an interface text box for entering the relevant reason for exclusion is displayed. The secretariat server's exclusion reason judgment result acquisition department completes the acquisition of the relevant exclusion reason information from the input of the interface text box, and determines that this content is appropriate (exclusion reason appropriateness judgment result acquisition means). Up to this point, the acquisition of the exclusion reason determination result may be restricted (exclusion reason appropriateness dependence exclusion reason existence determination result acquisition control unit).

<Embodiment 5 Exclusion procedure implementation trustee identification information recording unit A>
"Exclusion procedure implementation trustee identification information recording unit A", if the judgment result of the presence or absence of the reason for exclusion is the answer of the reason for exclusion, which is the result of the judgment that there is a reason for exclusion, the petition identification information and the exclusion The procedure implementation candidate identified by the procedure implementation candidate identification information that responded with a reason is identified as the exclusion procedure implementation trustee. It is recorded in the procedure implementation candidate information storage unit in association with the exclusion procedure implementation trustee identification information.
An "exclusion procedure implementation trustee" is a person who is a candidate for procedure implementation for which reasons for exclusion are recognized and should be excluded from the procedure. "Exclusion procedure implementation trustee identification information" is unique information automatically given by the system to identify the exclusion procedure implementation trustee. Even if the information indicating the status is added to the procedure implementation candidate identification information, it corresponds to the exclusion procedure implementation trustee identification information as the unique information automatically assigned by the system. A procedure implementation candidate for whom a reason for exclusion is recognized should be configured so that it can be confirmed that the procedure implementation candidate cannot be selected when reselecting the procedure implementation candidate thereafter. preferable. Therefore, the exclusion procedure implementation trustee identification information and the petition identification information are associated with each other, and are additionally recorded and stored in the procedure implementation candidate storage section.

A certain petition identification information is selected by additionally recording and saving the procedure implementation candidate with the reason for exclusion as the exclusion procedure implementation trustee identification information in the procedure implementation candidate storage section in association with the petition identification information. Then, it becomes possible to display a list of trustees who implement the exclusion procedure related to this. FIG. 120 is a diagram showing an example of an actual display window A (12001) on the terminal of the exclusion procedure execution trustee list display means output by the secretariat server to the terminal connectable to the secretariat server used by the person in charge terminal. Is. It is possible to confirm which person was dismissed for what reason in relation to the petition.

In the present embodiment, when reselection is performed, the procedure implementation candidate selection reception department is excluded from the procedure implementation candidate identification information acquired from the procedure implementation candidate information storage department. Procedure implementation trustee identification information (procedures related thereto) (Recognized as implementation candidate identification information) is included), so the procedure implementation candidate selected by the procedure implementation candidate selection reception department is excluded in relation to this petition Yes Procedure implementation without a history of answers It becomes possible to select as a candidate. That is, even if it is a procedure implementation candidate, the procedure implementation candidate identified by the procedure implementation candidate identification information associated with the exclusion procedure implementation trustee is not selected (procedure implementation candidate non-selection means). 1)

<Embodiment 5 Hardware Configuration>
FIG. 17 shows an example of the hardware configuration of the alternative dispute resolution system according to the fifth embodiment. Specifically, the functions described above are executed by using computer resources as follows. The present invention can basically be configured by a general-purpose computer, a program, and various devices. The operation of a computer basically takes the form of loading a program recorded in a non-volatile memory into a main memory and executing processing in the main memory, a CPU, and various devices. Communication with the device is done via an interface connected to the bus line. The interface may be a display interface, a keyboard, a communication buffer, or the like. As shown in this figure, the hardware configuration of the alternative dispute resolution procedure system of the fifth embodiment is also stored in a non-volatile memory, the alternative dispute resolution procedure implementation candidate identification information, which is the identification information of the alternative dispute resolution procedure implementation candidate, and the procedure implementation candidate identification information thereof. The procedure implementation candidate information storage program that accumulates the procedure implementation candidate information that is information about the procedure implementation candidate identified by the identification information, the claimant information including at least the claimant's name from the claimant terminal, and the other party are specified. Acquire input information including at least the other party information (including the other party identification information), and identify the claimant information and the other party information, and the claimant identification information that is also used to access this system. The petition information retention program that holds the petition information associated with the petition identification information in association with the petition identification information, and the evidence information acquisition to acquire the evidence information to confirm the claimant himself / herself based on the "held petition information". Accepts the input of the result of determining whether the input person who input the input information from the applicant terminal based on the program, the acquired evidence information, and the retained complaint information is the applicant himself / herself in association with the applicant identification information. The petitioner's judgment result reception program and the presentation of information (including conversational cases) to explain what the alternative dispute resolution procedure is in relation to the petition information held have been completed. Information indicating that the explained input acceptance program, which accepts the explained input in association with the petitioner identification information, and the alternative dispute resolution procedure fee was paid in association with the allegation identification information. The fee-paid information acquisition judgment program that determines whether the fee-paid information has been acquired, and the petitioner's own judgment result reception department accepts the input of the petitioner's own judgment result, and the explained input reception department accepts the explained input. It is said that the comprehensive judgment program that determines whether the fee payment information has been acquired by the fee payment information acquisition judgment department and the conditions are comprehensively satisfied, and the conditions of the judgment result by the comprehensive judgment department are comprehensively satisfied. If it is the result of the judgment of, it is confirmed that the alternative dispute resolution procedure has been accepted, and at least the legal final preservation program that is stored in the system in association with the retained petition identification information and the accumulated procedure Procedure for selecting implementation candidate identification information for case processing and accepting the association with the petition identification information held in the petition information holding department Implementation candidate selection reception program, procedure for identifying the implementation candidate associated with the petition identification information It can be viewed by entering the information, and the procedure implementation procedure Reasons for exclusion or / reasons similar to reasons for exclusion (hereinafter,) that include at least a part of the complaint information associated with the complaint identification information in the information presentation window identified by the assistant identification information and can be viewed and answered via the network. It is simply called "reason for exclusion". ) Is a request for judgment as to whether or not there is a reason for exclusion. If the program A for obtaining the result of determining the presence or absence of the reason for exclusion and the result of determining the presence or absence of the reason for exclusion are the answer of the reason for exclusion, which is the result of determining that there is a reason for exclusion, the petition identification information and the reason for exclusion are present. Exclusion procedure implementation that identifies the procedure implementation candidate identified by the procedure implementation candidate identification information that responded as the exclusion procedure implementation trustee Implementation of the exclusion procedure that is recorded in the procedure implementation candidate information storage section in association with the procedure implementation trustee identification information The trustee identification information recording program A and the program A are held, and these programs are read into the main memory based on the execution instructions of a series of programs, and these programs are executed based on the operation start instruction. It is preferable that these programs are continuously resident in the main memory except during maintenance, and that the application is always accepted and the management of the application for which the acceptance is confirmed is continued. As with the program, the data includes procedure implementation candidate identification information, procedure implementation candidate information, petition information, input information, petitioner information, counterparty information, counterparty identification information, petitioner identification information, petition identification information, and evidence information. , Requester's judgment result accepted information, explained input accepted information, fee paid information, judgment result, comprehensive positive judgment result, petition acceptance confirmation information, exclusion presence judgment request, exclusion presence judgment result, exclusion procedure implementation The trustee identification information, various setting information such as communication (not shown), etc. are held in the non-volatile memory, loaded in the main memory, and referred to and used when executing a series of programs. In this computer, a non-volatile memory, a main memory, a CPU, and an interface (for example, a display, a keyboard, communication, etc.) are connected to a bus line so that they can communicate with each other.

<Example 5 Processing flow>
FIG. 18 shows an example of the processing flow of the alternative dispute resolution procedure system of the fifth embodiment. FIG. 18 is a diagram showing an example of the processing flow of the alternative dispute resolution procedure system in the fifth embodiment. As shown in the figure, reference numerals 1801 to 1815 are consistent with the processing flow shown in FIG. 6 for the first embodiment, and detailed description of each step has already been described in the description of each step in the first embodiment. Is. Therefore, in the present embodiment, the processing flow of the steps indicated by reference numerals 1816 to 1821 will be described in detail.

Exclusion Reason Existence Judgment Request Display Step A (1816), Exclusion Reason Existence Judgment Result Request to display a window requesting the procedure implementation candidate selected by the procedure implementation candidate selection step to determine whether or not there is an exclusion reason. Process A (1817) for determining whether or not there is a reason for exclusion, which is used to determine whether or not the result of determining whether or not there is a reason for exclusion acquired in the display step has been acquired. In the case of a NO branch indicating that the exclusion reason presence / absence judgment result acquisition judgment step A has not acquired the exclusion reason presence / absence judgment regret, the procedure end judgment judgment step (1821) for judging whether to end the procedure is processed. .. If the judgment result in the procedure end judgment step is a NO branch indicating that the procedure is not completed, the process returns to step A (1816) for displaying the exclusion reason presence / absence judgment request in order to obtain the exclusion reason presence / absence judgment result again. If the judgment result in the procedure end judgment step (1821) is a YES branch indicating that the procedure is finished, the procedure is finished. If the judgment result in the exclusion reason presence / absence judgment result acquisition judgment step A (1817) is a YES branch indicating that the exclusion reason presence / absence judgment result has been acquired, the exclusion reason presence / absence judgment result is the exclusion reason presence / absence answer. The exemption reason determination step (1818) for determining whether or not is processed. In the case of a branch of NO indicating that the judgment result in the exclusion reason determination step indicates that there is an exclusion reason answer, the exclusion procedure implementation trustee identification information recording step A (1819) is processed. After recording the exclusion procedure implementation trustee identification information, the reselection possibility determination step (1820) for determining whether the procedure implementation candidate can be reselected is processed. In the case of a YES branch indicating that reselection is possible as a result of the determination of the reselectability determination step, the process returns to the procedure implementation candidate selection acceptance step (1811) in order to reselect the procedure implementation candidate. If the determination result in the reselectability determination step (1820) is a NO branch indicating that reselection is not possible, the procedure ends. As a result of the determination in the exclusion reason presence / absence determination conclusion step (1818), in the case of a NO branch indicating that there is no exclusion reason, the process ends.

<Embodiment 6>
<Outline of Embodiment 6>
In the invention of the present embodiment, in addition to the features described in any one of the first to fourth embodiments, the identification information of the petition for the answer to the request for determining the presence or absence of the exclusion reason when there is the exclusion reason is associated. It is characterized in that it is associated with the claimant identification information and / and the other party identification information.

<Structure of Embodiment 6 Invention>
FIG. 19 is an example of a functional configuration diagram of the alternative dispute resolution procedure system according to the sixth embodiment. The out-of-court dispute resolution procedure system of the sixth embodiment illustrated in FIG. 19 includes a procedure implementation candidate information storage department (1901), a petition information holding department (1902), an evidence information acquisition department (1903), and the petitioner himself / herself. Judgment result reception department (1904), explained input reception department (1905), fee payment information acquisition judgment department (1906), comprehensive judgment department (1907), legal confirmation storage department (1908), and procedures Implementation candidate selection reception unit (1909), exclusion reason presence / absence judgment request display unit B (1910), exclusion reason presence / absence judgment result acquisition unit B (1911), exclusion procedure implementation trustee identification information recording unit B (1912) ) And the secretariat server. In the following, the description of the common configuration with any one of the first to fourth embodiments will be omitted, and only the configuration characteristic of the present embodiment will be described.

<Explanation of Embodiment 6 Configuration>
<Embodiment 6 Exclusion Reason Presence / Absence Judgment Request Display Unit B>
"Exclusion reason judgment request display B" can be viewed by inputting the procedure implementer identification information associated with the petition identification information, and is identified by the procedure implementation candidate identification information and can be viewed and answered via the network. It is a request to judge whether there is a reason for exclusion or a reason equivalent to the reason for exclusion (hereinafter, simply referred to as "reason for exclusion") including at least a part of the petition information associated with the petition identification information in the presentation window. Display the request for determining whether or not there is a reason for exclusion. The function of the exclusion reason judgment request display unit B and the configuration of the window M of the procedure implementation candidate actually displayed on the procedure implementation candidate terminal are the same as those of the exclusion reason judgment request display unit A, and have already been explained. Is. Therefore, the description will be omitted in this embodiment.

<Embodiment 6 Exclusion Reason Presence / Absence Judgment Result Acquisition Unit B>
The "exclusion reason presence / absence determination result acquisition unit B" acquires the exclusion reason presence / absence determination result in response to the displayed exclusion reason presence / absence determination request. The function of the exclusion reason judgment result acquisition unit B and the configuration of the window M of the procedure implementation candidate actually displayed on the procedure implementer terminal are the same as those of the exclusion reason judgment result acquisition unit A, and have already been explained. Is. Therefore, the description in this embodiment will be omitted.

<Embodiment 6 Exclusion procedure implementation trustee identification information recording unit B>
The "Exclusion procedure implementation trustee identification information recording unit B" is associated with the petition identification information when the judgment result of the presence or absence of the reason for exclusion is the result of the judgment that there is a reason for exclusion. Exclusion procedure implementation trustee identification information that identifies the procedure implementation candidate identified by the applicant identification information and / and the other party identification information and the procedure implementation candidate identification information that responded with a reason for exclusion as the exclusion procedure implementation trustee Is recorded in the procedure implementation candidate information storage unit in association with. By associating the answer with reasons for exclusion with the claimant identification information and / and the other party identification information, the petition is also related to the claim associated with the claim identification information that is different from the claim associated with the corresponding claim identification information. If some of the identification information and / and the other party's identification information are common, it can be determined that the candidate is a candidate for procedure implementation with a reason for exclusion. Therefore, in the case of a petition in which some of the parties are common, it is possible to configure the petition so as not to select the procedure implementation candidate as the procedure implementation candidate of the relevant petition from the beginning. The exclusion reason presence / absence determination result acquisition unit B is output to the terminal of the procedure implementer, and the interface button of the exclusion reason presence / absence determination result acquisition unit B is displayed in the window. When the interface button of the exclusion reason determination result acquisition unit B displayed in the window is pressed, whether or not there is a exclusion reason depending on the signal of the interface button for which the exclusion reason determination result acquisition unit B of the secretariat server is pressed. Get the judgment result of. The exclusion reason determination result acquisition unit B acquires the determination result, and if it is a signal with a reason for exclusion, it is saved in association with the claimant identification information and / and the other party identification information.

By associating the procedure implementation candidate with the reason for exclusion with the petitioner identification information and / and the other party identification information, and additionally recording and storing it in the procedure implementation candidate storage section as the exclusion procedure implementation trustee identification information. When a certain petitioner identification information and / or the other party identification information is selected, it is possible to display a list of exclusion procedure implementation trustees related thereto (means for creating a list of exclusion procedure implementation trustees). It is possible to confirm which person was dismissed for what reason in relation to the complainant and / and the other party.

In the present embodiment, when the procedure implementation candidate selection reception unit obtains the procedure implementation candidate information storage unit when reselecting, the exclusion procedure implementation trustee identification information is associated with the procedure implementation candidate identification information. Is treated so that the person is not selected as a candidate for procedure implementation. Procedure Implementation Candidate Selection The procedure implementation candidate selected by the reception department is a procedure implementation candidate who has no history of exclusions and answers due to the relationship with the petitioner and / or the other party.

<Embodiment 6 Hardware Configuration>
FIG. 20 shows an example of the hardware configuration of the alternative dispute resolution system according to the sixth embodiment. Specifically, the functions described above are executed by using computer resources as follows. The present invention can basically be configured by a general-purpose computer, a program, and various devices. The operation of a computer basically takes the form of loading a program recorded in a non-volatile memory into a main memory and executing processing in the main memory, a CPU, and various devices. Communication with the device is done via an interface connected to the bus line. The interface may be a display interface, a keyboard, a communication buffer, or the like. As shown in this figure, the hardware configuration of the alternative dispute resolution procedure system of the sixth embodiment is also stored in a non-volatile memory, and the alternative dispute resolution procedure implementation candidate identification information, which is the identification information of the alternative dispute resolution procedure implementation candidate, and the procedure implementation candidate identification information thereof. The procedure implementation candidate information storage program that accumulates the procedure implementation candidate information that is information about the procedure implementation candidate identified by the identification information, the claimant information including at least the claimant's name from the claimant terminal, and the other party are specified. Acquire input information including at least the other party information (including the other party identification information), and identify the claimant information and the other party information, and the claimant identification information that is also used to access this system. The petition information retention program that holds the petition information associated with the petition identification information in association with the petition identification information, and the evidence information acquisition to acquire the evidence information to confirm the claimant himself / herself based on the "held petition information". Accepts the input of the result of determining whether the input person who input the input information from the applicant terminal based on the program, the acquired evidence information, and the retained complaint information is the applicant himself / herself in association with the applicant identification information. The petitioner's judgment result reception program and the presentation of information (including conversational cases) to explain what the alternative dispute resolution procedure is in relation to the petition information held have been completed. Information indicating that the explained input acceptance program, which accepts the explained input in association with the petitioner identification information, and the alternative dispute resolution procedure fee was paid in association with the allegation identification information. The fee-paid information acquisition judgment program that determines whether the fee-paid information has been acquired, and the petitioner's own judgment result reception department accepts the input of the petitioner's own judgment result, and the explained input reception department accepts the explained input. It is said that the comprehensive judgment program that determines whether the fee payment information has been acquired by the fee payment information acquisition judgment department and the conditions are comprehensively satisfied, and the conditions of the judgment result by the comprehensive judgment department are comprehensively satisfied. If it is the result of the judgment of, it is confirmed that the alternative dispute resolution procedure has been accepted, and at least the legal final preservation program that is stored in the system in association with the retained petition identification information and the accumulated procedure Procedure for selecting implementation candidate identification information for case processing and accepting the association with the petition identification information held in the petition information holding department Implementation candidate selection reception program, procedure for identifying the implementation candidate associated with the petition identification information It becomes possible to browse by inputting information Reasons for exclusion or / reasons similar to reasons for exclusion (hereinafter,) that include at least a part of the complaint information associated with the complaint identification information in the information presentation window identified by the assistant identification information and can be viewed and answered via the network. It is simply called "reason for exclusion". ) Is a request for judgment as to whether or not there is a reason for exclusion. If the program B for determining the presence or absence of a reason for exclusion and the result of determining whether or not there is a reason for exclusion is a response with a reason for exclusion, which is the result of determining that there is a reason for exclusion, the petition associated with the petition identification information Person identification information and / and other party identification information, and exclusion procedure implementation trustee identification information that identifies the procedure implementation candidate identified by the procedure implementation candidate identification information that responded with a reason for exclusion as the exclusion procedure implementation trustee The exclusion procedure execution trustee identification information recording program B, which is associated and recorded in the procedure execution candidate information storage unit, is held, and these programs are read into the main memory based on the execution instructions of the series of programs. These programs are executed based on the operation start instruction. It is preferable that these programs are continuously resident in the main memory except during maintenance, and that the application is always accepted and the management of the application for which the acceptance is confirmed is continued. As with the program, the data includes procedure implementation candidate identification information, procedure implementation candidate information, petition information, input information, petitioner information, counterparty information, counterparty identification information, petitioner identification information, petition identification information, and evidence information. , Requester's judgment result accepted information, explained input accepted information, fee paid information, judgment result, comprehensive positive judgment result, petition acceptance confirmation information, exclusion presence judgment request, exclusion presence judgment result, exclusion procedure implementation The trustee identification information, various setting information such as communication (not shown), etc. are held in the non-volatile memory, loaded in the main memory, and referred to and used when executing a series of programs. In this computer, a non-volatile memory, a main memory, a CPU, and an interface (for example, a display, a keyboard, communication, etc.) are connected to a bus line so that they can communicate with each other.

<Example 6 Processing flow>
FIG. 21 is a diagram showing an example of the processing flow of the alternative dispute resolution procedure system in the sixth embodiment. As shown in the figure, reference numerals 2101 to 2115 are consistent with the processing flow shown in FIG. 6 for the first embodiment, and detailed description of each step has already been described in the description of each step in the first embodiment. Is. Therefore, in the present embodiment, the processing flow of the steps indicated by reference numerals 2116 to 2121 will be described in detail.

Exclusion Reason Presence / Existence Judgment Request Display Step B (2116), Exclusion Reason Existence Judgment Result Request for Displaying a Window for Requesting the Exclusion Reason Presence / Absence Judgment from the Procedure Implementation Candidate Selected by the Procedure Implementation Candidate Selection Step Process B (2117) for determining whether or not there is a reason for exclusion, which is used to determine whether or not the result of determining whether or not there is a reason for exclusion acquired in the display step has been acquired. In the case of a NO branch indicating that the exclusion reason presence / absence judgment result acquisition judgment step A has not acquired the exclusion reason presence / absence judgment result, the procedure end judgment step (2121) for judging whether to end the procedure is processed. .. If the judgment result in the procedure end judgment step is a branch of NO indicating that the procedure is not completed, the process returns to step B (2116) for displaying the exclusion reason presence / absence judgment request in order to obtain the exclusion reason presence / absence judgment result again. If the judgment result in the procedure end judgment step (2121) is a YES branch indicating that the procedure is finished, the procedure is finished. If the judgment result in the exclusion reason presence / absence judgment result acquisition judgment step B (2117) is a YES branch indicating that the exclusion reason presence / absence judgment result has been acquired, the exclusion reason presence / absence judgment result is the exclusion reason presence / absence answer. Process the exclusion reason determination step (2118) to determine whether or not. In the case of a NO branch indicating the case of an exclusion reason answer indicating that the judgment result in the exclusion reason existence judgment step has an exclusion reason answer, the procedure identified by the procedure implementation candidate identification number that outputs the exclusion reason answer Exclusion procedure implementation trustee for exclusion procedure implementation trustee to additionally record the implementation candidate in the procedure implementer information storage section by associating the exclusion procedure implementation trustee identification number with the petitioner identification information and / and the other party identification information The identification information recording step B (2119) is processed. After recording the exclusion procedure implementation trustee identification information, the reselection possibility determination step (2120) for determining whether the procedure implementation candidate can be reselected is processed. In the case of a YES branch indicating that reselection is possible as a result of the determination of the reselectability determination step, the process returns to the procedure implementation candidate selection acceptance step (2111) in order to reselect the procedure implementation candidate. If the determination result in the reselectability determination step (2120) is a NO branch indicating that reselection is not possible, the procedure ends. As a result of the determination in the exclusion reason presence / absence determination conclusion step (2118), in the case of a branch of NO indicating that there is no exclusion reason, the process ends.

<Embodiment 7>
<Outline of Embodiment 7>
The alternative dispute resolution procedure system in the present embodiment is characterized in that, in addition to the characteristics of the invention described in the fifth or sixth embodiment, those judged to have reasons for exclusion are not selected as the procedure implementation candidates. To do.

<Structure of Embodiment 7>
FIG. 22 is an example of the functional configuration diagram of the alternative dispute resolution procedure system according to the seventh embodiment. The alternative dispute resolution procedure system of the seventh embodiment illustrated in FIG. 22 includes a procedure implementation candidate information storage unit (2201), a petition information holding department (2202), an evidence information acquisition department (2203), and the petitioner himself / herself. Judgment result reception department (2204), explained input reception department (2205), fee payment information acquisition judgment department (2206), comprehensive judgment department (2207), legal confirmation storage department (2208), and procedures Implementation candidate selection reception unit (2209), association skipping means (2210), exclusion reason presence / absence judgment request display unit A (2211), exclusion reason presence / absence judgment result acquisition unit A (2212), exclusion procedure implementation consignment It has a secretariat server consisting of a person identification information recording unit A (2213). In the following, the description of the common configuration with the fifth or sixth embodiment will be omitted, and only the configuration characteristic of the present embodiment will be described.

<Explanation of Embodiment 7 Configuration>
<Embodiment 7 Association Skip Means>
The "association skipping means" implements the exclusion procedure when the accumulated procedure execution candidate identification information and the exclusion procedure execution trustee identification information are associated with each other when making an association for case processing. The petition identification information associated with the trustee identification information, the petitioner identification information, the petition identification information to which any one of the other party identification information is associated, the other party identification information included in the petition information identified by the petition identification information, If it is the same as or includes any one or more of the petitioner identification information, the procedure implementation candidate and the retained petition identification information will not be associated for case processing. In this alternative dispute resolution procedure system, the procedure implementation candidate can be selected by associating the petition identification information of the corresponding petition with one or more procedure implementation candidate identification information accumulated in the procedure implementation candidate information storage department. Do. At this time, it is a means of skipping association that the procedure implementer identification information of the procedure implementation candidate whose exclusion procedure implementation trustee identification information is registered in the procedure implementation candidate information storage department is not associated with the petition identification information. Is.

For example, when the exclusion procedure execution trustee identification information is recorded in association with the petition identification information, the exclusion procedure execution trustee identification information and the complaint identification only for the petition identified by the petition identification information used for the association. Skip associating with information.
For example, when the exclusion procedure execution trustee identification information is recorded in association with the claimant identification information and / and the other party identification information, it is identified by the claimant identification information and / and the other party identification information used for the association. All exclusion procedure implementation trustee identification information associated with the petitioner and / and the other party is skipped.

In this way, by configuring to have the association skipping means, for example, when the procedure implementation candidate must be selected again because of the exclusion reason, the procedure implementation candidate having the exclusion reason is selected as the mother. Can be excluded from the population. This allows the Alternative Dispute Resolution System to automatically determine if there are still candidates for reselectable procedures.

<Embodiment 7 Hardware Configuration>
FIG. 23 shows an example of the hardware configuration of the alternative dispute resolution system according to the seventh embodiment. Specifically, the functions described above are executed by using computer resources as follows. The present invention can basically be configured by a general-purpose computer, a program, and various devices. The operation of a computer basically takes the form of loading a program recorded in a non-volatile memory into a main memory and executing processing in the main memory, a CPU, and various devices. Communication with the device is done via an interface connected to the bus line. The interface may be a display interface, a keyboard, a communication buffer, or the like. As shown in this figure, the hardware configuration of the alternative dispute resolution procedure system of the seventh embodiment is also stored in a non-volatile memory, and the alternative dispute resolution procedure implementation candidate identification information, which is the identification information of the alternative dispute resolution procedure implementation candidate, and the procedure implementation candidate identification information thereof. The procedure implementation candidate information storage program that accumulates the procedure implementation candidate information that is information about the procedure implementation candidate identified by the identification information, the claimant information including at least the claimant's name from the claimant terminal, and the other party are specified. Acquire input information including at least the other party information (including the other party identification information), and identify the claimant information and the other party information, and the claimant identification information that is also used to access this system. The petition information retention program that holds the petition information associated with the petition identification information in association with the petition identification information, and the evidence information acquisition to acquire the evidence information to confirm the claimant himself / herself based on the "held petition information". Accepts the input of the result of determining whether the input person who input the input information from the applicant terminal based on the program, the acquired evidence information, and the retained complaint information is the applicant himself / herself in association with the applicant identification information. The petitioner's judgment result reception program and the presentation of information (including conversational cases) to explain what the alternative dispute resolution procedure is in relation to the petition information held have been completed. Information indicating that the explained input acceptance program, which accepts the explained input in association with the petitioner identification information, and the alternative dispute resolution procedure fee was paid in association with the allegation identification information. The fee-paid information acquisition judgment program that determines whether the fee-paid information has been acquired, and the petitioner's own judgment result reception department accepts the input of the petitioner's own judgment result, and the explained input reception department accepts the explained input. It is said that the comprehensive judgment program that determines whether the fee payment information has been acquired by the fee payment information acquisition judgment department and the conditions are comprehensively satisfied, and the conditions of the judgment result by the comprehensive judgment department are comprehensively satisfied. If it is the result of the judgment of, it is confirmed that the alternative dispute resolution procedure has been accepted, and at least the legal final preservation program that is stored in the system in association with the retained petition identification information and the accumulated procedure The procedure implementation candidate selection reception program that selects the implementation candidate identification information for case processing and accepts the association with the petition identification information held in the petition information holding department, the procedure implementation candidate selection department is the case processing Candidates for procedure implementation that have been accumulated when making associations for If the person identification information is associated with the exclusion procedure implementation trustee identification information, any one of the petition identification information, the claimant identification information, and the other party identification information associated with the exclusion procedure implementation trustee identification information. Is the same as or contains one or more of the petition identification information to be associated with, the other party identification information included in the petition information identified by the petition identification information, and the petitioner identification information, or if it is included, it is retained with the procedure implementation candidate. An association skip program that does not associate with the complaint identification information for case processing, which can be viewed by inputting the procedure implementer identification information associated with the complaint identification information, and is identified by the procedure execution candidate identification information and the network Reasons for disqualification or reasons similar to the reasons for disqualification (hereinafter simply referred to as "reasons for exclusion") that include at least a part of the petition information associated with the petition identification information in the information presentation window that can be viewed and answered through. ) Is a request for judgment as to whether or not there is a reason for exclusion. If the program A for obtaining the result of determining the presence or absence of the reason for exclusion and the result of determining the presence or absence of the reason for exclusion are the answer of the reason for exclusion, which is the result of determining that there is a reason for exclusion, the petition identification information and the reason for exclusion are present. Exclusion procedure implementation that identifies the procedure implementation candidate identified by the procedure implementation candidate identification information that responded as the exclusion procedure implementation trustee Implementation of the exclusion procedure that is recorded in the procedure implementation candidate information storage section in association with the procedure implementation trustee identification information The trustee identification information recording program A and the program A are held, and these programs are read into the main memory based on the execution instructions of a series of programs, and these programs are executed based on the operation start instruction. It is preferable that these programs are continuously resident in the main memory except during maintenance, and that the application is always accepted and the management of the application for which the acceptance is confirmed is continued. As with the program, the data includes procedure implementation candidate identification information, procedure implementation candidate information, petition information, input information, petitioner information, counterparty information, counterparty identification information, petitioner identification information, petition identification information, and evidence information. , Applicant's judgment result accepted information, explained input accepted information, fee paid information, judgment result, comprehensive positive judgment result, petition acceptance confirmation information, exclusion reason existence judgment request, exclusion reason existence judgment result, exclusion Procedure execution trustee identification information, various setting information such as communication (not shown), etc. are stored in the non-volatile memory, loaded into the main memory, and referred to and used when executing a series of programs. In this computer, a non-volatile memory, a main memory, a CPU, and an interface (for example, a display, a keyboard, communication, etc.) are connected to a bus line so that they can communicate with each other.

<Example 7 Processing flow>
FIG. 24 is a diagram showing an example of the processing flow of the alternative dispute resolution procedure system in the fifth embodiment. As shown in the figure, reference numerals 2401 to 210 and 2412 to 2416 are consistent with the processing flow shown in FIG. 6 for the first embodiment, and detailed description of each step is given for each step in the first embodiment. It has already been explained in the explanation of. Therefore, in the present embodiment, the processing flow of the steps indicated by reference numerals 2411 to 2412 and reference numerals 1417 to 1422 will be described in detail.

After processing the legal confirmation step (2410), the procedure implementation candidate selection acceptance step (2411) for selecting a procedure implementation candidate for the relevant petition is processed. In the procedure implementation candidate selection reception step (2411), the procedure implementation candidate identified by the procedure implementation candidate identification information associated with the exclusion procedure implementation trustee identification information registered in the procedure implementation candidate information storage unit. Is processed with an association skip substep (2412) for not associating with the petition identification information in order to be selected as a procedural implementation candidate for the relevant petition. Exclusion Reason Existence Judgment Request Display Step A (2417), Request for Exclusion Reason Existence Judgment Result to display a window requesting the procedure implementation candidate selected by the procedure implementation candidate selection step to determine whether or not there is an exclusion reason. Process A (2418) for determining whether or not there is a reason for exclusion, which is used to determine whether or not the result of determining whether or not there is a reason for exclusion acquired in the display step has been acquired. In the case of a NO branch indicating that the exclusion reason presence / absence judgment result acquisition judgment step A has not acquired the exclusion reason presence / absence judgment result, the procedure end judgment judgment step (2422) for judging whether to end the procedure is processed. .. If the judgment result in the procedure end judgment step is a branch of NO indicating that the procedure is not completed, the process returns to step A (2417) for displaying the exclusion reason presence / absence judgment request in order to obtain the exclusion reason presence / absence judgment result again. If the judgment result in the procedure end judgment step (2422) is a YES branch indicating that the procedure is completed, the procedure is completed. If the judgment result in the exclusion reason judgment result acquisition judgment step A (2418) is a YES branch indicating that the exclusion reason presence / absence judgment result has been acquired, the exclusion reason presence / absence judgment result is the exclusion reason presence / absence answer. The process of determining whether or not there is a reason for exclusion (2419) is processed. In the case of a branch of NO indicating that the judgment result in the exclusion reason determination step indicates that there is an exclusion reason answer, the exclusion procedure implementation trustee identification information recording step A (2420) is processed. After recording the exclusion procedure implementation trustee identification information, the reselection possibility determination step (2421) for determining whether the procedure implementation candidate can be reselected is processed. In the case of a YES branch indicating that reselection is possible as a determination result of the reselectability determination step, the process returns to the procedure implementation candidate selection acceptance step (2411) in order to reselect the procedure implementation candidate. If the determination result in the reselectability determination step (2421) is a NO branch indicating that reselection is not possible, the procedure ends. As a result of the determination in the exclusion reason presence / absence determination conclusion step (2419), in the case of a NO branch indicating that there is no exclusion reason, the process ends.

<Embodiment 8>
<Outline of Embodiment 8>
In addition to the features of the inventions described in Embodiments 1 to 7, the alternative dispute resolution system of the present embodiment does not select as a procedure implementer when the selected procedure implementation candidate has a judicial disqualification. It is a feature.

<Structure of Embodiment 8>
FIG. 25 is an example of the functional configuration diagram of the alternative dispute resolution procedure system in the eighth embodiment. The alternative dispute resolution procedure system of the eighth embodiment illustrated in FIG. 25 includes a procedure implementation candidate information storage unit (2501), a petition information holding department (2502), an evidence information acquisition department (2503), and the petitioner himself / herself. Judgment result reception department (2504), explained input reception department (2505), fee payment information acquisition judgment department (2506), comprehensive judgment department (2507), legal confirmation storage department (2508), and procedures It has a secretariat server including an implementation candidate selection reception unit (2509), a repellent establishment information input unit (2510), and a repellent establishment procedure implementation candidate identification information recording unit (2511). In the following, the description of the common configuration from the first embodiment to the eighth embodiment will be omitted, and only the configuration characteristic of the present embodiment will be described.

<Explanation of Embodiment 8>
<Embodiment 8 Repellent establishment information input unit>
The "judicial disqualification information input unit" is information that the evasion has been established for the procedure implementation candidate whose applicant is identified by the procedure implementation candidate identification information in association with the procedure implementation candidate identification information associated with the petition identification information. Accepts the input of repellent establishment information. Since the definition of repellent has already been explained in the above-mentioned definition item, the description will be omitted in this embodiment. The repellent establishment information input unit can be configured to output from the secretariat server to one or more terminals of the petitioner, the other party, and the person in charge. By pressing the interface button of the repellent establishment information input unit output from the secretariat server from any of the window P of the complainant, the window O of the other party, and the window A of the person in charge, the secretariat server is repelled. Get information. When outputting to a plurality of windows, it is possible to input the repellent establishment information by pressing the interface button on the plurality of windows, that is, to configure the configuration so that the repellent establishment information can be acquired in duplicate. .. It is preferable that the signal output to the secretariat server by pressing each window is associated with the person identification information associated with the window output to the terminal that issued the signal. This is because when a plurality of repellent establishment information is acquired in duplicate, it is preferable to identify and record from whom and when the repellent establishment information was acquired.

As with the case of requesting a reason for disqualification, the input of the information on the establishment of a repulsion is a method that requires the input of the corresponding reason for repulsion, and the documents for the request for repulsion are automatically generated from the input information on the establishment of the repulsion, and this is processed. It may be configured to output to the repellent establishment information input unit of the station server.

When inputting the corresponding repellent reason, when the interface button of the repellent establishment information input unit output by the secretariat is pressed, the repellent reason input means output from the secretariat server on condition that the pressing signal is transmitted. The reason for avoidance corresponding to the interface text box can be input as text. Of course, it is possible to configure the information to input the repellent establishment information without requesting the input of the reason or writing the text. However, since the petitioner should not approve the petition for repulsion for the reason that "I hate this face", "I hate this name", "I want to postpone the procedure", etc. It is preferable to ask for the presentation of the underlying facts. Since the repellent can be empirically divided into about 20 patterns, the pattern can be selectively displayed on each terminal and configured to be selected from the patterns. Then, it is preferable to provide a guidance question for inputting details according to the selected pattern, and to fill in according to the guidance question so that the reason for avoidance can be entered. In addition, it is preferable that the secretariat server is configured to analyze the entered reasons for repulsion in sentences for each item and semi-automatically determine whether the reasons for repulsion can be met. Sentence analysis can improve the analysis accuracy by using the AI function or the like. Finally, it is preferable to send the reason entered in the person in charge terminal and the analysis result, have the person in charge perform the confirmation process, and record it in the secretariat server.

In the case of a configuration in which the documents for the petition for disqualification are automatically generated, the information necessary for the petition for disqualification is input by using the interface button or the interface text box of the means for inputting the repellent information output by the secretariat server. When the secretariat server's repellent information input receiving means receives the input information from the input to the interface, the secretariat server's repellent information storage means saves the repellent information, and the repellent petition information generation rule holding means holds it. The means for generating the information on the petition for disqualification generates the information on the petition for disqualification based on the rules for generating the information on the petition for disqualification and the information on the repellent that is held.

By outputting the generated repulsion petition information, it is possible to configure the repellent establishment information input unit to accept the input of the repulsion establishment information. In this case, the repellent establishment information input unit is not output to the window, and the repellent information can be not input by pressing the interface button. Alternatively, the repulsion petition information display means may display the repulsion petition in a window, and the interface button of the repulsion establishment information input unit output by the secretariat server may be arranged on the displayed window.

<Implementation 8 Judicial disqualification procedure implementation candidate identification information recording unit>
The "rejection establishment procedure implementation candidate identification information recording unit" records the procedure implementation candidate identification information and the repulsion establishment information in the procedure implementation candidate information storage unit in association with each other. A "candidate for implementing a procedure for establishing a repellent" is a candidate for implementing a procedure that is determined to have a reason for repelling. "Judicial disqualification procedure implementation candidate identification information" is unique information automatically given by this system in order to identify a judicial disqualification procedure implementation candidate. Even if the information indicating the status is added to the procedure implementation candidate identification information, the applicability to the unique information automatically given by the system is recognized. As described above, by pressing the interface button of the repellent establishment information input unit output from the secretariat server, the repellent establishment information is input to the repellent establishment information input unit. When the signal of pressing the interface button of the repellent establishment information input unit is output to the secretariat server, the pressed interface button is configured to be output in association with the person identification information associated with the output window. You should do it. In addition to the person identification information associated with the window in which the interface button is pressed, one or more of the claimant identification information, the other party identification information, the person in charge identification information, the procedure implementation candidate identification information, the petition information, and the petition identification information are combined. It may be configured to output in association with.

Immediately after the input of the repellent establishment information is confirmed, the repellent establishment procedure implementation candidate identification information recording unit associates the repellent establishment information with the procedure implementation candidate identification information and records it as the repulsion establishment procedure implementation candidate identification information. It is preferable that the procedure practitioner who is found to have a reason for repulsion should not be re-selected when selecting the procedure implementation candidate again. Therefore, by associating the procedure implementation candidate identification information and the repellent establishment information and accumulating them in the procedure implementation candidate identification information storage unit, it is possible to confirm that the procedure implementation candidate has been repelled.

<Embodiment 8 Hardware Configuration>
FIG. 26 shows an example of the hardware configuration of the alternative dispute resolution system according to the eighth embodiment. Specifically, the functions described above are executed by using computer resources as follows. The present invention can basically be configured by a general-purpose computer, a program, and various devices. The operation of a computer basically takes the form of loading a program recorded in a non-volatile memory into a main memory and executing processing in the main memory, a CPU, and various devices. Communication with the device is done via an interface connected to the bus line. The interface may be a display interface, a keyboard, a communication buffer, or the like. As shown in this figure, the hardware configuration of the alternative dispute resolution procedure system of the eighth embodiment is also stored in a non-volatile memory, the alternative dispute resolution procedure implementation candidate identification information, which is the identification information of the alternative dispute resolution procedure implementation candidate, and the procedure implementation candidate identification information thereof. The procedure implementation candidate information storage program that accumulates the procedure implementation candidate information that is information about the procedure implementation candidate identified by the identification information, the claimant information including at least the claimant's name from the claimant terminal, and the other party are specified. Acquire input information including at least the other party information (including the other party identification information), and identify the claimant information and the other party information, and the claimant identification information that is also used to access this system. The petition information retention program that holds the petition information associated with the petition identification information in association with the petition identification information, and the evidence information acquisition to acquire the evidence information to confirm the claimant himself / herself based on the "held petition information". Accepts the input of the result of determining whether the input person who input the input information from the applicant terminal based on the program, the acquired evidence information, and the retained complaint information is the applicant himself / herself in association with the applicant identification information. The petitioner's judgment result reception program and the presentation of information (including conversational cases) to explain what the alternative dispute resolution procedure is in relation to the petition information held have been completed. Information indicating that the explained input acceptance program, which accepts the explained input in association with the petitioner identification information, and the alternative dispute resolution procedure fee was paid in association with the allegation identification information. The fee-paid information acquisition judgment program that determines whether the fee-paid information has been acquired, and the petitioner's own judgment result reception department accepts the input of the petitioner's own judgment result, and the explained input reception department accepts the explained input. It is said that the comprehensive judgment program that determines whether the fee payment information has been acquired by the fee payment information acquisition judgment department and the conditions are comprehensively satisfied, and the conditions of the judgment result by the comprehensive judgment department are comprehensively satisfied. If it is the result of the judgment of, it is confirmed that the alternative dispute resolution procedure has been accepted, and at least the legal final preservation program that is stored in the system in association with the retained petition identification information and the accumulated procedure Procedure implementation candidate selection reception program that selects implementation candidate identification information for case processing and accepts association with the petition identification information held in the petition information holding department, and procedure implementation candidate associated with the petition identification information The petitioner is a candidate for procedure implementation in association with the person identification information The evasion establishment information input program that accepts the input of the evasion establishment information, which is the information that the evasion has been established for the procedure implementation candidate identified by the identification information, is associated with the procedure implementation candidate identification information and the evasion establishment information. The repellent establishment procedure execution candidate identification information recording program to be recorded in the procedure execution candidate information storage unit is held, and these programs are read into the main memory and start operation based on the execution command of a series of programs. These programs are executed based on the instructions. It is preferable that these programs are continuously resident in the main memory except during maintenance, and that the application is always accepted and the management of the application for which the acceptance is confirmed is continued. As with the program, the data includes procedure implementation candidate identification information, procedure implementation candidate information, petition information, input information, petitioner information, counterparty information, counterparty identification information, petitioner identification information, petition identification information, and evidence information. , Information that the petitioner has received the judgment result, Information that has been explained, Information that has been paid for the fee, Judgment result, Comprehensive positive judgment result, Information that the petition has been accepted, Information that has been rejected Various setting information such as communication (not shown) is held in the non-volatile memory, loaded in the main memory, and referred to and used when executing a series of programs. In this computer, a non-volatile memory, a main memory, a CPU, and an interface (for example, a display, a keyboard, communication, etc.) are connected to a bus line so that they can communicate with each other.

<Example 8 Processing flow>
FIG. 27 is a diagram showing an example of the processing flow of the alternative dispute resolution procedure system in the eighth embodiment. As shown in the figure, reference numerals 2701 to 2715 are consistent with the processing flow shown in FIG. 6 for the first embodiment, and detailed description of each step has already been described in the description of each step in the first embodiment. Is. Therefore, in the present embodiment, the processing flow of the steps indicated by reference numerals 2716 to 2718 will be described in detail.

After being selected in the procedure implementation candidate selection acceptance step (2711), a step for determining whether or not the selected procedure implementation candidate has input of the repellent establishment information (rejection establishment information input presence / absence determination step) 2716) Processed. If the judgment result of the judicial disqualification establishment information input presence / absence judgment unit is a YES branch indicating that the repulsion establishment information has been input, the repulsion establishment information is associated with the petition identification information of the input. The procedure implementation candidate identification information recording step (2717) for associating the procedure implementation candidate identification information and the repellent establishment information and recording the repulsion establishment procedure implementation candidate identification information as the repulsion establishment procedure implementation candidate identification information is processed. After the repulsion establishment procedure Uzuki implementation candidate identification information recording step (2717), a reselection possibility determination step (2718) for determining whether or not it is possible to select a procedure implementation candidate again is processed. As a result of the judgment in the reselection possibility determination step (2718), if the sentence is YES indicating that the reselection is possible, the procedure implementation candidate reception step (2711) is performed in order to select the procedure implementation candidate again. Return. If the determination result in the repellent establishment information input presence / absence determination step (2717) is a NO branch indicating that the repulsion establishment information has not been input, the process ends.

<Embodiment 9>
<Outline of Embodiment 9>
The alternative dispute resolution procedure system in the present embodiment, in addition to the features described in the first to eighth embodiments, also applies to the procedure implementation candidate for which no grounds for exclusion / avoidance are recognized and the procedure implementation candidate terminal. It is an invention characterized in that a candidate for procedure implementation is set as a procedure implementer when a judgment result of acceptance of a case is returned as a result of transmitting personal information to determine whether or not the case is entrusted.

<Structure of Embodiment 9>
FIG. 28 is an example of the functional configuration diagram of the alternative dispute resolution procedure system according to the ninth embodiment. The alternative dispute resolution procedure system of the ninth embodiment illustrated in FIG. 28 includes a procedure implementation candidate information storage department (2801), a petition information holding department (2802), an evidence information acquisition department (2803), and the petitioner himself / herself. Judgment result reception department (2804), explained input reception department (2805), fee payment information acquisition judgment department (2806), comprehensive judgment department (2807), legal confirmation storage department (2808), and procedures It has a secretariat server composed of an implementation candidate selection reception unit (2809), a procedure implementer holding unit (2810), and a procedure implementer identification information output unit (2811). In the following, the description of the common configuration from the first embodiment to the ninth embodiment will be omitted, and only the configuration characteristic of the present embodiment will be described.

<Explanation of the configuration of Embodiment 9>
<Embodiment 9 Procedure Implementer Holding Department>
When the prescribed conditions are met, the "procedure implementer holding department" associates the procedure implementer identification information with the procedure implementer who is associated with the petition information as the procedure implementer associated with the petition information. Hold. The "predetermined condition" is that there is no factor that hinders becoming a procedure implementer. Specifically, for example, there may be a case where a case consignment reply is given or a case where a consignment confirmation reply is given in response to a selection from the secretariat server, and a case where there is no reason for exclusion and no reason for repulsion. Those who meet the prescribed conditions are confirmed to have no obstacles to the procedure implementer, so they can become the procedure implementer from the procedure implementation candidate. The "procedure implementer" is, as shown in the definition above, a person who mediates the settlement in the alternative dispute resolution procedure, and is a person who leads the procedure using this system.

Becoming a procedure practitioner means associating a procedure implementation candidate associated with the petition information with the petition information and associating the procedure practitioner identification information. "Procedure performer identification information" is unique information automatically given by the system to identify the procedure performer. Uniqueness is recognized even if the information indicating the status is added to the procedure implementation candidate identification information. As mentioned above, the term “procedure implementer, etc.” in this specification includes procedure implementation candidates, procedure implementation trustees, exclusion procedure implementation trustees, judicial disqualification procedure implementation candidates, and procedure implementers. There is. The same identification information only changes the status according to the progress stage of the procedure and the content of the process. Therefore, it is possible to use a method of indicating the status of what is identified by the identification number while sharing the identification number by combining the identification number with the code indicating the status. In such a mechanism, associating a procedure implementation candidate with the petition information as a procedure execution candidate means that the procedure implementation candidate executes the procedure by displaying the content of the information indicating the status included in the procedure implementation candidate's identification number. It will be changed to information indicating the person and associated with the petition information.

Of course, it is possible to give a completely different identification information according to the change of status, but the content of the information that can be accessed even after the change of status and the past information before acquiring the new status are also accessed. It is not very preferable because it needs to be configured so that it can be used.

<Embodiment 9 Procedure implementer identification information output unit>
The "procedure implementer identification information output unit" outputs in association with the petition identification information held in the procedure implementer holding unit. By outputting the petition identification information held in the procedure implementer holding unit, the information regarding the determined procedure implementer is displayed in the window. You will be notified of the decision of the procedure implementer.

It is preferable that the identification information of the procedure practitioner is output so that a brief explanation about the procedure practitioner is displayed on the display window of each party. FIG. 83 shows a state in which the procedure implementer identification information output by the procedure implementer identification information output unit is displayed in the display window P (8301) of the petitioner. Simple information (8302) about the determined procedure implementer is displayed. When any part of this simple information is selected, it is preferable that the detailed explanation of the procedure practitioner can be viewed. That is, the interface button of the procedure implementer detailed information display request acquisition means output from the secretariat server is configured to be superimposed on the procedure implementer information output by the procedure implementer identification information output unit. When the interface button of the procedure implementer detailed information display request acquisition means is pressed, the procedure implementer detailed information display request acquisition means acquires the request. When the procedure implementer detailed information display request acquisition means acquires the procedure implementer detailed information display request, the request procedure implementer detailed information output means outputs the detailed information of the requested procedure implementer to the terminal of the requesting person. When the detailed information of the request procedure implementer is output to the terminal, the detailed information (8302) of the procedure implementer is displayed in the window as shown in FIG. 83.

<Embodiment 9 Hardware Configuration>
FIG. 29 shows an example of the hardware configuration of the alternative dispute resolution system according to the ninth embodiment. Specifically, the functions described above are executed by using computer resources as follows. The present invention can basically be configured by a general-purpose computer, a program, and various devices. The operation of a computer basically takes the form of loading a program recorded in a non-volatile memory into a main memory and executing processing in the main memory, a CPU, and various devices. Communication with the device is done via an interface connected to the bus line. The interface may be a display interface, a keyboard, a communication buffer, or the like. As shown in this figure, the hardware configuration of the alternative dispute resolution procedure system of the ninth embodiment is also stored in a non-volatile memory, the alternative dispute resolution procedure implementation candidate identification information, which is the identification information of the alternative dispute resolution procedure implementation candidate, and the procedure implementation candidate identification information thereof. The procedure implementation candidate information storage program that accumulates the procedure implementation candidate information that is information about the procedure implementation candidate identified by the identification information, the claimant information including at least the claimant's name from the claimant terminal, and the other party are specified. Acquire input information including at least the other party information (including the other party identification information), and identify the claimant information and the other party information, and the claimant identification information that is also used to access this system. The petition information retention program that holds the petition information associated with the petition identification information in association with the petition identification information, and the evidence information acquisition to acquire the evidence information to confirm the claimant himself / herself based on the "held petition information". Accepts the input of the result of determining whether the input person who input the input information from the applicant terminal based on the program, the acquired evidence information, and the retained complaint information is the applicant himself / herself in association with the applicant identification information. The petitioner's judgment result reception program and the presentation of information (including conversational cases) to explain what the alternative dispute resolution procedure is in relation to the petition information held have been completed. Information indicating that the explained input acceptance program, which accepts the explained input in association with the petitioner identification information, and the alternative dispute resolution procedure fee was paid in association with the allegation identification information. The fee-paid information acquisition judgment program that determines whether the fee-paid information has been acquired, and the petitioner's own judgment result reception department accepts the input of the petitioner's own judgment result, and the explained input reception department accepts the explained input. It is said that the comprehensive judgment program that determines whether the fee payment information has been acquired by the fee payment information acquisition judgment department and the conditions are comprehensively satisfied, and the conditions of the judgment result by the comprehensive judgment department are comprehensively satisfied. If it is the result of the judgment of, it is confirmed that the alternative dispute resolution procedure has been accepted, and at least the legal final preservation program that is stored in the system in association with the retained petition identification information and the accumulated procedure Procedures for selecting implementation candidate identification information for case processing and accepting the association with the petition identification information held in the petition information holding department The implementation candidate selection reception program and, when the prescribed conditions are met, The petition for the procedure implementation candidate associated with the petition information Procedure practitioner identification information output that is output in association with the procedure practitioner retention program that holds the procedure practitioner identification information in association with the information and the petition identification information that is held in the procedure practitioner retention department. Programs and are held, and these programs are read into the main memory based on the execution instructions of a series of programs, and these programs are executed based on the operation start instruction. It is preferable that these programs are continuously resident in the main memory except during maintenance, and that the application is always accepted and the management of the application for which the acceptance is confirmed is continued. As with the program, the data includes procedure implementation candidate identification information, procedure implementation candidate information, petition information, input information, petitioner information, counterparty information, counterparty identification information, petitioner identification information, petition identification information, and evidence information. , Applicant's judgment result accepted information, explained input accepted information, fee paid information, judgment result, comprehensive positive judgment result, petition acceptance confirmation information, procedure implementer identification information, communication not shown, etc. Setting information and the like are held in the non-volatile memory, loaded into the main memory, and referred to and used when executing a series of programs. In this computer, a non-volatile memory, a main memory, a CPU, and an interface (for example, a display, a keyboard, communication, etc.) are connected to a bus line so that they can communicate with each other.

<Example 9 Processing flow>
FIG. 30 is a diagram showing an example of the processing flow of the alternative dispute resolution procedure system in the ninth embodiment. As shown in the figure, reference numerals 3001 to 3015 correspond to the processing flow shown in FIG. 6 for the first embodiment, and detailed description of each step has already been described in the description of each step in the first embodiment. Is. Therefore, in the present embodiment, the process flow of the steps indicated by reference numerals 3016 to 3018 will be described in detail.

After selecting a procedure implementation candidate in the procedure implementation candidate selection acceptance step (3011), a predetermined condition fulfillment determination step (3016) for determining whether or not the selected procedure implementation candidate is fulfilled is processed. To. In the case of a branch of NO indicating that the predetermined condition is not fulfilled as a result of processing the information in the predetermined condition fulfillment determination step, reselection is performed to determine whether or not the procedure implementation candidate can be selected again. The pass / fail determination step (3019) is processed. If the determination result in the reselectability determination step (3019) is a YES branch indicating that the reselection is possible, the process returns to the procedure implementation candidate selection acceptance step (3011) for the reselection of the procedure implementation candidate. If the determination result of the reselectability determination step (3019) is a NO determination branch indicating that reselection is not possible, the procedure ends. If the determination result in the predetermined condition fulfillment determination step (3016) is a YES determination branch indicating the fulfillment of the predetermined condition, the procedure implementer determination step (3017) for determining the procedure implementer is processed. After the procedure practitioner is confirmed, the procedure practitioner identification information output step (3018), which outputs the procedure practitioner identification information, is processed in order to notify the persons concerned of the confirmed procedure practitioner.

<Embodiment 10>
<Outline of Embodiment 10>
The alternative dispute resolution procedure system in the present embodiment is characterized in that, in addition to the features described in any of the first to ninth embodiments, the procedural practitioner can write an answer.

<Structure of Embodiment 10 Invention>
FIG. 31 is an example of the functional configuration diagram of the alternative dispute resolution procedure system according to the tenth embodiment. The out-of-court dispute resolution procedure system of the ninth embodiment illustrated in FIG. 31 includes a procedure implementation candidate information storage unit (3101), a petition information holding department (3102), an evidence information acquisition department (3103), and the petitioner himself / herself. Judgment result reception department (3104), explained input reception department (3105), fee payment information acquisition judgment department (3106), comprehensive judgment department (3107), legal confirmation storage department (3108), and procedures The implementation candidate selection reception unit (3109), the person in charge identification information holding unit (3110), the answer writing required information acquisition unit output unit (3111), and the answer writing substitute writing necessary item input screen output unit (3112). , Answer written answer writing necessary matter holding unit (3113), substitute answer written information generation rule holding unit (3114), substitute answer written information generation holding unit (3115), substitute writing answer written information output unit (3116) It has a secretariat server consisting of. In the following, the description of the common configuration from the first embodiment to the ninth embodiment will be omitted, and only the configuration characteristic of the present embodiment will be described.

<Explanation of Embodiment 10 Configuration>
<Embodiment 10 Person in charge identification information holding unit>
The "person in charge identification information holding department" holds the person in charge identification information that identifies the person in charge of carrying out paperwork regarding the petition. The "person in charge" is the person who manages and operates this system, and manages and leads the progress of the system and performs clerical processing. The "person in charge identification information" is unique information automatically given by the system for identifying the person in charge. In relation to all cases for which the person in charge has not been determined, the person in charge may be the candidate in charge instead of the person in charge. A candidate in charge indicates a person who is in a position to be in charge of a specific case. The person in charge candidate identification information is unique information given by the system for identifying the person in charge candidate. When the person in charge candidate and the person in charge candidate identification information are used in information processing, the person in charge identification information loses its uniqueness even if it is composed by adding the information indicating the status to the person in charge candidate identification information. Absent. The person in charge identification information holding unit may be configured to further have the person in charge candidate identification information holding means.

<Embodiment 10 Answer ghostwriting Necessary information acquisition unit Output unit>
The "answer document substitute information acquisition unit output unit" can be viewed by inputting the procedure implementer identification information and / and the person in charge identification information, and is identified by the procedure performer identification information and / and the person in charge identification information via the network. Information that can be viewed and answered From the information presentation window, which is information indicating that a substitute for the answer is required at the request of the other party, the required information for the answer is an interface that is displayed and output in order to obtain the necessary information. Output the acquisition section. A ghostwriting answer is an answer that the other party does not respond to, but the procedure implementer or / and the person in charge prepares on behalf of the other party at the request of the other party.

FIG. 88 is a diagram showing an example of an actual display window M (8801) of the answer sheet ghostwriting necessary information acquisition output unit output by the secretariat server to a terminal connectable to the secretariat server used by the procedure implementer. FIG. 88 is also a display example of the petition management window of the procedure implementer output by the petition management department of the secretariat server. In the example of the figure, the information column of the complainant (8803) is used as a display column (8802) of the case list in charge of the procedure implementer and a display field (8803) of related information about a specific case selected from the case list. 8804), the information column of the other party (8805), and the list column of matters to be performed from becoming a candidate for procedure implementation to the end of all procedures (8806) are displayed. As can be seen by comparing the list of matters to be performed with the petition management window M (8901) of the procedure implementer shown in FIG. 89, the matter of "confirmation that the procedure implementer does not have a reason similar to the reason for repulsion". In the state of waiting for processing (8902), the item (8806 in FIG. 88, 8903 in FIG. 89) related to "receipt of the answer" is not in the overall display state (8807 in FIG. 88), but is partially displayed (8807 in FIG. 88). It is 8903) in FIG. 89. All are displayed when the processing standby status for the item to be processed immediately before the applicable item is cleared and the processing completed status is set for the item to be processed immediately before the applicable item. is there.

As shown in FIG. 88, when the item related to "receipt of the answer sheet" is displayed as a whole, it may be necessary for processing the item. Therefore, the necessary information for the answer sheet ghostwriting output from the secretariat server is acquired. The interface button (8808) of the answer writing required information acquisition unit output by the unit output unit is displayed in the window M. When the procedure executor presses the answer ghostwriting required information acquisition section output by the output section of the answer ghostwriting required information acquisition section when the other party requests a ghostwriting, the answer ghostwriting required information acquisition section presses the answer ghostwriting. Get the required information. When the secretariat server's answer-writing necessary information acquisition department acquires the answer-writing necessity information, the secretariat server's answer-writing writing necessary items input screen output section displays the answer-writing writing necessary items input screen of the procedure implementer. Output to the terminal display window M (FIG. 90) and / and the terminal display window A of the clerical staff.

The request for ghostwriting from the other party is an interface for inputting the necessary information for the ghostwriting of the answer book. By pressing the interface button (9002) of the department, the secretariat server can be configured to acquire the necessary information for ghostwriting. It is also possible to get the text from the interface text box (9003). In this case, when the secretariat server acquires the ghostwriting necessary information, the answer sheet ghostwriting generation necessary item input screen output unit outputs to the display window M (FIG. 90) of the terminal of the procedure implementer and / and the display window of the terminal of the person in charge. It may be configured to be used.

<Implementation 10 Answer ghostwriting generation necessary items input screen output unit>
"Answer syllabary generation necessary items input screen output unit" is an answer syllabary input screen that is an input screen of matters necessary for answer syllabary generation when the answer syllabary necessary information acquisition unit acquires the answer syllabary necessary information. The generation requirement input screen can be viewed by inputting the procedure implementer identification information and / and the person in charge identification information, and can be viewed and answered via the network identified by the procedure performer identification information and / and the person in charge identification information. Output to the information presentation window. The ghostwriting of the answer is done by the procedure implementer and / and the person in charge directly receiving instructions from the other party about the contents to be described in the answer. Since it is not possible to prepare an answer in a form that is legally judged to be an "agent", it is necessary to legally work as a "messenger" according to the instructions of the other party. .. Therefore, it is preferable to have a check-type configuration rather than a text input method for inputting information.

FIG. 90 shows the procedure implementer who outputs the answer sheet ghostwriting generation necessary item input screen of the secretariat server to the terminal that can be connected to the secretariat server used by the procedure implementer. It is a figure which shows an example of the display window M of the terminal of. In the example shown in the figure, the interface button of the ghostwriting requirement acquisition section of the secretariat server has a selective button configuration of whether there is an objection or no objection. By selectively pressing the interface button (0902) of the answer sheet ghostwriting necessary items acquisition section, the answer sheet ghostwriting generation of the necessary items is generated as to whether or not there is any objection to the petition items submitted by the petitioner. It is configured to be acquired by the necessary information acquisition unit. If there is an objection, the secretariat server's object reason acquisition means may be output and the interface text box (0903) of the objection reason acquisition means may be displayed in a window so that the reason for the objection can be acquired. When the procedure implementer (or / and the person in charge) enters the text in the interface text box, the objection acquisition means acquires the objection reason.

When an objection is raised, if the reason for the objection is not presented together, the opinions of the parties to make a compromise cannot be obtained. If the compromise proposal cannot be presented as a settlement proposal, the settlement mediation procedure cannot proceed, so it is preferable to specify the reason for the objection as an essential item. That is, if the window of the interface box of the reason for opposition acquisition means does not disappear unless the text of the reason for opposition is entered, or if the text of the reason for opposition is not entered in the interface box of the reason for opposition acquisition, it is necessary to generate an answer. It is preferable to configure the acquisition unit to have a control means for acquiring the necessary items for generating the answer, which is dependent on the input of the reason for opposition, so that the acquisition unit does not acquire the necessary items for the answer.

<Embodiment 10 Answer Writing Ghostwriting Necessary Items Holding Unit>
The "Answer ghostwriting generation requirement holding unit" holds the acquired answer ghostwriting generation necessary items. The ghostwriting generation requirement holding unit holds the ghostwriting generation necessary items for generating the ghostwriting information by combining with the ghostwriting information generation rule in the ghostwriting information generation holding unit. In some cases, the answer ghostwriting requirements acquisition department has acquired the answer ghostwriting generation requirements directly in the form of sentences, but as shown in Fig. 90, it is acquired in the form of whether or not there is an objection to the complaint. In some cases. In either case, in order to form the answer sheet, the ghostwriter answer sheet information generation and holding section of the secretariat server will generate the answer sheet information, so the information that is the source of the generation is retained. There is a need.

<Embodiment 10 Ghostwriter Answer Information Generation Rule Holding Unit>
The "ghostwriter answer information generation rule holding unit" holds a ghostwriter information generation rule that generates ghostwriter information based on the ghostwriter matter held in the ghostwriter matter holding unit. The ghostwriting answer information generation rule is a rule that converts the information entered in the form of no objection or objection into the form of a written claim, or it can be a matter of complaint from the petitioner from the freely written sentences. It is conceivable that there are rules for selecting a claim against the claim and preparing it in the form of a written claim. The information generation rule for writing a ghostwriter is a rule that conforms to the format of the required items for a ghostwriter.

<Embodiment 10 Ghostwriter Answer Information Generation and Holding Unit>
The "ghostwriting answer information generation and holding unit" generates and holds the answer information based on the held answer writing items and the held ghostwriting information generation rule. When the ghostwriter answer requirement acquisition department acquires the ghostwriter answer requirement, the ghostwriter answer information generation and holding unit holds the ghostwriter answer generation rule and the acquired ghostwriter information. Use with and to generate information on the ghostwriting answer. The generation of the ghostwriting answer may be done automatically. Alternatively, by pressing the interface button of the ghostwriting answer information generation request output means output from the secretariat server, the generation instruction is output to the ghostwriting answer information generation holding unit of the secretariat server, and the ghostwriting information is displayed. Generated and retained.
By outputting the generated ghostwriting answer information to the ghostwriting generation answer information output unit of the secretariat server, it is possible to display the written answer in the information presentation window of each person concerned. The ghostwriter answer information held in the ghostwriter information generation and holding unit is not only used as an answer to display when notified when it is first created, but also by the parties concerned. When a display is requested, the ghostwriter answer information held in the ghostwriter answer information generation holding unit is used in response to the request.

<Embodiment 10 Ghostwriter Generation Answer Information Output Unit>
The "ghostwriter-generated answer information output unit" is a network in which the ghostwriter-answer information generated and held by the ghostwriter information generation-holding unit can be viewed at least by inputting the petitioner identification information, and is identified by the petitioner identification information. Output to the information presentation window that can be viewed via. The ghostwriting answer information output unit outputs the ghostwriting information held in the ghostwriting information generation and holding unit to at least one of the petitioner, the procedure implementer, the other party, and the person in charge, including the petitioner. .. The output ghostwriting-generated answer information is displayed in the form of a written answer on each window.

When the ghostwriting-generated answer information is output, the opinions of both parties are gathered, so the status of the petitioner shifts to the item for creating a settlement proposal as shown in Fig. 91 (complaint management status). Display transition means).

FIG. 92 is an example of the display of the other party's petition management window O (9201) output by the petition management unit of the secretariat server to a terminal that can be connected to the secretariat server used by the other party. In the example of the figure, the display column (9202) of the list of work to be performed from now on is an item for prompting the submission of the answer. When preparing an answer, it is necessary to open a screen to confirm the content of the petitioner's petition. When the interface button (9203) of the confirmation screen display request input means output from the secretariat server is pressed, the interface button of the answer sheet generation necessary item acquisition unit is displayed together with the confirmation screen as shown in FIG. 93. can do. By displaying them at the same time, it is not necessary to go back and forth between the two screens for confirmation, and the procedure can be simplified. Normally, it is expected that the other party will prepare the answer by himself, but if the other party wishes to submit the answer by ghostwriting, the procedure implementer who received the intention will carry out the procedure shown in Fig. 88. The ghostwriting required information is acquired by pressing the interface button of the answer ghostwriting required information acquisition unit output by the secretariat server in the display window M (8801) of the person. After the acquisition of the ghostwriting necessary information, the answer sheet ghostwriting generation necessary item input screen output unit is output, and this actual display window can have the same configuration as that of FIG. 93. Answer ghostwriting generation Necessary items When the answer ghostwriting necessary items are acquired by pressing the interface button of the answer ghostwriting necessary items acquisition section displayed on the input screen, the ghostwriting ghostwriting information is generated and output by the ghostwriting output section. Will be done. These are entered by the person in charge or the procedure implementer who received the intention of the other party.

When the secretariat server retains the ghostwriting answer information, it is conceivable to configure the status of the other party to shift to the state in which the answer was submitted. Alternatively, it is conceivable that the secretariat server outputs the information of the answer sheet generated by the ghostwriter, and it is considered that the other party has submitted the answer sheet, and the status of the other party is shifted to the answer sheet submitted. As shown in FIG. 94, the other party's petition management window O is updated to display the work to be performed next (9402) (complaint management status screen updating means).

Here, the petition management window O of the other party will be described.
The other party's petition management window O needs to be created when the other party participates in the alternative dispute resolution procedure. It is a designer's design matter at what point the timing should be set. As an example, the following timing can be considered. For example, when a procedure implementation candidate is selected by the procedure implementation candidate selection reception department, the content of the petition, the selected procedure implementation candidate, and the explanation items regarding this alternative dispute resolution procedure are conveyed and conveyed. It is conceivable to include the information required to access the petition management window in the information. Information required to access the petition management window includes the display of a unique URL (unique one-to-one correspondence with the other party) and the transmission of search words (for example, the keyword entered in the search engine and somehow transmitted. (Structure that allows the search engine to enter the password etc. on the hit web page) is conceivable. When the other party first accesses the secretariat server of this alternative dispute resolution system, it should be configured so that it is necessary to execute the setting process of authentication information (information including password and other party identification information). Is common. When the authentication information requested to be set is registered in the secretariat server, the other party can access the secretariat server using the registered authentication information and display his / her own petition management window. It is conceivable to configure.

The structure of the other party's petition management window O is basically the same as that of the petitioner who is in a common position as a party. For example, since the complainant and the other party are in a conflicting relationship with each other, the specific display contents of the list of matters to be processed differ. For example, if the list of matters to be processed is also displayed for the matters requested from the other party to show the progress of the procedure more concretely, the notation between the petitioner and the other party will be almost the same. ..

It is preferable that the secretariat server is configured so that the other party can display information related to himself / herself by inputting the given other party identification information and the given password. For example, as a display example of the document management of the other party, it is preferable that the document management window O (9501) can be displayed as shown in FIG. 95. When you select the document object you want to check from the document management window, the output request for the selected information is output to the secretariat server, and the secretariat server that receives this outputs the petition identification information, the other party identification information, and the document identification included in the output request. The information that matches the information is searched, the corresponding document information is output, and the document is displayed on the window of the other party's terminal.

In addition to displaying the document, it is also preferable to configure it so that evidence materials can be submitted. Since it is possible that the other party may wish to submit evidence or need to submit evidence as appropriate, place an interface object for submitting evidence under the heading of the other party to use the interface of the evidence information input reception unit. It is conceivable to do.

FIG. 3 is a diagram that simply shows what kind of information processing is performed to the parties concerned when the other party executes the task of submitting the answer form requested by the Alternative Dispute Resolution System. is there. 1 → 2 → 3 in the figure shows the order of passage of time. First, 1) when the other party submits the answer (information) to the secretariat server, 2) the answer is submitted from the secretariat server to the terminals (0301p, 0301m, 0301o, 0301a) of each person concerned. Information is output, and 3) The display on the terminals (0301p, 0301m, 0301o, 0301a) of each person concerned changes from the message "Waiting for submission of answer" to "Rebuttal from the other party (O) (in this procedure). (It is considered to be legally regarded as an "answer") has been submitted ", or from the message" Please submit a counterargument "" (Applicant) P, (Procedure implementer) ) M and (person in charge) A have submitted a counterargument. "

It is preferable that the other party is provided with an explanation regarding this procedure before responding to the petition. It is conceivable that the explanation to the other party will be given in the same configuration and processing procedure as the petitioner. In addition, since it is preferable to promote the acceptance of the petition to the other party, it is conceivable that the procedure implementer and / or the person in charge gives a direct explanation using an online call or the like.

<Embodiment 10 Hardware Configuration>
32a and 32b show an example of the hardware configuration of the alternative dispute resolution system according to the tenth embodiment. Specifically, the functions described above are executed by using computer resources as follows. The present invention can basically be configured by a general-purpose computer, a program, and various devices. The operation of a computer basically takes the form of loading a program recorded in a non-volatile memory into a main memory and executing processing in the main memory, a CPU, and various devices. Communication with the device is done via an interface connected to the bus line. The interface may be a display interface, a keyboard, a communication buffer, or the like. As shown in this figure, the hardware configuration of the alternative dispute resolution procedure system of the tenth embodiment is also stored in a non-volatile memory, the alternative dispute resolution procedure implementation candidate identification information, which is the identification information of the alternative dispute resolution procedure implementation candidate, and the procedure implementation candidate identification information thereof. The procedure implementation candidate information storage program that accumulates the procedure implementation candidate information that is information about the procedure implementation candidate identified by the identification information, the claimant information including at least the claimant's name from the claimant terminal, and the other party are specified. Acquire input information including at least the other party information (including the other party identification information), and identify the claimant information and the other party information, and the claimant identification information that is also used to access this system. The petition information retention program that holds the petition information associated with the petition identification information in association with the petition identification information, and the evidence information acquisition to acquire the evidence information to confirm the claimant himself / herself based on the "held petition information". Accepts the input of the result of determining whether the input person who input the input information from the applicant terminal based on the program, the acquired evidence information, and the retained complaint information is the applicant himself / herself in association with the applicant identification information. The petitioner's judgment result reception program and the presentation of information (including conversational cases) to explain what the alternative dispute resolution procedure is in relation to the petition information held have been completed. Information indicating that the explained input acceptance program, which accepts the explained input in association with the petitioner identification information, and the alternative dispute resolution procedure fee was paid in association with the allegation identification information. The fee-paid information acquisition judgment program that determines whether the fee-paid information has been acquired, and the petitioner's own judgment result reception department accepts the input of the petitioner's own judgment result, and the explained input reception department accepts the explained input. It is said that the comprehensive judgment program that determines whether the fee payment information has been acquired by the fee payment information acquisition judgment department and the conditions are comprehensively satisfied, and the conditions of the judgment result by the comprehensive judgment department are comprehensively satisfied. If it is the result of the judgment of, it is confirmed that the alternative dispute resolution procedure has been accepted, and at least the legal final preservation program that is stored in the system in association with the retained petition identification information and the accumulated procedure Procedures for selecting implementation candidate identification information for case processing and accepting the association with the petition identification information held in the petition information holding department Identify the implementation candidate selection reception program and the person in charge of administrative procedures related to the petition Person in charge identification information that holds the person in charge identification information Information that can be viewed by entering the procedure implementer identification information and / and the person in charge identification information with the holding unit, and can be viewed and answered via the network identified by the procedure performer identification information and / and the person in charge identification information From the window, it is information indicating that a substitute for the answer is required at the request of the other party. The answer is to acquire the necessary information. The answer is to output the necessary information acquisition section. The answer is to output the necessary information acquisition section and the answer. When the answer writing necessary information acquisition department acquires the answer writing necessary information, the procedure implementer identification information and / and the person in charge of the answer writing writing necessary matter input screen, which is the input screen of the matters necessary for the answer writing generation. It becomes possible to browse by inputting the person identification information, and it is identified by the procedure implementer identification information and / and the person in charge identification information, and it is output to the information presentation window that can be browsed and answered via the network. The answer book that generates the answer book information based on the answer book that holds the acquired required items and the answer book that holds the required items, and the answer book that holds the answer book that holds the required items. A substitute answer that holds the information generation rule The substitute answer that generates and holds the answer information based on the information generation rule holding unit, the held answer, and the retained substitute answer information generation rule. The written answer information generated and held by the written information generation and holding unit and the written answer information generated and held by the written answer information generation and holding unit can be viewed at least by inputting the petitioner identification information, and can be viewed via the network identified by the petitioner identification information. A substitute writing answer sheet information output unit that outputs to a possible information presentation window is held, and these programs are read into the main memory based on the execution instructions of a series of programs, and these are based on the operation start instruction. Program is executed. It is preferable that these programs are continuously resident in the main memory except during maintenance, and that the application is always accepted and the management of the application for which the acceptance is confirmed is continued. As with the program, the data includes procedure implementation candidate identification information, procedure implementation candidate information, petition information, input information, petitioner information, counterparty information, counterparty identification information, petitioner identification information, petition identification information, and evidence information. , Applicant's judgment result accepted information, explained input accepted information, fee paid information, judgment result, comprehensive positive judgment result, petition acceptance confirmation information, person in charge identification information, answer sheet required information, answer sheet Substitute writing necessary items, substitute writing answer sheet information generation rules, substitute writing answer sheet information, various setting information such as communication (not shown) are stored in the non-volatile memory, loaded into the main memory, and referred to when executing a series of programs. It will be used. In this computer, a non-volatile memory, a main memory, a CPU, and an interface (for example, a display, a keyboard, communication, etc.) are connected to a bus line so that they can communicate with each other.

<Example 10 Processing flow>
FIG. 33 is a diagram showing an example of the processing flow of the alternative dispute resolution procedure system in the tenth embodiment. As shown in the figure, reference numerals 3301 to 3315 correspond to the processing flow shown in FIG. 6 for the first embodiment, and detailed description of each step has already been described in the description of each step in the first embodiment. Is. Therefore, in the present embodiment, the processing flow of the steps indicated by reference numerals 3316 to 3323 will be described in detail.

For the procedure implementation candidate selected in the procedure implementation candidate selection reception step (3311), the answer ghostwriting necessary information acquisition section output step (3316) is processed, and the output answer ghostwriting necessary information acquisition section responds. The answer step (3317) for determining whether or not the necessary information for the ghostwriting is acquired is processed. Answer ghostwriting If the judgment result in the acquisition / non-acquisition determination step of the required information is NO, the answer document acquisition / non-acquisition determination step (3322) for determining whether the answer is acquired is processed. Will be done. As a result of the answer determination acquisition / non-acquisition determination step, if there is a NO branch indicating that the answer has been acquired, the process ends there. If the judgment result in the answer document acquisition / non-acquisition determination step (3322) is YES, which indicates that the school has not been acquired, the procedure end determination step (3323) for determining whether to end the procedure is processed. Will be done. In the case of a NO branch indicating that the procedure will not be completed as a result of the judgment in the procedure end judgment step, the answer ghostwriting necessary information acquisition unit output step (3316) for confirming whether a ghostwriting of the answer is necessary again. Return to. If the determination result of the procedure end determination step (3323) is a YES branch indicating the end of the procedure, the procedure ends. If the judgment result in the answer judgment ghostwriting necessary information acquisition presence / absence judgment step (3317) is a YES judgment indicating that the answer ghostwriting necessary information is acquired, the answer ghostwriting generation necessary matter input screen output step (3318). To process. After that, a step (3319) for determining whether or not the input of the necessary items for generating the answer ghostwriting is completed is processed. Answer ghostwriting generation If the judgment result in the input completion judgment step is NO branch indicating that the input of the answer ghostwriting requirements is incomplete, the answer ghostwriting is generated to prompt the completion of the input. Return to the required item input screen output step (3318). If the judgment result in the input completion determination step (3319) is a YES branch indicating that the input is completed, the ghostwriter information generation step (3320) is processed. After that, the ghostwriting answer information output step (3321) is processed in order to output the ghostwriting information.

<Embodiment 11>
<Outline of Embodiment 11>
The alternative dispute resolution system in the present embodiment is characterized in that it has a function for creating and outputting a settlement proposal in addition to the features described in the first to tenth embodiments.

<Structure of Embodiment 11 Invention>
FIG. 34 is an example of the functional configuration diagram of the alternative dispute resolution procedure system according to the eleventh embodiment. The alternative dispute resolution procedure system of the eleventh embodiment illustrated in FIG. 34 includes a procedure implementation candidate information storage unit (3401), a petition information holding department (3402), an evidence information acquisition department (3403), and the petitioner himself / herself. Judgment result reception department (3404), explained input reception department (3405), fee payment information acquisition judgment department (3406), comprehensive judgment department (3407), legal confirmation storage department (3408), and procedures Reconciliation with the Implementation Candidate Selection Reception Department (3409), the Answer Statement Submission Judgment Department (3410), the Settlement Proposal Model Holding Unit (3411), the Settlement Proposal Model Output Unit (3412), and the Editorial Department (3413) It has a secretariat server including a proposal information holding unit (3414) and a settlement proposal information output unit (3415). In the following, the description of the common configuration from the first embodiment to the eleventh embodiment will be omitted, and only the configuration characteristic of the present embodiment will be described.

<Implementation 11 Answer Statement Submission Judgment Department>
The "Determining whether or not to submit an answer" determines whether the other party has submitted an answer. The answer from the other party also includes an answer generated by a ghostwriter.

<Embodiment 11 Settlement Proposal Model Holding Unit>
The "reconciliation plan template holding unit" holds the reconciliation plan template to be used when it is judged that the answer has been submitted. A "reconciliation plan" is a written statement of the conditions for dispute resolution obtained by mutual transfer of the parties to the case subject to alternative dispute resolution. The "reconciliation plan template" is a form in which only the form is arranged in a certain form regardless of the content in order to create a reconciliation plan. Since the answer is submitted based on the petition, the settlement plan can be roughly set in a format that matches the structure of the petition information. Therefore, the alternative dispute resolution procedure system can be used as a model for the settlement plan. It can be kept on the secretariat server. It is preferable to prepare a model according to the type of case. This is because the model also has its own characteristics depending on the type of case.

As for the types of cases, prepare for each dispute regarding the following cases. Online / telephone, fictitious billing, online auction, IP telephone, online reservation, mobile phone, clothing / food, household goods / electrical appliances, travel / leisure / membership services, newspapers, books, paintings, cars, harm / danger, product burst・ Ignition, foreign matter contamination, sick house, insurance / finance / credit, foreign exchange margin transaction, mutual aid, loan, credit, learning / auction, qualification course, instructional teaching materials, computer class, insert leaflet, recruitment, aesthetic service, Cosmetics, hair growth services, personal computer jobs, agency jobs, consent to the purpose of using personal information services, leakage / loss of personal information, disclosure / deletion of personal information, etc. Appointment sales, MLM, and dating sites are the most common consultations for young people, and inspection commercial law, Affinity fraud, and gentlemen's records are common for elderly people. By product / service, groceries, housing, utilities, clothing, hygiene, cultural entertainment, vehicles / vehicles, land / buildings / equipment, cleaning, rental / lease / rental, Construction / building / processing, repair / repair, management / storage, financial / insurance services, transportation / communication services, educational services, etc. If you prepare a model of the settlement plan for each of these categories, you can work efficiently.

<Embodiment 11 Settlement Proposal Model Output Unit>
The "Settlement Proposal Model Output Unit" acquires the Settlement Proposal Template that is held when the answer is submitted, and implements the procedure associated with the petition information identified by the petition identification information related to the answer. It becomes viewable by inputting the person identification information, and the model of the settlement plan acquired is output to the information presentation window that is identified by the procedure implementer identification information and can be viewed and edited via the network. The draft settlement is exclusively prepared by the practitioner of the procedure. The template only means that the practitioner will refer to the draft settlement when preparing it. Therefore, the procedure implementer receives the output of the settlement plan template, edits it using the interface button and interface text box of the output editorial department while referring to this format, and decides to create his own settlement plan. Become. The settlement plan template output unit first outputs the contents of the settlement plan created as a template to the terminal of the procedure implementer so that the procedure implementation can confirm the contents. The output settlement proposal template is displayed in the window M of the procedure implementer's terminal in the form of a written document.

<Embodiment 11 Editorial Department>
The "editing department" can view the template of the settlement proposal for the case by inputting the procedure implementer identification information associated with the petition case identified by the petition identification information, and is identified by the procedure implementer identification information to access the network. This is a section for editing the settlement proposal template output in the information presentation window that can be viewed and edited via. Edit the settlement proposal using the interface buttons and interface text boxes of the editorial department that are output from the secretariat server to the terminal of the procedure implementer. By editing the settlement plan by the procedure implementer himself, the procedure implementer himself created the settlement plan.

FIG. 96 shows a display window M (9601) in which an interface button and an interface text box of the editorial department output from the secretariat server are displayed on the procedure practitioner terminal on a terminal that can be connected to the secretariat server used by the procedure practitioner. It is a figure which shows an example. In the example shown in the figure, each clause of the settlement proposal template is described in the editable interface text box (9602 settlement proposal text box editing means) output from the editorial unit. The practitioner can edit the text in the text box as appropriate. Furthermore, if you want to delete all the clauses themselves, you can press the interface button for deletion (9603 settlement proposal text box deletion means) output from the editorial department located to the right of the text box to delete the text box. It is configured so that each can be deleted. Further, below the text box, an interface button (9604 settlement proposal text box addition means) for adding a text box output from the editorial unit is configured. You can add an interface text box to add a new clause by pressing the interface button to add a text box. An interface button for deletion corresponding to the added interface text box is also added, and it is preferable to configure it so that it can be deleted after being added.

When the editing is completed, the interface button displayed on the window M of the terminal of the person who implements the procedure for the finalized acquisition method of the post-editing settlement proposal information output to the secretariat server in order to confirm and acquire the settlement proposal information with the edited contents. Select (9605). Immediately after the procedure implementer presses the interface button of the post-editing settlement proposal information confirmation acquisition means, the post-editing settlement proposal information acquisition means of the secretariat server finally acquires the post-editing settlement proposal and edits the settlement proposal. Is conceivable.

Alternatively, before the secretariat server outputs the settlement proposal information confirmation acquisition means interface to the procedure implementer terminal after editing, the settlement proposal content confirmation screen output request means interface is output, and the settlement proposal content confirmation screen output request interface button is pressed. When pressed, the settlement proposal content confirmation screen is output. The interface of the edited settlement proposal information confirmation acquisition means may be output on the output settlement proposal content confirmation screen. By pressing the interface button of the post-editing settlement proposal information finalization acquisition means after confirming the content of the settlement proposal, the secretariat server may be configured to finalize the post-editing settlement proposal clause. In this case, the interface button indicated by reference numeral 9605 in FIG. 96 serves as the interface button for the settlement proposal confirmation screen output requesting means output from the secretariat server. FIG. 97 shows the procedure implementer window M (9701) of the settlement proposal confirmation screen output by the settlement proposal confirmation screen output means of the secretariat server that received the signal pressed by the interface button of the settlement proposal confirmation screen output request means. This is a display example. When the window of the settlement proposal information confirmation screen output request means is displayed, the interface button of the settlement proposal information confirmation acquisition means after editing is displayed together with the display of the settlement proposal information that is made into one sentence by canceling the display of the text box. The display configuration is preferable. After editing on the settlement proposal information confirmation screen When the interface button of the settlement proposal information confirmation acquisition means is pressed, the settlement proposal information is confirmed in the edited contents, and the editing of the settlement proposal is completed. Alternatively, when the interface button to continue editing is pressed, it is preferable that the re-editing means from the secretariat server becomes available as the editing is not completed so that the editing can be performed again. The re-editing means may be the above-mentioned editorial department.

<Embodiment 11 Settlement Proposal Information Holding Unit>
The "Settlement Proposal Information Holding Department" holds the edited settlement proposal template as settlement proposal information. Since the edited settlement proposal is a formal settlement proposal prepared by the procedural implementer, it is retained as settlement proposal information rather than a settlement proposal template. When the above-mentioned post-editing settlement proposal information finalization acquisition means deterministically acquires the post-editing settlement proposal information, the settlement proposal information holding unit records and retains the deterministically acquired settlement proposal information as settlement proposal information. Can be configured in.

<Embodiment 11 Settlement Proposal Information Output Unit>
The "reconciliation proposal information output unit" outputs the retained settlement proposal information. Output the retained settlement proposal to the petitioner, the other party, the secretariat, and the procedure implementer. When the settlement proposal information is output (or it can be configured as a stage for retaining the settlement proposal information), it means that the settlement proposal has been submitted by the procedure implementer, so from the status of waiting for the submission of the settlement proposal. All the statuses of the petitioner, the other party, the secretariat, and the procedure implementer are updated (means for updating the petition management status screen). The petitioner and the other party will be requested to confirm the approval or disapproval of the settlement proposal.

<Embodiment 11 Hardware Configuration>
FIG. 35 shows an example of the hardware configuration of the alternative dispute resolution system according to the eleventh embodiment. Specifically, the functions described above are executed by using computer resources as follows. The present invention can basically be configured by a general-purpose computer, a program, and various devices. The operation of a computer basically takes the form of loading a program recorded in a non-volatile memory into a main memory and executing processing in the main memory, a CPU, and various devices. Communication with the device is done via an interface connected to the bus line. The interface may be a display interface, a keyboard, a communication buffer, or the like. As shown in this figure, the hardware configuration of the out-of-court dispute resolution procedure system of the eleventh embodiment is also stored in the non-volatile memory, the procedure implementation candidate identification information which is the identification information of the out-of-court dispute resolution procedure implementation candidate, and the procedure implementation candidate identification information thereof. The procedure implementation candidate information storage program that stores the procedure implementation candidate information that is information about the procedure implementation candidate identified by the identification information, the claimant information including at least the claimant's name from the claimant terminal, and the other party are specified. The petitioner identification information that identifies the petitioner, which is also used to access this system, by acquiring the input information including at least the other party information (including the other party identification information). The petition information retention program that holds the petition information associated with the petition identification information in association with the petition identification information, and the acquisition of evidence information to acquire the evidence information to confirm the claimant based on the "retained petition information". Accepts the input of the result of determining whether the input person who input the input information from the applicant terminal based on the program, the acquired evidence information, and the retained complaint information is the applicant himself / herself in association with the applicant identification information. The petitioner's own judgment result reception program and information (including conversational cases) to explain what the out-of-court dispute resolution procedure is in relation to the petition information held have already been presented. It is information indicating that the explained input reception program that accepts the explained input that is the input to the effect in association with the petitioner identification information and the fee for the out-of-court dispute resolution procedure in association with the petition identification information have been paid. The fee-paid information acquisition judgment program that determines whether the fee-paid information has been acquired, and the petitioner's own judgment result reception department accepts the input of the petitioner's own judgment result, and the explained input reception department accepts the explained input. It is said that the comprehensive judgment program that determines whether the fee payment information has been acquired by the fee payment information acquisition judgment department and the conditions are comprehensively satisfied, and the conditions of the judgment result by the comprehensive judgment department are comprehensively satisfied. If it is the result of the judgment, it is confirmed that the petition for the out-of-court dispute resolution procedure has been accepted, and at least the legal final preservation program that is stored in the system in association with the retained petition identification information and the accumulated procedure Procedure for selecting implementation candidate identification information for case processing and accepting the association with the petition identification information held in the petition information holding department Judgment whether the implementation candidate selection reception program and the other party submitted an answer A program to determine whether to submit an answer sheet and
Obtain the settlement plan template holding program that holds the settlement plan template that should be used when it is judged that the answer has been submitted, and the settlement plan template that is held when the answer is submitted. , It becomes possible to browse by inputting the procedure practitioner identification information associated with the petition identification information related to the answer, and it is identified by the procedure practitioner identification information and can be browsed and edited via the network. It can be viewed by inputting the settlement plan model output program that outputs the model of the settlement plan acquired in the information presentation window and the procedure implementer identification information, and is identified by the procedure implementer identification information and can be viewed and edited via the network. An editing program for editing the settlement proposal template output in the information presentation window, a settlement proposal information retention program that retains the edited settlement proposal template as settlement proposal information, and a settlement that outputs the retained settlement proposal information. A draft information output program and is held, these programs are read into the main memory based on the execution instructions of a series of programs, and these programs are executed based on the operation start instruction. It is preferable that these programs are continuously resident in the main memory except during maintenance, and that the application is always accepted and the management of the application for which the acceptance is confirmed is continued. As with the program, the data includes procedure implementation candidate identification information, procedure implementation candidate information, petition information, input information, petitioner information, counterparty information, counterparty identification information, petitioner identification information, petition identification information, and evidence information. , Applicant's judgment result accepted information, explained input accepted information, fee paid information, judgment result, comprehensive positive judgment result, petition acceptance confirmation information, answer document submission / non-submission judgment result, settlement proposal template, editing information , Settlement proposal information, various setting information such as communication (not shown), etc. are held in the non-volatile memory, loaded in the main memory, and referred to and used when executing a series of programs. In this computer, a non-volatile memory, a main memory, a CPU, and an interface (for example, a display, a keyboard, communication, etc.) are connected to a bus line so that they can communicate with each other.

<Example 11 Processing flow>
FIG. 36 is a diagram showing an example of the processing flow of the alternative dispute resolution procedure system in the eleventh embodiment. As shown in the figure, reference numerals 3601 to reference numeral 3615 are consistent with the processing flow shown in FIG. 6 for the first embodiment, and detailed description of each step has already been described in the description of each step in the first embodiment. Is. Therefore, in the present embodiment, the processing flow of the steps indicated by reference numerals 3616 to 3624 will be described in detail.

After the procedure implementation candidate is selected in the procedure implementation candidate selection reception step, the procedure implementation person identification information output step (3617) for outputting the selected procedure implementation person identification information to the related parties is processed. After that, a step (3618) of determining whether or not to submit an answer is processed, which determines whether or not the answer is submitted. After the processing of the answer document submission / non-submission determination step, in the case of a NO branch indicating that the answer document has not been submitted, the procedure end determination step (3624) for determining whether to terminate the procedure is processed. In the case of a NO branch indicating that the procedure will not be completed as a result of the judgment in the procedure end judgment step, a notification that the procedure executor has decided to prompt the preparation of an answer is output. Return to step (3617). If the judgment result in the procedure termination judgment step is a YES branch indicating that the procedure is terminated, the procedure is terminated. In the case of a YES branch indicating that an answer is submitted as a result of the judgment in the answer determination step (3618), the settlement model template output step (3619) is output for editing. ) Is processed. After that, the editing completion determination step (3620) for determining whether or not the editing of the settlement proposal is completed is processed. When the determination result in the edit completion determination step is a branch of NO in which editing is not completed, the procedure end determination step (3623) for determining whether to end the procedure is processed. As a result of the determination in the procedure end determination step, in the case of a NO branch indicating that the procedure is not terminated, the process returns to the settlement proposal template output step (3619) for re-editing. As a result of the judgment in the procedure end judgment step (3623), if the branch of YES to end the procedure, the procedure ends. As a result of the determination in the edit completion determination step (3620), in the case of a YES branch indicating that the edit is completed, the settlement proposal information generation step (3621) for generating the settlement proposal information is processed. After that, the settlement proposal information output step (3622) for outputting the generated settlement proposal information is processed.

<Embodiment 12>
<Outline of Embodiment 12>
The alternative dispute resolution procedure system in the present embodiment is characterized in that, in addition to the features of the first to twelfth embodiments, a plurality of settlement proposals can be selected.

<Structure of the 12th embodiment>
FIG. 37 is an example of the functional configuration diagram of the alternative dispute resolution procedure system according to the twelfth embodiment. The alternative dispute resolution procedure system of the 12th embodiment illustrated in FIG. 37 includes a procedure implementation candidate information storage unit (3701), a petition information holding department (3702), an evidence information acquisition department (3703), and the petitioner himself / herself. Judgment result reception department (3704), explained input reception department (3705), fee payment information acquisition judgment department (3706), comprehensive judgment department (3707), legal confirmation storage department (3708), and procedures Implementation candidate selection reception unit (3709), answer report submission presence / absence judgment unit (3410), settlement proposal template holding unit (3711), multiple settlement proposal template holding means (3712), and settlement proposal template output unit (3713). ), A settlement proposal template selection output means (3714), an editorial unit (3715), a settlement proposal information holding unit (3716), and a settlement proposal information output unit (3717). In the following, the description of the common configuration from the first embodiment to the eleventh embodiment will be omitted, and only the configuration characteristic of the present embodiment will be described.

<Explanation of Embodiment 12 Configuration>
<Embodiment 12 Multiple Settlement Proposal Model Holding Means>
The "multiple settlement plan template holding means" holds a plurality of settlement plan templates to be used. It is preferable that there are multiple settlement proposals, because the specific composition of the settlement proposal may differ depending on the specific content, type, and attributes of the petition and the degree of mutual transfer of the parties.

<Embodiment 12 Settlement Proposal Model Selection Output Means>
The "Settlement Proposal Selection Template Selection Output Means" selects and acquires one or more settlement proposal templates from among the multiple settlement proposal templates held when an answer is submitted, and makes a petition for the answer. It can be viewed by entering the procedure implementer identification information associated with the petition information identified by the identification information, and is acquired for the information presentation window identified by the procedure implementer identification information and viewable and editable via the network. Output the template of the settlement plan. The Settlement Proposal Template Selection Department selects one or more settlement proposal templates suitable for the specific content, type, and attributes of the petition and the degree of mutual concession from among the multiple settlement proposals. Further, it may be configured to have a procedure implementer-dependent selection output means capable of selecting a settlement proposal template that the procedure implementer deems appropriate from the selected settlement proposal templates. It is also possible to manage the petition information by including the petition category for identifying the petition category and the like. This petition category may be text-analyzed in the content of the petition, assigned by a secretariat representative, or assigned according to the template selection at the time of the petition. Then, it can be configured so that the model of the settlement proposal is selected according to the petition category included in the petition information (category-specific settlement proposal selection means). The categories of complaints are as described above.

<Embodiment 12 Hardware Configuration>
FIG. 38 shows an example of the hardware configuration of the alternative dispute resolution system according to the twelfth embodiment. Specifically, the functions described above are executed by using computer resources as follows. In the present invention, a general-purpose computer, a program, and the operation of a computer basically load a program recorded in a non-volatile memory into a main memory and execute processing in the main memory, a CPU, and various devices. Take the form. Communication with the device is done via an interface connected to the bus line. The interface may be a display interface, a keyboard, a communication buffer, or the like. As shown in this figure, the hardware configuration of the out-of-court dispute resolution procedure system of the twelfth embodiment is also stored in the non-volatile memory, the procedure implementation candidate identification information which is the identification information of the out-of-court dispute resolution procedure implementation candidate, and the procedure implementation candidate identification information thereof. The procedure implementation candidate information storage program that stores the procedure implementation candidate information that is information about the procedure implementation candidate identified by the identification information, the claimant information including at least the claimant's name from the claimant terminal, and the other party are specified. The petitioner identification information that identifies the petitioner, which is also used to access this system, by acquiring the input information including at least the other party information (including the other party identification information). The petition information retention program that holds the petition information associated with the petition identification information in association with the petition identification information, and the acquisition of evidence information to acquire the evidence information to confirm the claimant based on the "retained petition information". Accepts the input of the result of determining whether the input person who input the input information from the applicant terminal based on the program, the acquired evidence information, and the retained complaint information is the applicant himself / herself in association with the applicant identification information. The petitioner's own judgment result reception program and information (including conversational cases) to explain what the out-of-court dispute resolution procedure is in relation to the petition information held have already been presented. It is information indicating that the explained input reception program that accepts the explained input that is the input to the effect in association with the petitioner identification information and the fee for the out-of-court dispute resolution procedure in association with the petition identification information have been paid. The fee-paid information acquisition judgment program that determines whether the fee-paid information has been acquired, and the petitioner's own judgment result reception department accepts the input of the petitioner's own judgment result, and the explained input reception department accepts the explained input. It is said that the comprehensive judgment program that determines whether the fee payment information has been acquired by the fee payment information acquisition judgment department and the conditions are comprehensively satisfied, and the conditions of the judgment result by the comprehensive judgment department are comprehensively satisfied. If it is the result of the judgment of, it is confirmed that the petition for the out-of-court dispute resolution procedure has been accepted, and at least the legal final preservation program that is stored in the system in association with the retained petition identification information and the accumulated procedure Procedure for selecting implementation candidate identification information for case processing and accepting the association with the petition identification information held in the petition information holding department Judgment whether the implementation candidate selection reception program and the other party submitted an answer Program for determining whether to submit an answer sheet and the secretariat The settlement plan template holding unit of the bar has a multiple settlement plan template holding program that holds multiple settlement plan templates to be used, and the settlement plan template output section is held when an answer is submitted. One or more settlement proposal templates can be selected and acquired from multiple settlement proposal templates, and can be viewed by inputting the procedure implementer identification information associated with the petition identification information identified in the petition identification information related to the answer. A settlement model selection output program, which outputs the model of the settlement plan acquired to the information presentation window identified by the procedure implementer identification information and can be viewed and edited via the network, is held, and a series of programs are held. These programs are read into the main memory based on the execution instruction of, and these programs are executed based on the operation start instruction. It is preferable that these programs are continuously resident in the main memory except during maintenance, and that the application is always accepted and the management of the application for which the acceptance is confirmed is continued. As with the program, the data includes procedure implementation candidate identification information, procedure implementation candidate information, petition information, input information, petitioner information, counterparty information, counterparty identification information, petitioner identification information, petition identification information, and evidence information. , Applicant's judgment result accepted information, explained input accepted information, fee paid information, judgment result, comprehensive positive judgment result, petition acceptance confirmation information, answer document submission / non-submission judgment result, settlement proposal template, editing information , Settlement proposal information, various setting information such as communication (not shown), etc. are held in the non-volatile memory, loaded in the main memory, and referred to and used when executing a series of programs. In this computer, a non-volatile memory, a main memory, a CPU, and an interface (for example, a display, a keyboard, communication, etc.) are connected to a bus line so that they can communicate with each other.

<Implementation 12 Processing Flow>
FIG. 39 is a diagram showing an example of the processing flow of the alternative dispute resolution procedure system in the twelfth embodiment. As shown in the figure, reference numerals 3901 to 3915 correspond to the processing flow shown in FIG. 6 for the first embodiment, and detailed description of each step has already been described in the description of each step in the first embodiment. Is. Therefore, in the present embodiment, the process flow of the steps indicated by reference numerals 3916 to 3925 will be described in detail.

After the procedure implementation candidate is selected in the procedure implementation candidate selection reception step, the procedure implementation operator identification information output step (3917) for outputting the selected procedure implementation person identification information to the related parties is processed. After that, a step (3918) of determining whether or not to submit an answer is processed, which determines whether or not the answer is submitted. After the processing of the answer document submission / non-submission determination step, in the case of a NO branch indicating that the answer document has not been submitted, the procedure end determination step (3924) for determining whether to terminate the procedure is processed. In the case of a NO branch indicating that the procedure will not be terminated as a result of the judgment in the procedure termination judgment step, the procedure implementer information output that outputs a notification that the procedure implementer has decided to prompt the preparation of an answer again. Return to step (3917). If the judgment result in the procedure termination judgment step is a YES branch indicating that the procedure is terminated, the procedure is terminated. In the case of a YES branch indicating that an answer has been submitted as a result of the judgment in the answer decision submission / non-submission determination step (3918), the settlement plan template output step (3920) outputs the settlement plan template for editing. ) Is processed. In the processing of the settlement plan template output step, the settlement plan template selection output sub-step (3919) for selecting an appropriate settlement plan from a plurality of possessed settlement plans is processed. After that, the editing completion determination step (3921) for determining whether or not the editing of the settlement proposal is completed is processed. When the determination result in the edit completion determination step is a branch of NO in which editing is not completed, the procedure end determination step (3924) for determining whether to end the procedure is processed. As a result of the determination in the procedure end determination step, in the case of a NO branch indicating that the procedure is not terminated, the process returns to the settlement proposal template output step (3920) for re-editing. As a result of the judgment in the procedure end judgment step (3924), in the case of a YES branch to end the procedure, the procedure ends. As a result of the determination in the editing completion determination step (3921), in the case of a YES branch indicating that the editing is completed, the settlement proposal information generation step (3922) for generating the settlement proposal information is processed. After that, the settlement proposal information output step (3923) for outputting the generated settlement proposal information is processed.

<Embodiment 13>
<Outline of Embodiment 13>
The alternative dispute resolution system of the present embodiment is characterized in that, in addition to the features of the invention described in the 11th or 12th embodiment, the signature of the procedure practitioner can be added to the proposed settlement.

<Structure of the 13th Invention>
FIG. 40 is an example of the functional configuration diagram of the alternative dispute resolution procedure system in the thirteenth embodiment. The alternative dispute resolution procedure system of the thirteenth embodiment illustrated in FIG. 40 includes a procedure implementation candidate information storage unit (4001), a petition information holding department (4002), an evidence information acquisition department (4003), and the petitioner himself / herself. Judgment result reception department (4004), explained input reception department (4005), fee payment information acquisition judgment department (4006), comprehensive judgment department (4007), legal confirmation storage department (4008), and procedures Implementation candidate selection reception department (4009), answer report submission presence / absence judgment department (4010), multiple settlement proposal template holding means (4011), settlement proposal template output unit (4012), editorial department (4013), It has a secretariat server including a settlement proposal information holding unit (4014), a settlement proposal information output unit (4015), and title information addition means (4016). In the following, the description of the configuration common to the embodiment 11 or the embodiment 12 will be omitted, and only the configuration characteristic of the present embodiment will be described.

<Explanation of Embodiment 13 Configuration>
<Embodiment 13 Right source information addition means>
The “rights information addition means” adds title information indicating the title of the procedure implementer to the output settlement proposal template. "Title information" is information for clarifying the creator of information, and is information having the same effect as a so-called signature stamp. Title information may be obtained by a method entered by the creator of the information through an authentication interface. The authentication interface is performed by fingerprint authentication, face authentication, voiceprint authentication, iris authentication, vein authentication, signature authentication (using a pen input device such as a touch pad), job seal authentication, and the like. Authentication is performed by the authentication-only server, and this authentication-only server may output the authenticated information, and the secretariat server may receive the written settlement proposal with the authority information added, or the settlement with the authority information added. The secretariat server may be configured to receive directly from the authentication-only server in association with the proposal.

Alternatively, if the work is configured to work through a window that is accessible only from specific identification information, the system will automatically identify the specific worker assigned to the window. It may be identified from the identification information used for using the window and automatically added. Title information is information that indicates that the person who created the settlement is certainly the procedural person who has the legitimate authority to file the petition. From the above point of view, the data for authentication of all registered procedure implementation candidates (procedure implementers, etc.) is stored in the authentication dedicated server used for obtaining title information. It is registered in association with the identification information. That is, fingerprint authentication data, face authentication data, voiceprint authentication data, iris authentication data, vein authentication data, signature authentication data, and job seal authentication data of all procedure implementation candidates are registered. These may be stored in association with the procedure implementation candidate identification information in the procedure implementation candidate information storage unit of the secretariat server. Of course, the secretariat server may have an authentication function unit.

FIG. 98 shows an example of the confirmation screen on the window M (9981) of the procedure implementer of the title (9802) title-added settlement proposal output by the title information-added settlement proposal confirmation screen output means of the secretariat server. ing. By adding title, the name of the document is secured and the credibility of the procedure is increased. Furthermore, by adding title, it becomes possible to make the procedure implementer who prepares the settlement proposal aware of the responsibility.

<Embodiment 13 Hardware Configuration>
FIG. 41 shows an example of the hardware configuration of the alternative dispute resolution system according to the thirteenth embodiment. Specifically, the functions described above are executed by using computer resources as follows. The present invention can basically be configured by a general-purpose computer, a program, and various devices. The operation of a computer basically takes the form of loading a program recorded in a non-volatile memory into a main memory and executing processing in the main memory, a CPU, and various devices. Communication with the device is done via an interface connected to the bus line. The interface may be a display interface, a keyboard, a communication buffer, or the like. As shown in this figure, the hardware configuration of the out-of-court dispute resolution procedure system of the thirteenth embodiment is also stored in the non-volatile memory, the procedure implementation candidate identification information which is the identification information of the out-of-court dispute resolution procedure implementation candidate, and the procedure implementation candidate identification information thereof. The procedure implementation candidate information storage program that stores the procedure implementation candidate information that is information about the procedure implementation candidate identified by the identification information, the claimant information including at least the claimant's name from the claimant terminal, and the other party are specified. The petitioner identification information that identifies the petitioner, which is also used to access this system, by acquiring the input information including at least the other party information (including the other party identification information). The petition information retention program that holds the petition information associated with the petition identification information in association with the petition identification information, and the acquisition of evidence information to acquire the evidence information to confirm the claimant based on the "retained petition information". Accepts the input of the result of determining whether the input person who input the input information from the applicant terminal based on the program, the acquired evidence information, and the retained complaint information is the applicant himself / herself in association with the applicant identification information. The petitioner's own judgment result reception program and information (including conversational cases) to explain what the out-of-court dispute resolution procedure is in relation to the petition information held have already been presented. It is information indicating that the explained input reception program that accepts the explained input that is the input to the effect in association with the petitioner identification information and the fee for the out-of-court dispute resolution procedure in association with the petition identification information have been paid. The fee-paid information acquisition judgment program that determines whether the fee-paid information has been acquired, and the petitioner's own judgment result reception department accepts the input of the petitioner's own judgment result, and the explained input reception department accepts the explained input. It is said that the comprehensive judgment program that determines whether the fee payment information has been acquired by the fee payment information acquisition judgment department and the conditions are comprehensively satisfied, and the conditions of the judgment result by the comprehensive judgment department are comprehensively satisfied. If it is the result of the judgment of, it is confirmed that the petition for the out-of-court dispute resolution procedure has been accepted, and at least the legal final preservation program that is stored in the system in association with the retained petition identification information and the accumulated procedure Procedure for selecting implementation candidate identification information for case processing and accepting the association with the petition identification information held in the petition information holding department Judgment whether the implementation candidate selection reception program and the other party submitted an answer It is output as a program to judge whether or not to submit an answer The title information addition program that adds title information indicating the title of the procedure implementer to the model of the settlement plan is held, and these programs are read into the main memory based on the execution command of a series of programs. These programs are executed based on the operation start instruction. It is preferable that these programs are continuously resident in the main memory except during maintenance, and that the application is always accepted and the management of the application for which the acceptance is confirmed is continued. As with the program, the data includes procedure implementation candidate identification information, procedure implementation candidate information, petition information, input information, petitioner information, counterparty information, counterparty identification information, petitioner identification information, petition identification information, and evidence information. , Applicant's judgment result accepted information, explained input accepted information, fee paid information, judgment result, comprehensive positive judgment result, petition acceptance confirmation information, answer document submission / non-submission judgment result, settlement proposal template, editing information , Settlement proposal information, authority information, various setting information such as communication (not shown) are stored in the non-volatile memory, loaded in the main memory, and referred to and used when executing a series of programs. In this computer, a non-volatile memory, a main memory, a CPU, and an interface (for example, a display, a keyboard, communication, etc.) are connected to a bus line so that they can communicate with each other.

<Example 13 Processing flow>
FIG. 42 is a diagram showing an example of the processing flow of the alternative dispute resolution procedure system in the thirteenth embodiment. As shown in the figure, reference numerals 4201 to 4215 correspond to the processing flow shown in FIG. 6 for the first embodiment, and detailed description of each step has already been described in the description of each step in the first embodiment. Is. Therefore, in the present embodiment, the process flow of the steps indicated by reference numerals 4216 to 4225 will be described in detail.

After the procedure implementation candidate is selected in the procedure implementation candidate selection reception step, the procedure implementation operator identification information output step (4217) for outputting the selected procedure implementation person identification information to the related parties is processed. After that, a step (4218) of determining whether or not to submit an answer is processed, which determines whether or not the answer is submitted. After the processing of the answer document submission presence / absence determination step, in the case of a NO branch indicating that the answer document has not been submitted, the procedure end determination step (4224) for determining whether to terminate the procedure is processed. In the case of a NO branch indicating that the procedure will not be terminated as a result of the judgment in the procedure termination judgment step, the procedure implementer information output that outputs a notification that the procedure implementer has decided to prompt the preparation of an answer again. Return to step (4217). If the judgment result in the procedure termination judgment step is a YES branch indicating that the procedure is terminated, the procedure is terminated. In the case of a YES branch indicating that an answer has been submitted as a result of the judgment in the answer decision submission / non-submission determination step (4218), the settlement plan template output step (4219) outputs the settlement plan template for editing. ) Is processed. In the settlement proposal template output step, a non-title step for adding title to the procedural operator when editing the settlement proposal is processed (4220). After the settlement proposal template output step (4219), an editing completion determination step (4221) for determining whether or not the editing of the settlement proposal is completed is processed. When the determination result in the edit completion determination step is a branch of NO in which editing is not completed, the procedure end determination step (4225) for determining whether to end the procedure is processed. As a result of the determination in the procedure end determination step, in the case of a NO branch indicating that the procedure is not terminated, the process returns to the settlement proposal template output step (3920) for re-editing. As a result of the judgment in the procedure end judgment step (4225), in the case of a YES branch to end the procedure, the procedure ends. As a result of the determination in the edit completion determination step (4221), in the case of a YES branch indicating that the edit is completed, the settlement proposal information generation step (4222) for generating the settlement proposal information is processed. After that, the settlement proposal information output step (4223) for outputting the generated settlement proposal information is processed.

<Embodiment 14>
<Outline of Embodiment 14>
The alternative dispute resolution system of the present embodiment is characterized in that, in addition to the features described in any of the 11th to 13th embodiments, the subsequent processing is branched according to the consent information of the parties to the settlement proposal. To do.

<Structure of Embodiment 14 Invention>
FIG. 43 is an example of the functional configuration diagram of the alternative dispute resolution procedure system according to the fourteenth embodiment. The alternative dispute resolution procedure system of the 14th embodiment illustrated in FIG. 43 includes a procedure implementation candidate information storage unit (4301), a petition information holding department (4302), an evidence information acquisition department (4303), and the petitioner himself / herself. Judgment result reception department (4304), explained input reception department (4305), fee payment information acquisition judgment department (4306), comprehensive judgment department (4307), legal confirmation storage department (4308), and procedures Implementation candidate selection reception unit (4309), answer report submission presence / absence judgment unit (4310), multiple settlement proposal template holding means (4311), settlement proposal template output unit (4312), editorial department (4313), Office work consisting of a settlement proposal information holding unit (4314), a settlement proposal information output unit (4315), a permission / rejection information acquisition unit (4316), a branch rule holding unit (4317), and a subsequent processing branch unit (4318). It has a station server. In the following, the description of the configuration common to the embodiment 11 or the embodiment 13 will be omitted, and only the configuration characteristic of the present embodiment will be described.

<Explanation of Embodiment 14 Configuration>
<Embodiment 14 Permit / Deny Information Acquisition Unit>
The "permission / denial information acquisition unit" can browse the permission / denial information, which is the information indicating the approval / disapproval of the settlement proposal output from the settlement proposal output unit, by inputting the applicant identification information, and via the network identified by the applicant identification information. Information presentation window that can be viewed and answered, information presentation window that can be viewed and answered via the network identified by the other party's identification information, and information that can be viewed by inputting the person in charge identification information It is possible to browse through the information presentation window that is identified by the person in charge identification information and can be viewed and answered via the network, and can be browsed by inputting the procedure practitioner identification information, and can be browsed via the network identified by the procedure practitioner identification information. And it is acquired through any one or more of the information presentation windows that can be answered. Any one of them allows input from other than the parties because it may be input on behalf of the parties. For example, it is assumed that the party has lost the terminal (smartphone, etc.), is located outside the communication area such as overseas, or is hospitalized due to illness or injury and cannot use the communication device. The "permission / rejection information" is information indicating the approval or disapproval of the parties to the prepared settlement proposal. The permission / denial information may be acquired as one manifestation of intention for the entire settlement proposal prepared by the procedure implementer, or may be configured to be acquired for each clause constituting the settlement proposal. If you configure it so that it is obtained for each clause that makes up the draft settlement, you can see which clause has a problem, which is useful when recreating the draft settlement.

FIG. 99 is an example of a window O (9901) in which the interface button of the permission / denial information acquisition unit output by the secretariat server is displayed on a terminal connectable to the secretariat server used by the other party. As illustrated in the figure, in the list column of matters to be processed, the item (9902) requesting confirmation of the settlement proposal is active as a matter to be done. When the other party (the petitioner in the petition management window of the petitioner) presses the interface button (9903) of the approval / disapproval information acquisition unit output means output by the secretariat server in order to output the approval / disapproval information acquisition unit to the interface screen. The secretariat server outputs the settlement proposal acceptance information acquisition unit output means. FIG. 100 is a diagram showing an example of a state in which the interface button of the permission / rejection information acquisition unit that can be output from the secretariat server is displayed on the window O (10001) of the other party.

In the example of the figure, the interface button of the permission / denial information acquisition unit is configured to be displayed for each clause constituting the settlement proposal. Therefore, permission / denial information is obtained for each clause that constitutes the settlement proposal. The interface button (10002) of the permission / denial information acquisition unit is arranged so as to be paired with each clause, and when the permission / denial information is pressed, the permission / denial information is acquired in the permission / denial information acquisition unit associated with the identification information indicating the paired clause. Will be done. When the interface button for denying the settlement clause of the permission / denial information acquisition department is pressed, the secretariat server may be configured to display the interface text box of the settlement proposal denial reason acquisition means in order to acquire the reason for denial. Be done. The interface button of the permission / denial information selection section that is paired with all the settlement clauses is pressed (when the interface button is selectively configured for one settlement clause, one of the parallel interface buttons is pressed. Then, the interface button of the acquisition permission / rejection information confirmation means output from the secretariat server at the bottom of the window is pressed, and the permission / rejection information is confirmed by the contents acquired by the permission / rejection information acquisition unit. I can think of it.

Alternatively, by pressing the interface button of the overall permission / rejection information acquisition means output by the secretariat server to the terminal of the party in order to acquire the permission / rejection information as to whether or not there is an objection to the entire settlement proposal, the entire settlement proposal can be obtained. It is also possible to configure the system so as to have an acquisition means for obtaining overall permission / denial information as to whether or not there is a part that is permitted or not permitted. In this case, when the permission / denial information of "recognizing as the whole permission / denial information" is acquired, the permission / denial information acquisition department has acquired the permission / denial information to the effect that all the provisions are approved. On the other hand, when the permission / denial information of the part that is not permitted is acquired, the permission / denial information acquisition unit for acquiring the permission / denial information is output for each settlement clause. The display example of the interface button of the permission / rejection information acquisition unit output from the secretariat server may have the same configuration as the example of FIG. 100 described above. FIG. 104 is a diagram showing a display example on the window O (10401) of the interface button (10402) of the overall permission / rejection information acquisition means output from the secretariat server to the other party's terminal. As shown in the figure, it is preferable to display the full text of the settlement proposal together with the interface button of the overall permission / rejection information acquisition means.

If you file an objection to the proposed settlement, the settlement will not be finalized. Therefore, a structure that reconfirms whether you agree with the proposed settlement after displaying a warning screen to confirm that fact. It is preferable that it is. FIG. 105 shows a warning screen output of the secretariat server displayed when the interface button of the permission / rejection information input reception unit indicating that there is an objection to the settlement proposal is pressed from the permission / rejection information input reception unit for the entire settlement proposal shown in FIG. This is a display example of the other party display window O (10501) of the alert screen output from the means. As shown in the figure, notes (10502) when filing an opposition and an interface button (10503) of the opposition final confirmation input means are displayed. When the interface button of the opposition final confirmation input means is pressed, the permission / denial information acquisition unit can be configured to be output from the secretariat server. In the case of a configuration that does not have the overall permission / denial information acquisition means, the warning screen output from the secretariat server's warning screen output means is displayed only once when the interface button of the permission / denial information acquisition unit is pressed for the first time. It is conceivable to do. It is preferable that the interface button of the opposition final confirmation input means output from the secretariat server is also displayed on the caution screen. Further, when the interface button of the opposition final confirmation input means is not pressed, the interface button of the permission / rejection information acquisition unit cannot be pressed any more, so that the objection final confirmation has a dependency permission / rejection information acquisition control means. It is preferable to do so.

FIG. 106 shows the other party window O of the permission / rejection information acquisition confirmation notification notified by the permission / rejection information acquisition confirmation notification means of the secretariat server when only the permission / rejection information of the other party is first acquired by the permission / rejection information acquisition unit of the secretariat server. 10601) It is a figure which shows the above display example. The proposed settlement requires that permission / denial information be obtained from both the petitioner and the other party. Therefore, if only one of them acquires the permission / denial information first, the next step cannot proceed until the other permission / denial information is acquired. Therefore, as shown in FIG. 106, a message requesting waiting is displayed to one party identified by the person identification information associated with the permission / denial information previously acquired by the permission / denial information acquisition unit. preferable.

<Embodiment 14 Branch rule holding unit>
The "branch rule holding unit" holds a branch rule, which is a rule for branching the subsequent processing regarding the settlement according to the permission / rejection information in the permission / rejection information acquisition unit. The "branch rule" is a rule for selecting a branch for subsequent processing, which is the progress of the subsequent procedure, according to the condition of the combination of the acquired permission / denial information. The branching rule is that if, as a result of the permission / denial information, both parties accept all the settlements, one party accepts all the settlement clauses, and the other party denies all or part of the settlement, the parties Post-processing according to various combinations of approvals and disapprovals, such as when the parts that are both denied and denied are the same, and when the parties are both denied and the parts that are denied are not the same. Branch. For example, if both parties accept all the terms of the settlement, it is possible to branch off by signing the settlement agreement and terminating the procedure. Alternatively, if both parties reject all the settlement proposals, it is conceivable that the settlement proposal will be difficult to prepare and the method will shift to a conference call or the like. Alternatively, if both parties have partially denied the agreement, it is conceivable to recreate the settlement proposal and obtain the approval / disapproval information for the settlement proposal again.

<Implementation 14 Subsequent processing branch>
The "subsequent processing branching unit" branches the subsequent processing regarding the settlement according to the permission / rejection information in the permission / rejection information acquisition unit and the held branching rule. “Subsequent processing” is the content of the processing of this procedure after obtaining the approval / disapproval information for the prepared settlement proposal. By combining the acquired permission / disapproval information and the branch rule, the branch destination of the subsequent processing is determined. Subsequent processing The branch unit appropriately advances processing to an appropriate processing step in order to execute the selected subsequent processing.

For example, as shown in FIG. 104, if one of the parties disagrees with the proposed settlement (referred to as the "primary settlement" for convenience; the same shall apply in the following specification), a new one may file an objection. It is conceivable to select a subsequent processing branch to create a new settlement (referred to as a "second settlement" for convenience. The same shall apply in the following specification). For the second settlement, as with the first settlement, the approval / disapproval information for the settlement will be obtained. If one of the petitioners further disagrees with the second settlement, it is possible to choose a follow-on branch to move to an online meeting. Even when an objection is filed against the second settlement, it is preferable that it is configured to call attention that the procedure will not be completed. FIG. 107a is a display example of the window O (10701) of the other party's terminal of the alert screen output by the alert screen output means of the secretariat server for the second settlement proposal. In the example shown in the figure, the final confirmation of the opposition is performed by showing the transition to the online conference on the alert screen as a subsequent processing branch.

FIG. 107b is a display example on the procedure implementer display window M (10701) of the interface button (10702) of the settlement proposal template output requesting means for creating the second settlement proposal output by the secretariat server. When the interface button of the settlement plan output requesting means is pressed, the interface text box of the editorial department for editing the second settlement plan shown in FIG. 108 and / and the window M (10801) of the procedure implementer of the interface button are displayed. This is a display example. As illustrated in the figure, unlike the interface screen of the editorial department of the first settlement proposal, the content of the objection (10802, 10803) indicated by the petitioner and / and the other party is displayed. The practitioner may edit the second settlement while confirming the content of the objection from the petitioner and / or the other party.

If both parties agree to the proposed settlement, the procedural implementer will prepare a settlement agreement. FIG. 109 is a table on the procedure implementer window M (10901) of the settlement contract creation screen output by the settlement contract creation screen output means of the secretariat server to the terminal that can be connected to the secretariat server used by the procedure implementer. It is an example. As shown in the figure, in the interface of the editorial department of the settlement agreement as well as the interface of the editorial department of the settlement proposal, each clause is displayed by the editable interface text box (10902), and the text is editable. There is an interface button (10903) near the interface text box to delete the interface text box corresponding to the interface text box, and an interface button (10904) to add an interface to add a clause is displayed. It is preferable that the configuration is as follows. Before completing the editing of the contract, it can be configured to display the written contract by pressing the interface button of the editing content confirmation screen output means output from the secretariat server. In order to confirm the edited contents of the contract after confirming the contents of the written contract, press the interface button of the settlement contract edition information confirmation acquisition means output from the secretariat server, and press the secretariat server. It is preferable that the settlement contract editing information final acquisition means is configured to be deterministically acquired. FIG. 110 is a display example on the display window M (11001) of the procedure implementer of the settlement contract confirmation screen including the interface button (11002) of the edit content confirmation screen output means.

Settlement contract edition of the secretariat server When the information confirmation acquisition method definitively acquires the settlement contract editing information, the display on the petition management window of the petitioner and the other party output from the petition management department of the secretariat server is settled. After confirming the proposal, proceed to the next step and replace the display prompting you to sign the settlement agreement (means for updating the petition management status screen). FIG. 111 is a display example of the petition management window P (11101) in which the petition management unit of the secretariat server is output to the terminal of the petitioner and the status is displayed indicating that the settlement contract is in the process of being created.

<Embodiment 14 Hardware Configuration>
44a and 44b show an example of the hardware configuration of the alternative dispute resolution system according to the fourteenth embodiment. Specifically, the functions described above are executed by using computer resources as follows. The present invention can basically be configured by a general-purpose computer, a program, and various devices. The operation of a computer basically takes the form of loading a program recorded in a non-volatile memory into a main memory and executing processing in the main memory, a CPU, and various devices. Communication with the device is done via an interface connected to the bus line. The interface may be a display interface, a keyboard, a communication buffer, or the like. As shown in this figure, the hardware configuration of the out-of-court dispute resolution procedure system of the 14th embodiment is also stored in the non-volatile memory, the procedure implementation candidate identification information which is the identification information of the out-of-court dispute resolution procedure implementation candidate, and the procedure implementation candidate identification information thereof. The procedure implementation candidate information storage program that stores the procedure implementation candidate information that is information about the procedure implementation candidate identified by the identification information, the claimant information including at least the claimant's name from the claimant terminal, and the other party are specified. The petitioner identification information that identifies the petitioner, which is also used to access this system, by acquiring the input information including at least the other party information (including the other party identification information). The petition information retention program that holds the petition information associated with the petition identification information in association with the petition identification information, and the acquisition of evidence information to acquire the evidence information to confirm the claimant based on the "retained petition information". Accepts the input of the result of determining whether the input person who input the input information from the applicant terminal based on the program, the acquired evidence information, and the retained complaint information is the applicant himself / herself in association with the applicant identification information. The petitioner's own judgment result reception program and information (including conversational cases) to explain what the out-of-court dispute resolution procedure is in relation to the petition information held have already been presented. It is information indicating that the explained input reception program that accepts the explained input that is the input to the effect in association with the petitioner identification information and the fee for the out-of-court dispute resolution procedure in association with the petition identification information have been paid. The fee-paid information acquisition judgment program that determines whether the fee-paid information has been acquired, and the petitioner's own judgment result reception department accepts the input of the petitioner's own judgment result, and the explained input reception department accepts the explained input. It is said that the comprehensive judgment program that determines whether the fee payment information has been acquired by the fee payment information acquisition judgment department and the conditions are comprehensively satisfied, and the conditions of the judgment result by the comprehensive judgment department are comprehensively satisfied. If it is the result of the judgment, it is confirmed that the petition for the out-of-court dispute resolution procedure has been accepted, and at least the legal final preservation program that is stored in the system in association with the retained petition identification information and the accumulated procedure Procedure for selecting implementation candidate identification information for case processing and accepting the association with the petition identification information held in the petition information holding department Judgment whether the implementation candidate selection reception program and the other party submitted an answer The answer document submission decision program and the answer sheet Obtain the settlement plan template holding program that holds the settlement plan template that should be used when it is judged that there was a submission, and the settlement plan template that is held when the answer sheet is submitted, and answer the answer. An information presentation window that can be viewed by entering the procedure implementer identification information associated with the petition identification information identified in the application identification information of the program, and can be viewed and edited via the network identified by the procedure implementer identification information. An information presentation window that can be viewed by inputting the procedure implementer identification information and the settlement proposal template output program that outputs the template of the settlement plan acquired in, and is identified by the procedure implementer identification information and can be viewed and edited via the network. An editing program for editing the settlement plan template output to, a settlement plan information holding program that holds the edited settlement plan template as settlement plan information, and a settlement plan information output that outputs the held settlement plan information. The program and the approval / disapproval information, which is the information indicating the approval / disapproval of the settlement proposal output from the settlement proposal output unit, can be viewed by inputting the applicant identification information, and can be viewed and answered via the network identified by the applicant identification information. Possible information presentation window, information presentation window that can be viewed and answered via the network identified by the other party's identification information, can be viewed by inputting the person in charge identification information, can be viewed by inputting the person in charge identification information Information presentation window identified by identification information that can be viewed and answered via the network, information that can be viewed by entering the procedure implementer identification information, and information that is identified by the procedure implementer identification information and can be viewed and answered via the network A permission / rejection information acquisition program acquired via any one or more of the presentation windows, and a branching rule holding program that holds a branching rule that branches the subsequent processing regarding the settlement according to the permission / rejection information in the permission / rejection information acquisition unit. , The permission / rejection information in the permission / rejection information acquisition unit and the subsequent processing branch program that branches the subsequent processing regarding the settlement according to the retained branching rule are held, and these are based on the execution instructions of a series of programs. Programs are read into the main memory, and these programs are executed based on the operation start instruction. It is preferable that these programs are continuously resident in the main memory except during maintenance, and that the application is always accepted and the management of the application for which the acceptance is confirmed is continued. As with the program, the data includes procedure implementation candidate identification information, procedure implementation candidate information, petition information, input information, petitioner information, counterparty information, counterparty identification information, petitioner identification information, petition identification information, and evidence information. , Applicant's judgment result accepted information, explained input accepted information, fee paid information, judgment result, comprehensive positive judgment result, petition acceptance confirmation information, answer document submission / non-submission judgment result, settlement proposal template, editing information , Settlement proposal information, permission / rejection information, branch rule, subsequent processing information, various setting information such as communication (not shown) are stored in the non-volatile memory, loaded in the main memory, and referred to and used when executing a series of programs. .. In this computer, a non-volatile memory, a main memory, a CPU, and an interface (for example, a display, a keyboard, communication, etc.) are connected to a bus line so that they can communicate with each other.

<Example 14 Processing flow>
FIG. 45 is a diagram showing an example of the processing flow of the alternative dispute resolution procedure system in the 14th embodiment. As shown in the figure, reference numerals 4501 to 4522 correspond to the processing flow shown in FIG. 36 for the eleventh embodiment, and detailed description of each step has already been described in the description of each step in the eleventh embodiment. Is. Therefore, in the present embodiment, the process flow of the steps indicated by reference numerals 4523 to 3625 and reference numeral 4528 will be described in detail.

When the settlement proposal information is output in the settlement proposal information output step (4522), the permission / rejection information acquisition determination step (4523) for determining whether the permission / rejection information acquisition unit has acquired the permission / rejection usage is processed. In the case of a NO branch indicating that the permission / rejection information has not been acquired as the judgment result in the permission / rejection information acquisition judgment step, the procedure termination judgment step (4528) for determining whether or not to terminate the procedure. Is processed. In the case of a NO branch to continue the procedure after the procedure end determination step is processed, the process returns to the settlement proposal information output step (4522), which outputs the settlement proposal information in order to obtain the approval / disapproval information for the settlement proposal again. If the judgment result in the procedure end judgment step is a YES branch indicating that the procedure is completed, the procedure is completed. As a result of the processing in the permission / rejection information acquisition determination step (4523), in the case of a YES determination indicating that the permission / rejection information has been acquired, the subsequent processing branch step (4524) is processed. Subsequent processing After the processing in the branch processing step, the procedure end determination step (4525) for determining whether to terminate the procedure is processed. In the case of a NO branch indicating that the procedure is not terminated as a result of the processing of the procedure end determination step, the process returns to the subsequent processing branch step (4524) in order to further branch or process the subsequent processing without insisting on the procedure. .. In the case of a YES branch indicating that the procedure is terminated as a result of the processing in the procedure termination determination step (4525), the procedure is terminated.

<Embodiment 15>
<Outline of Embodiment 15>
The alternative dispute resolution procedure system in the present embodiment, in addition to the features of the invention described in the fourteenth embodiment, acquires dispute resolution status information from the result after the post-processing branch and sets the branch rule with higher accuracy. It is characterized by having a learning function that changes so as to become.

<Structure of the 15th embodiment>
FIG. 46 is an example of the functional configuration diagram of the alternative dispute resolution procedure system according to the fifteenth embodiment. The alternative dispute resolution procedure system of the 15th embodiment illustrated in FIG. 46 includes a procedure implementation candidate information storage unit (4601), a petition information holding department (4602), an evidence information acquisition department (4603), and the petitioner himself / herself. Judgment result reception department (4604), explained input reception department (4605), fee payment information acquisition judgment department (4606), comprehensive judgment department (4607), legal confirmation storage department (4608), and procedures Implementation candidate selection reception unit (4609), answer report submission presence / absence judgment unit (4310), multiple settlement proposal template holding means (4311), settlement proposal template output unit (4312), editorial department (4313), Settlement proposal information holding unit (4314), settlement proposal information output unit (4315), permission / rejection information acquisition unit (4316), branch rule holding unit (4317), subsequent processing branching unit (4618), and dispute resolution status It has a secretariat server including an information acquisition unit A (4619) and a branch rule change unit (4620). In the following, the description of the configuration common to the embodiment 14 will be omitted, and only the configuration characteristic of the present embodiment will be described.

<Explanation of Embodiment 15 Configuration>
<Implementation 15 Conflict Resolution Status Information Acquisition Department A>
The “dispute resolution status information acquisition unit A” acquires dispute resolution status information which is information indicating the dispute resolution status as a result of the subsequent processing branched at the subsequent processing branching unit. "Dispute resolution status information" is information indicating whether or not a settlement has been reached as a result of branching of subsequent processing. The dispute resolution status information indicating that the settlement has not been reached may be only the unsuccessful settlement, but it is conceivable to combine the information indicating the possibility of the settlement with the information indicating the ratio to obtain the dispute resolution status information. The possibility of a settlement may be judged from the size of the discrepancy by comparing the denial items with the parties' settlement proposals.

The dispute resolution status information acquisition unit A can automatically acquire the creation status of the settlement contract by the settlement contract creation status acquisition means and acquire the dispute resolution status information. Alternatively, the dispute resolution status information acquisition unit A is output from the secretariat server to the procedure implementer and / and the terminal of the secretariat, and the interface button of the output dispute resolution status information acquisition unit A is used to conclude, not conclude, or fail the settlement contract. , Etc. can also be configured to be selectively pressed. It is assumed that unconcluded will be used properly if there is no response within the period and if it is clearly indicated that the bankruptcy does not agree with the settlement agreement within the period, but these two cases are combined into one. It is also possible to process.

<Embodiment 15 Branch Rule Change Unit>
The "branch rule changing unit" changes the branch rule held in the branch rule holding unit according to the acquired dispute resolution status information. From the dispute resolution status information acquired by the dispute resolution status information acquisition department, the extent to which a settlement has been reached, a settlement has not been reached, or a settlement has not been reached as a result of branching at the subsequent processing branch section. Analyze whether there is a possibility of a settlement, and change the branch rule so that the subsequent processing selected by the branch rule selected according to the acquired permission / denial information is changed. For example, if both parties are denying only a part and the denial is more than 80% of the total clause, if it is the branching rule before the change, they choose to create a settlement plan again. However, if the result that the settlement is not established continues after that, it is conceivable to change the branching rule so as to select a different settlement method by a method such as a conference call instead of creating a settlement again.

<Embodiment 15 Hardware Configuration>
47a and 47b show an example of the hardware configuration of the alternative dispute resolution system according to the fifteenth embodiment. Specifically, the functions described above are executed by using computer resources as follows. The present invention can basically be configured by a general-purpose computer, a program, and various devices. The operation of a computer basically takes the form of loading a program recorded in a non-volatile memory into a main memory and executing processing in the main memory, a CPU, and various devices. Communication with the device is done via an interface connected to the bus line. The interface may be a display interface, a keyboard, a communication buffer, or the like. As shown in this figure, the hardware configuration of the out-of-court dispute resolution procedure system of the fifteenth embodiment is also stored in the non-volatile memory, the procedure implementation candidate identification information which is the identification information of the out-of-court dispute resolution procedure implementation candidate, and the procedure implementation candidate identification information thereof. The procedure implementation candidate information storage program that stores the procedure implementation candidate information that is information about the procedure implementation candidate identified by the identification information, the claimant information including at least the claimant's name from the claimant terminal, and the other party are specified. The petitioner identification information that identifies the petitioner, which is also used to access this system, by acquiring the input information including at least the other party information (including the other party identification information). The petition information retention program that holds the petition information associated with the petition identification information in association with the petition identification information, and the acquisition of evidence information to acquire the evidence information to confirm the claimant based on the "retained petition information". Accepts the input of the result of determining whether the input person who input the input information from the applicant terminal based on the program, the acquired evidence information, and the retained complaint information is the applicant himself / herself in association with the applicant identification information. The petitioner's own judgment result reception program and information (including conversational cases) to explain what the out-of-court dispute resolution procedure is in relation to the petition information held have already been presented. It is information indicating that the explained input reception program that accepts the explained input that is the input to the effect in association with the petitioner identification information and the fee for the out-of-court dispute resolution procedure in association with the petition identification information have been paid. The fee-paid information acquisition judgment program that determines whether the fee-paid information has been acquired, and the petitioner's own judgment result reception department accepts the input of the petitioner's own judgment result, and the explained input reception department accepts the explained input. It is said that the comprehensive judgment program that determines whether the fee payment information has been acquired by the fee payment information acquisition judgment department and the conditions are comprehensively satisfied, and the conditions of the judgment result by the comprehensive judgment department are comprehensively satisfied. If it is the result of the judgment of, it is confirmed that the petition for the out-of-court dispute resolution procedure has been accepted, and at least the legal final preservation program that is stored in the system in association with the retained petition identification information and the accumulated procedure Procedure for selecting implementation candidate identification information for case processing and accepting the association with the petition identification information held in the petition information holding department Judgment whether the implementation candidate selection reception program and the other party submitted an answer The answer document submission decision program and the answer sheet Obtain the settlement plan template holding program that holds the settlement plan template that should be used when it is judged that there was a submission, and the settlement plan template that is held when the answer sheet is submitted, and answer the answer. An information presentation window that can be viewed by entering the procedure implementer identification information associated with the petition identification information identified in the application identification information of the program, and can be viewed and edited via the network identified by the procedure implementer identification information. An information presentation window that can be viewed by inputting the procedure implementer identification information and the settlement proposal template output program that outputs the template of the settlement plan acquired in, and is identified by the procedure implementer identification information and can be viewed and edited via the network. An editing program for editing the settlement proposal template output to, a settlement proposal information retention program that retains the edited settlement proposal template as settlement proposal information, and a settlement proposal information output that outputs the retained settlement proposal information. The program and the approval / disapproval information, which is the information indicating the approval / disapproval of the settlement proposal output from the settlement proposal output unit, can be viewed by inputting the applicant identification information, and can be viewed and answered via the network identified by the applicant identification information. Possible information presentation window, information presentation window that can be browsed by inputting the other party's identification information, can be viewed and answered via the network identified by the other party's identification information, can be browsed by inputting the person in charge identification information, the person in charge Information presentation window identified by identification information that can be viewed and answered via the network, information that can be viewed by inputting the procedure implementer identification information, and information that can be viewed and answered via the network identified by the procedure implementer identification information A permission / rejection information acquisition program that is acquired via any one or more of the presentation windows, and a branching rule holding program that holds a branching rule that branches the subsequent processing regarding the settlement according to the permission / rejection information in the permission / rejection information acquisition unit. , The subsequent processing branch program that branches the subsequent processing regarding the settlement according to the permission / rejection information in the permission / rejection information acquisition unit and the held branch rule, and the dispute resolution status as a result of the subsequent processing branched in the subsequent processing branch unit. A dispute resolution status information acquisition program A that acquires dispute resolution status information, which is information indicating the above, and a branch rule change program that changes the branch rule held in the branch rule holding unit according to the acquired dispute resolution status information. Are retained, and these programs are the main memo based on the execution instructions of a series of programs. It is read into the program and these programs are executed based on the operation start command. It is preferable that these programs are continuously resident in the main memory except during maintenance, and that the application is always accepted and the management of the application for which the acceptance is confirmed is continued. As with the program, the data includes procedure implementation candidate identification information, procedure implementation candidate information, petition information, input information, petitioner information, counterparty information, counterparty identification information, petitioner identification information, petition identification information, and evidence information. , Applicant's judgment result accepted information, explained input accepted information, fee paid information, judgment result, comprehensive positive judgment result, petition acceptance confirmation information, answer document submission / non-submission judgment result, settlement proposal template, editing information , Settlement proposal information, permission / rejection information, branching rule, subsequent processing information, dispute resolution status information, change branching rule, various setting information such as communication not shown, etc. are held in the non-volatile memory and loaded into the main memory, and a series of It is referred to and used when executing the program. In this computer, a non-volatile memory, a main memory, a CPU, and an interface (for example, a display, a keyboard, communication, etc.) are connected to a bus line so that they can communicate with each other.

<Example 15 Processing flow>
FIG. 48 is a diagram showing an example of the processing flow of the alternative dispute resolution procedure system in the fifteenth embodiment. As shown in the figure, reference numerals 4801 to 4825 and reference numerals 4829 to 4831 are consistent with the processing flow shown in FIG. 45 for the fourth embodiment, and detailed description of each step is given for each step in the eleventh embodiment. It has already been explained in the explanation of. Therefore, in the present embodiment, the process flow of the steps indicated by reference numerals 4286 to 4828 and reference numeral 4528 will be described in detail.

As a result of the judgment in the branch end determination step (4825) After the YES branch that determines that the branch is not terminated, it is determined whether the dispute resolution status information has been acquired, the dispute resolution status information acquisition determination step A (4826). To process. If the judgment result in the dispute resolution status information acquisition determination step A is a NO branch indicating that the dispute resolution status information has been acquired, the process returns to the dispute resolution status information acquisition determination step A. In the case of a YES branch indicating that the dispute resolution status information has been acquired as a result of the processing in the dispute resolution status information acquisition determination step A, the branch rule change presence / absence determination step (4827) is processed. If NO indicates that the branch rule is not changed as a result of the process of the branch rule change presence / absence step, the procedure ends without changing the branch rule. In the case of a YES branch indicating that the determination result in the branch rule change presence / absence determination step (4827) branches, the branch rule change recording step (4828) is processed.

<Embodiment 16>
<Outline of Embodiment 16>
The alternative dispute resolution system of the present embodiment is characterized in that, in addition to the features of the invention described in the 14th embodiment or the 15th claim, not only the branching rule but also the subsequent processing is additionally changed by learning.

<Structure of Embodiment 16 Invention>
FIG. 49 is an example of the functional configuration diagram of the alternative dispute resolution procedure system in the 16th embodiment. The alternative dispute resolution procedure system of the 16th embodiment illustrated in FIG. 49 includes a procedure implementation candidate information storage department (4901), a petition information holding department (4902), an evidence information acquisition department (4903), and the petitioner himself / herself. Judgment result reception department (4904), explained input reception department (4905), fee payment information acquisition judgment department (4906), comprehensive judgment department (4907), legal confirmation storage department (4908), and procedures Implementation candidate selection reception department (4909), answer report submission presence / absence judgment department (4910), multiple settlement proposal template holding means (4911), settlement proposal template output unit (4912), editorial department (4913), Settlement proposal information holding unit (4914), settlement proposal information output unit (4915), permission / rejection information acquisition unit (4916), branch rule holding unit (4917), subsequent processing branching unit (4918), and dispute resolution status It has a secretariat server including an information acquisition unit B (4919), a subsequent processing holding unit (4920), and a subsequent processing addition / change unit (4921). In the following, the description of the configuration common to the embodiment 14 or the embodiment 15 will be omitted, and only the configuration characteristic of the present embodiment will be described.

<Explanation of Embodiment 16 Configuration>
<Embodiment 16 Conflict Resolution Status Information Acquisition Department B>
The “dispute resolution status information acquisition unit B” acquires dispute resolution status information which is information indicating the dispute resolution status as a result of the subsequent processing branched at the subsequent processing branching unit. The definition of dispute resolution status information has already been described in Embodiment 15. Since the function of the dispute resolution status information acquisition unit B is the same as that of the dispute resolution status information acquisition unit A of the fifteenth embodiment, the description thereof will be omitted.

<Embodiment 16 Subsequent processing holding unit>
The "subsequent processing holding unit" holds the subsequent processing that should be branched at the subsequent processing branching unit according to the acquired dispute resolution status information. Subsequent processing is selected according to the branch rule. Specific examples of the subsequent processing include creating a settlement plan again, making a conference call, and ending the procedure without the settlement being finalized.

<Embodiment 16 Subsequent processing addition / change unit>
The "subsequent processing addition / change unit" additionally / changes the subsequent processing to be performed by branching at the subsequent processing branching unit according to the acquired dispute resolution status information. Not only the subsequent processing held in the subsequent processing holding unit, but also a new subsequent processing method is additionally changed. For example, in the specific example of the subsequent processing mentioned above, it is conceivable to underground the subsequent processing such as persuading several times by telephone to create a settlement plan again.

<Embodiment 16 Hardware Configuration>
50a and 50b show an example of the hardware configuration of the alternative dispute resolution system according to the sixteenth embodiment. Specifically, the functions described above are executed by using computer resources as follows. The present invention can basically be configured by a general-purpose computer, a program, and various devices. The operation of a computer basically takes the form of loading a program recorded in a non-volatile memory into a main memory and executing processing in the main memory, a CPU, and various devices. Communication with the device is done via an interface connected to the bus line. The interface may be a display interface, a keyboard, a communication buffer, or the like. As shown in this figure, the hardware configuration of the out-of-court dispute resolution procedure system of the 16th embodiment is also stored in the non-volatile memory, the procedure implementation candidate identification information which is the identification information of the out-of-court dispute resolution procedure implementation candidate, and the procedure implementation candidate identification information thereof. The procedure implementation candidate information storage program that stores the procedure implementation candidate information that is information about the procedure implementation candidate identified by the identification information, the claimant information including at least the claimant's name from the claimant terminal, and the other party are specified. The petitioner identification information that identifies the petitioner, which is also used to access this system, by acquiring the input information including at least the other party information (including the other party identification information). The petition information retention program that holds the petition information associated with the petition identification information in association with the petition identification information, and the acquisition of evidence information to acquire the evidence information to confirm the claimant based on the "retained petition information". Accepts the input of the result of determining whether the input person who input the input information from the applicant terminal based on the program, the acquired evidence information, and the retained complaint information is the applicant himself / herself in association with the applicant identification information. The petitioner's own judgment result reception program and information (including conversational cases) to explain what the out-of-court dispute resolution procedure is in relation to the petition information held have already been presented. It is information indicating that the explained input reception program that accepts the explained input that is the input to the effect in association with the petitioner identification information and the fee for the out-of-court dispute resolution procedure in association with the petition identification information have been paid. The fee-paid information acquisition judgment program that determines whether the fee-paid information has been acquired, and the petitioner's own judgment result reception department accepts the input of the petitioner's own judgment result, and the explained input reception department accepts the explained input. It is said that the comprehensive judgment program that determines whether the fee payment information has been acquired by the fee payment information acquisition judgment department and the conditions are comprehensively satisfied, and the conditions of the judgment result by the comprehensive judgment department are comprehensively satisfied. If it is the result of the judgment of, it is confirmed that the petition for the out-of-court dispute resolution procedure has been accepted, and at least the legal final preservation program that is stored in the system in association with the retained petition identification information and the accumulated procedure Procedure for selecting implementation candidate identification information for case processing and accepting the association with the petition identification information held in the petition information holding department Judgment whether the implementation candidate selection reception program and the other party submitted an answer The answer document submission decision program and the answer sheet Obtain the settlement plan template holding program that holds the settlement plan template that should be used when it is judged that there was a submission, and the settlement plan template that is held when the answer sheet is submitted, and answer the answer. An information presentation window that can be viewed by entering the procedure implementer identification information associated with the petition identification information identified in the application identification information of the program, and can be viewed and edited via the network identified by the procedure implementer identification information. An information presentation window that can be viewed by inputting the procedure implementer identification information and the settlement proposal template output program that outputs the template of the settlement plan acquired in, and is identified by the procedure implementer identification information and can be viewed and edited via the network. An editing program for editing the settlement plan template output to, a settlement plan information holding program that holds the edited settlement plan template as settlement plan information, and a settlement plan information output that outputs the held settlement plan information. The program and the approval / disapproval information, which is the information indicating the approval / disapproval of the settlement proposal output from the settlement proposal output unit, can be viewed by inputting the applicant identification information, and can be viewed and answered via the network identified by the applicant identification information. Possible information presentation window, information presentation window that can be browsed by inputting the other party's identification information, can be viewed and answered via the network identified by the other party's identification information, can be browsed by inputting the person in charge identification information, the person in charge Information presentation window identified by identification information that can be viewed and answered via the network, information that can be viewed by inputting the procedure implementer identification information, and information that can be viewed and answered via the network identified by the procedure implementer identification information A permission / rejection information acquisition program that is acquired via any one or more of the presentation windows, and a branching rule holding program that holds a branching rule that branches the subsequent processing regarding the settlement according to the permission / rejection information in the permission / rejection information acquisition unit. , The subsequent processing branch program that branches the subsequent processing regarding the settlement according to the permission / rejection information in the permission / rejection information acquisition unit and the held branch rule, and the dispute resolution status as a result of the subsequent processing branched in the subsequent processing branch unit. A dispute resolution status information acquisition program B that acquires dispute resolution status information, which is information indicating the above, and a subsequent processing retention program that retains subsequent processing that should be branched at the subsequent processing branch according to the acquired dispute resolution status information. And, the subsequent processing that should be performed by branching at the subsequent processing branch according to the acquired dispute resolution status information Subsequent processing additional change programs to be added and changed by the processing holding unit are held, and these programs are read into the main memory based on the execution instruction of a series of programs, and these programs are added based on the operation start instruction. Is executed. It is preferable that these programs are continuously resident in the main memory except during maintenance, and that the application is always accepted and the management of the application for which the acceptance is confirmed is continued. As with the program, the data includes procedure implementation candidate identification information, procedure implementation candidate information, petition information, input information, petitioner information, counterparty information, counterparty identification information, petitioner identification information, petition identification information, and evidence information. , Applicant's judgment result accepted information, explained input accepted information, fee paid information, judgment result, comprehensive positive judgment result, petition acceptance confirmation information, answer document submission / non-submission judgment result, settlement proposal template, editing information , Settlement proposal information, permission / disapproval information, branch rule, subsequent processing information, dispute resolution status information, additional change subsequent processing information, various setting information such as communication (not shown), etc. are held in the non-volatile memory and loaded into the main memory. It is referred to and used when executing a series of programs. In this computer, a non-volatile memory, a main memory, a CPU, and an interface (for example, a display, a keyboard, communication, etc.) are connected to a bus line so that they can communicate with each other.

<Example 16 Processing flow>
FIG. 51 is a diagram showing an example of the processing flow of the alternative dispute resolution procedure system in the 16th embodiment. As shown in the figure, reference numerals 5101 to 5127 coincide with the processing flow shown in FIG. 48 for the 16th embodiment, and detailed description of each step has already been described in the description of each step in the 16th embodiment. Is. Therefore, in the present embodiment, the processing flow of the addition / change / change recording step indicated by reference numeral 5128 will be described in detail.

In the addition / change change recording step, if the judgment result in the subsequent processing addition / change presence / absence determination unit has additional changes, the subsequent processing addition / change unit makes a change to add the subsequent processing held by the subsequent processing holding unit. The change is recorded in the subsequent processing storage unit.

<Embodiment 17>
<Outline of Embodiment 17>
The invention in the present embodiment is characterized in that, in addition to the features described in either the first embodiment or the 16th embodiment, the suspension of the procedure can be filed by any of the parties.

<Structure of the 17th Invention>
FIG. 52 is an example of the functional configuration diagram of the alternative dispute resolution procedure system in the seventeenth embodiment. The alternative dispute resolution procedure system of the 17th embodiment illustrated in FIG. 52 includes a procedure implementation candidate information storage unit (5201), a petition information holding department (5202), an evidence information acquisition department (5203), and the petitioner himself / herself. Judgment result reception department (5204), explained input reception department (5205), fee payment information acquisition judgment department (5206), comprehensive judgment department (5207), legal confirmation storage department (5208), and procedures The secretariat consists of an implementation candidate selection reception unit (5209), a procedure cancellation intention display information acquisition unit (5210), a procedure cancellation intention display additional recording unit (5211), and a procedure cancellation intention display output unit (5212). Has a server. In the following, the description of the common configuration with the first embodiment or the 17th embodiment will be omitted, and only the configuration characteristic of the present embodiment will be described.

<Explanation of Embodiment 17 Configuration>
<Embodiment 17 Procedure Cancellation Manifestation Information Acquisition Department>
The "Procedure Cancellation Intention Information Acquisition Department" is the information that the secretariat server has declared the intention to cancel the procedure from any one or more of the petitioner, the procedure implementer, and the other party. Acquire information on manifestation of intention to cancel a certain procedure. "Procedure cancellation manifestation information" means to cancel in the middle of the procedure without waiting for the conclusion of the settlement, which is the ultimate purpose of the processing of the dispute resolution procedure using this alternative dispute resolution procedure system. It is a manifestation of intention to show. The declaration of intention to cancel the procedure may be obtained at any time during the procedure, and if the manifestation of intention to cancel the procedure is obtained, the procedure can be canceled at any stage at any stage. It is possible.

The manifestation of intention to cancel the procedure can be shown by anyone who participates in the procedure. For example, it is considered that the petitioner can declare the intention to cancel the procedure when he / she loses the intention to resolve the dispute using this procedure. It is considered that the other party can declare the intention to cancel the procedure, for example, when the intention to use this procedure is lost. It is considered that the practitioner of the procedure can declare the intention to cancel the procedure, for example, when he / she finds that there is no possibility of settlement even if he / she continues this procedure.

The interface button indicated by reference numeral 8904 in the procedure practitioner's petition management window M (8901) illustrated in FIG. 89 is an interface button of the procedure cancellation intention display acquisition unit output by the secretariat server. When the interface button is pressed, the procedure cancellation manifestation manifestation of the secretariat server acquires the procedure cancellation manifestation.

<Embodiment 17 Procedure Cancellation Manifestation Additional Recording Unit>
When the procedure suspension manifestation information is acquired, the "procedure suspension manifestation additional recording unit" records and retains the procedure suspension manifestation information in association with the petition identification information in the petition information holding section. By recording the procedure cancellation intention display information acquired by the procedure cancellation intention display information acquisition department in the petition information holding department in association with the petition identification information, the procedure to be canceled from now on was legally canceled by the petition from whom. It can be configured so that it can be confirmed after the fact. If the procedure is canceled halfway, the person who manages and operates this alternative dispute resolution procedure system is likely to bear the highest risk after the fact, so record that the procedure was canceled as a legitimate process. It is important to keep it.

<Embodiment 17 Procedure Cancellation Manifestation Output Unit>
The "procedure cancellation intention display output unit" outputs information to that effect when one or more procedure cancellation intention display information is associated with the petition identification information held in the petition information holding unit. In order to notify the parties concerned that the procedure has been canceled, the procedure suspension manifestation of intention output unit, when the procedure cancellation intention display information is associated with the petition identification information, displays the procedure cancellation intention display to the parties concerned. Output to the window of the terminal of. It is not necessary to indicate from whom the procedure was canceled by the declaration of intention to cancel the procedure, but from the viewpoint of fairness and transparency of the procedure, who requested the procedure to be canceled? It is preferable to clarify. Therefore, when outputting the manifestation of intention to cancel the procedure, information such as "This procedure was canceled at the discretion of the procedure implementer" or "This procedure was canceled due to the intention of the other party" is output. Is preferably displayed in the window.

<Embodiment 17 Hardware Configuration>
FIG. 53 shows an example of the hardware configuration of the alternative dispute resolution system according to the seventeenth embodiment. Specifically, the functions described above are executed by using computer resources as follows. The present invention can basically be configured by a general-purpose computer, a program, and various devices. The operation of a computer basically takes the form of loading a program recorded in a non-volatile memory into a main memory and executing processing in the main memory, a CPU, and various devices. Communication with the device is done via an interface connected to the bus line. The interface may be a display interface, a keyboard, a communication buffer, or the like. As shown in this figure, the hardware configuration of the alternative dispute resolution procedure system of the 17th embodiment is also stored in the non-volatile memory, the alternative dispute resolution procedure implementation candidate identification information, which is the identification information of the alternative dispute resolution procedure implementation candidate, and the procedure implementation candidate identification information thereof. The procedure implementation candidate information storage program that accumulates the procedure implementation candidate information that is information about the procedure implementation candidate identified by the identification information, the claimant information including at least the claimant's name from the claimant terminal, and the other party are specified. Acquire input information including at least the other party information (including the other party identification information), and identify the claimant information and the other party information, and the claimant identification information that is also used to access this system. The petition information retention program that holds the petition information associated with the petition identification information in association with the petition identification information, and the acquisition of evidence information to acquire the evidence information to confirm the claimant based on the "held petition information". Accepts the input of the result of determining whether the input person who input the input information from the applicant terminal based on the program, the acquired evidence information, and the retained complaint information is the applicant himself / herself in association with the applicant identification information. The petitioner's judgment result reception program and the presentation of information (including conversational cases) to explain what the alternative dispute resolution procedure is in relation to the petition information held have been completed. It is information indicating that the explained input reception program that accepts the explained input that is the input to the effect in association with the petitioner identification information and the fee for the alternative dispute resolution procedure have been paid in association with the allegation identification information. The fee-paid information acquisition judgment program that determines whether the fee-paid information has been acquired, and the petitioner's own judgment result reception department accepts the input of the petitioner's own judgment result, and the explained input reception department accepts the explained input. It is said that the comprehensive judgment program that determines whether the fee payment information has been acquired by the fee payment information acquisition judgment department and the conditions are comprehensively satisfied, and the conditions of the judgment result by the comprehensive judgment department are comprehensively satisfied. If it is the result of the judgment of, it is confirmed that the alternative dispute resolution procedure has been accepted, and at least the legal final preservation program that is stored in the system in association with the retained petition identification information and the accumulated procedure Procedures for selecting implementation candidate identification information for case processing and accepting the association with the petition identification information held in the petition information holding department The implementation candidate selection reception program, the petitioner, the procedure implementer, or the other party A hand that indicates the intention to cancel the procedure from one or more The procedure cancellation intention manifestation information acquisition program that acquires the procedure cancellation manifestation information, which is the information that there was a declaration of intention to cancel the procedure, and the procedure cancellation intention in association with the petition identification information when the procedure cancellation manifestation information is acquired. One or more manifestation of intention to cancel the procedure is associated with the declaration of intention to cancel the procedure, which associates the displayed information and records it in the petition information holding department, and the declaration of intention to cancel the procedure, which is held in the petition information holding department. In some cases, a procedure stop manifestation manifestation output program that outputs information to that effect is retained, and these programs are read into the main memory based on the execution instructions of a series of programs, and based on the operation start instruction. These programs are executed. It is preferable that these programs are continuously resident in the main memory except during maintenance, and that the application is always accepted and the management of the application for which the acceptance is confirmed is continued. As with the program, the data includes procedure implementation candidate identification information, procedure implementation candidate information, petition information, input information, petitioner information, counterparty information, counterparty identification information, petitioner identification information, petition identification information, and evidence information. , Applicant's judgment result accepted information, explained input accepted information, fee paid information, judgment result, comprehensive positive judgment result, petition acceptance confirmation information, procedure cancellation intention display information, communication not shown, etc. Setting information and the like are held in the non-volatile memory, loaded into the main memory, and referred to and used when executing a series of programs. In this computer, a non-volatile memory, a main memory, a CPU, and an interface (for example, a display, a keyboard, communication, etc.) are connected to a bus line so that they can communicate with each other.

<Implementation 17 Processing Flow>
In the case of a YES branch indicating that the procedure cancellation manifestation of intention has not been acquired as a result of the judgment of the procedure cancellation manifestation of intention acquisition determination step (5401) for determining whether the procedure cancellation intention manifestation information acquisition department has acquired the procedure cancellation manifestation of intention. Is processed in the procedure continuation determination step (5406) to determine if the procedure is still ongoing. When information indicating that the procedure is being continued is acquired as a result of the judgment in the procedure continuation judgment step, the procedure cancellation intention manifestation acquisition judgment step is performed to judge whether or not the procedure suspension manifestation information has been acquired again. Return to (5401). If the judgment result in the procedure continuation judgment step (5406) is a NO branch indicating that the procedure is not continued, the process ends. As a result of the judgment in the procedure cancellation intention manifestation information acquisition judgment step (5401), in the case of a YES branch indicating that the procedure cancellation manifestation of intention has been acquired, the acquired procedure suspension manifestation information is added to the petition information holding section. In order to record, the procedure cancellation intention manifestation information additional recording step (5402) is processed. After that, in order to output the manifestation of intention to cancel the procedure to the parties concerned, the procedure cancellation manifestation of intention output step (5403) is processed. After that, the procedure suspension process step (5404), which performs the procedure suspension process for suspending the procedure, is processed, and the procedure is suspended in order to record the procedure-related information as if the procedure was completed without suspension. The information recording step (5405) is processed.
The flow chart shown in FIG. 54 can be inserted into any process of the flow chart in the present specification, and the cancellation process can be completed indefinitely until the end of the procedure.

<Embodiment 18>
<Outline of Embodiment 18>
The alternative dispute resolution system in this embodiment is identified by higher title identification information in addition to the features described in any of the 15th to 17th embodiments based on the 14th embodiment or the 14th embodiment. It is characterized in that, after the procedure is completed, the information related to the procedure is stored in a non-editable manner so that only a specific person can access it.

<Structure of the 18th Invention>
FIG. 55 is an example of the functional configuration diagram of the alternative dispute resolution procedure system in the 18th embodiment. The alternative dispute resolution procedure system of the 18th embodiment illustrated in FIG. 55 includes a procedure implementation candidate information storage unit (5501), a petition information holding department (5502), an evidence information acquisition department (5503), and the petitioner himself / herself. Judgment result reception department (5504), explained input reception department (5505), fee payment information acquisition judgment department (5506), comprehensive judgment department (5507), legal confirmation storage department (5508), and procedures Implementation candidate selection reception department (5509), answer report submission presence / absence judgment department (5510), multiple settlement proposal template holding means (5511), settlement proposal template output unit (5512), editorial department (5513), Settlement proposal information holding unit (5514), settlement proposal information output unit (5515), permission / rejection information acquisition unit (5516), branch rule holding unit (5517), subsequent processing branching unit (5518), and termination information acquisition. It has a secretariat server including a unit A (5519), a termination information recording unit A (5520), and a procedure confirmation completion output unit A (5521). In the following, the description of the configuration common to the embodiment 14 or the embodiment 15 to the embodiment 17 based on the embodiment 14 will be omitted, and only the configuration characteristic of the present embodiment will be described.

<Explanation of Embodiment 18 Configuration>
<Embodiment 18 Termination Information Acquisition Unit A>
The "termination information acquisition unit A" acquires the termination information which is the final information of the alternative dispute resolution procedure as a result of the execution of the subsequent processing by the subsequent processing branch unit. The "termination information" is information on whether the settlement was finally established and the procedure was completed, or whether the procedure was not completed without the settlement being established. In the case of cancellation, it can be treated as termination information indicating the unsuccessful settlement, or as cancellation of the procedure, it can be treated as termination information indicating a state different from the establishment / non-establishment of the settlement. Alternatively, it is also possible to configure the process for different termination called the stop process so that it is not included in the termination information.

The acquisition of termination information by acquisition of termination information can be configured so that the secretariat server determines whether or not a settlement agreement has been concluded (means for determining whether or not settlement agreement has been concluded) and automatically acquires it from the determination result. .. However, if the procedure finalization end processing is performed by the procedure finalization end unit output unit A, which will be described later, it will not be possible to access the main information related to the petition anymore, so it is necessary before starting the processing for termination. It is necessary to create various information. Necessary information is automatically generated on the system, for example, an email report, a message report, a voice call report, a progress report that should be created appropriately each time the procedure progresses, etc., exchanged between the procedure implementer and the parties concerned. Various reports that are not done. Therefore, it is necessary to prepare all necessary documents before the secretariat server obtains the termination information. Therefore, it is preferable that the timing of outputting the final information to the secretariat server can be selected by the procedure implementer and / and the person in charge. When the termination information is configured to be acquired at the timing of the procedure implementer and / and the person in charge, the interface button of the termination information acquisition unit A output by the secretariat server to the terminal of the procedure implementer and / and the person in charge is pressed. It is configured to acquire the termination information by.

FIG. 112 is a table of a display window M (11201) including an interface button (11202) of a petition-related main information editing screen output requesting means output by the secretariat server to a terminal connectable to the secretariat server used by the procedure implementer. It is an example. When the interface button of the petition-related main information editing screen output requesting means is pressed, the petition-related main information editing screen illustrated in FIG. 113 is output from the petition-related main information editing screen output unit of the secretariat server. It is preferable that the interface button, interface text box, and interface window of the complaint-related main information editing department output from the secretariat server are displayed on the complaint-related main information editing screen. It is preferable that the petition-related main editing screen is configured so that it can be shared between the procedure implementer and the person in charge who have editing authority. This is because both may have reasons to record as a position to proceed with the procedure. FIG. 114 is a display example of the person in charge window A (11401) that outputs the application-related main information editing screen output means of the secretariat server to a terminal that can be connected to the secretariat server used by the person in charge. In the window M (11301) of the procedure implementer shown in FIG. 113, there is a display column (11302) indicating that the person in charge and the person in charge are in a shared state, and a display column (11303) indicating the person who edited and the date and time of editing. In the window A (11401) of the person in charge shown in FIG. 114, there is a display column (11402) indicating that the procedure is in a shared state with the person performing the procedure, and a display column (11403) indicating the person who edited and the date and time of editing.

In addition, when editing is interrupted in the middle, the interface button (11304) of the interrupted editing information record holding means output by the secretariat server to record and save the edited information interrupted in the middle is also displayed in the window. ing. Further, when the predetermined conditions are satisfied, as shown in FIG. 115 Procedure executor display window M (11501), the secretariat server is used to complete the editing and record and save the main information related to the complaint in association with the identification information of the complaint. It is preferable to display the interface button (11502) of the petition-related main information recording means output by. The reason why the secretariat server does not output the main information recording means related to the petition until the predetermined conditions are met is to prevent the procedure from being inadvertently completed in the state where the record creation has not been completed. Therefore, as a predetermined condition, it is conceivable that the secretariat server's creation mandatory petition-related information acquisition judgment result acquisition means has acquired as a judgment result that the type of petition-related main information that is normally created has been created. Alternatively, the interface button of the self-in-charge petition-related information created acquisition means of the secretariat server is pressed to indicate that both the procedure implementer and the person in charge have completed the creation of the petition-related information to be created by themselves. It is possible that it was obtained in.

When the interface button of the termination information acquisition unit A output by the secretariat server is pressed, the procedure confirmation is executed at the discretion of the higher authority, so basically the procedure implementer and / and the person in charge are after that. You will not be able to participate in the progress of the procedure. Therefore, it is preferable to have a stepwise structure so as to call attention to the fact that the main information related to the petition cannot be edited thereafter. The window M (11501) shows a state in which the termination information acquisition alert screen (11503) output by the termination information acquisition alert screen output means of the secretariat server is displayed.

<Embodiment 18 Termination Information Recording Unit A>
The "termination information recording unit A" records and retains the acquired termination information in association with the petition identification information of the petition information holding unit. When the termination information acquisition unit A of the secretariat server acquires the termination information, the termination information is output to the termination information recording unit A in the secretariat server, and the termination information recording unit A is output from the termination information acquisition unit A. Record the information.

<Embodiment 18 Procedure finalization end unit Output unit A>
"Procedure confirmation end unit output unit A" can be viewed by inputting the higher title identification information that identifies the higher title in the system, and can be viewed and edited via the network identified by the higher title identification information in the information presentation window. The key information associated with the petition identified by the petition identification information associated with the termination information is immutable. The “above title” may be a higher title authority on the system or a higher title authority on the job title. The setting of the superior authority is a design matter of the designer. The superior authority may be configured so that the person in charge of the procedure or the person performing the procedure falls under this category, or only a person who is neither the person in charge nor the person performing the procedure may be the superior authority. In addition, the accessible person identification information may be configured to be used as a password for accessing the main information related to the complaint.

When the interface button of the confirmation end unit A output by the procedure confirmation end unit output unit A of the secretariat server is pressed to the terminal connected to the secretariat server of the terminal used by the person identified by the higher title, the secretariat server Procedure finalization end acquisition unit A acquires the procedure finalization end information. The petition identification information is associated with the procedure finalization end information, but in addition to this, the petition-related main information, which is the main information related to the petition that needs to be saved even after the procedure is completed, shall be associated. Is preferable.

When the higher-level authority presses the interface button of the procedure confirmation end unit A, which outputs the procedure confirmation output unit A of the secretariat server to the window associated with the identification information of the higher-level authority as an interface, the procedure confirmation end process is executed. In the procedure finalization processing, the petition identification information associated with the termination information and the petition-related information associated with it are definitively stored in an immutable format. The storage destination is preferably configured to be in a dedicated server. Since the petition-related information for which the procedure has been finalized is not accessed frequently unlike the petition-related information before finalization, it is safer to store the petition-related information on a server of this system that is different from the server for normal access. It is preferable in terms of improving.

<Embodiment 18 Hardware Configuration>
56a and 56b show an example of the hardware configuration of the alternative dispute resolution system according to the eighteenth embodiment. Specifically, the functions described above are executed by using computer resources as follows. The present invention can basically be configured by a general-purpose computer, a program, and various devices. The operation of a computer basically takes the form of loading a program recorded in a non-volatile memory into a main memory and executing processing in the main memory, a CPU, and various devices. Communication with the device is done via an interface connected to the bus line. The interface may be a display interface, a keyboard, a communication buffer, or the like. As shown in this figure, the hardware configuration of the out-of-court dispute resolution procedure system of the 18th embodiment is also stored in the non-volatile memory, the procedure implementation candidate identification information which is the identification information of the out-of-court dispute resolution procedure implementation candidate, and the procedure implementation candidate identification information thereof. The procedure implementation candidate information storage program that stores the procedure implementation candidate information that is information about the procedure implementation candidate identified by the identification information, the claimant information including at least the claimant's name from the claimant terminal, and the other party are specified. The petitioner identification information that identifies the petitioner, which is also used to access this system, by acquiring the input information including at least the other party information (including the other party identification information). The petition information retention program that holds the petition information associated with the petition identification information in association with the petition identification information, and the acquisition of evidence information to acquire the evidence information to confirm the claimant based on the "retained petition information". Accepts the input of the result of determining whether the input person who input the input information from the applicant terminal based on the program, the acquired evidence information, and the retained complaint information is the applicant himself / herself in association with the applicant identification information. The petitioner's own judgment result reception program and information (including conversational cases) to explain what the out-of-court dispute resolution procedure is in relation to the petition information held have already been presented. It is information indicating that the explained input reception program that accepts the explained input that is the input to the effect in association with the petitioner identification information and the fee for the out-of-court dispute resolution procedure in association with the petition identification information have been paid. The fee-paid information acquisition judgment program that determines whether the fee-paid information has been acquired, and the petitioner's own judgment result reception department accepts the input of the petitioner's own judgment result, and the explained input reception department accepts the explained input. It is said that the comprehensive judgment program that determines whether the fee payment information has been acquired by the fee payment information acquisition judgment department and the conditions are comprehensively satisfied, and the conditions of the judgment result by the comprehensive judgment department are comprehensively satisfied. If it is the result of the judgment of, it is confirmed that the petition for the out-of-court dispute resolution procedure has been accepted, and at least the legal final preservation program that is stored in the system in association with the retained petition identification information and the accumulated procedure Procedure for selecting implementation candidate identification information for case processing and accepting the association with the petition identification information held in the petition information holding department Judgment whether the implementation candidate selection reception program and the other party submitted an answer The answer document submission decision program and the answer sheet Obtain the settlement plan template holding program that holds the settlement plan template that should be used when it is judged that there was a submission, and the settlement plan template that is held when the answer sheet is submitted, and answer the answer. An information presentation window that can be viewed by entering the procedure implementer identification information associated with the petition identification information identified in the application identification information of the program, and can be viewed and edited via the network identified by the procedure implementer identification information. An information presentation window that can be viewed by inputting the procedure implementer identification information and the settlement proposal template output program that outputs the template of the settlement plan acquired in, and is identified by the procedure implementer identification information and can be viewed and edited via the network. An editing program for editing the settlement plan template output to, a settlement plan information holding program that holds the edited settlement plan template as settlement plan information, and a settlement plan information output that outputs the held settlement plan information. The program and the approval / disapproval information, which is the information indicating the approval / disapproval of the settlement proposal output from the settlement proposal output unit, can be viewed by inputting the applicant identification information, and can be viewed and answered via the network identified by the applicant identification information. Possible information presentation window, information presentation window that can be viewed and answered via the network identified by the other party's identification information, can be viewed by inputting the person in charge identification information, can be viewed by inputting the person in charge identification information Information presentation window identified by identification information that can be viewed and answered via the network, information that can be viewed by entering the procedure implementer identification information, and information that is identified by the procedure implementer identification information and can be viewed and answered via the network A permission / rejection information acquisition program acquired via any one or more of the presentation windows, and a branching rule holding program that holds a branching rule that branches the subsequent processing regarding the settlement according to the permission / rejection information in the permission / rejection information acquisition unit. , The final out-of-judgment as a result of the execution of the subsequent processing by the subsequent processing branch program and the subsequent processing branch program that branches the subsequent processing regarding the settlement according to the permission information and the retained branch rule in the permission / rejection information acquisition unit. The termination information acquisition program A that acquires the termination information that is the termination information of the dispute resolution procedure, the termination information recording program A that records and retains the acquired termination information in association with the complaint identification information of the petition information holding department, and the system upper authority. It becomes possible to browse by inputting the higher authority identification information, and it is identified by the upper authority identification information. Procedure finalization that outputs the procedure finalization that makes the main information related to the petition unchangeable, which is identified by the petition identification information recorded in association with the closing information in the information presentation window that can be viewed and edited via the network. The end unit output program A and is held, these programs are read into the main memory based on the execution instructions of a series of programs, and these programs are executed based on the operation start instruction. It is preferable that these programs are continuously resident in the main memory except during maintenance, and that the application is always accepted and the management of the application for which the acceptance is confirmed is continued. As with the program, the data includes procedure implementation candidate identification information, procedure implementation candidate information, petition information, input information, petitioner information, counterparty information, counterparty identification information, petitioner identification information, petition identification information, and evidence information. , Applicant's judgment result accepted information, explained input accepted information, fee paid information, judgment result, comprehensive positive judgment result, petition acceptance confirmation information, answer document submission / non-submission judgment result, settlement proposal template, editing information , Settlement proposal information, permission / rejection information, branch rule, subsequent processing information, termination information, petition-related main information, various setting information such as communication (not shown), etc. are held in the non-volatile memory, loaded into the main memory, and a series of programs. It is referred to and used at the time of execution. In this computer, a non-volatile memory, a main memory, a CPU, and an interface (for example, a display, a keyboard, communication, etc.) are connected to a bus line so that they can communicate with each other.

<Example 18 Processing flow>
FIG. 57 is a diagram showing an example of the processing flow of the alternative dispute resolution procedure system in the eighteenth embodiment. As shown in the figure, reference numerals 5701 to 5725 correspond to the processing flow shown in FIG. 45 for the fourth embodiment, and detailed description of each step has already been described in the description of each step in the fourteenth embodiment. Is. Therefore, in the present embodiment, the processing flow of the steps indicated by reference numerals 5726 to 5728 will be described in detail.

When the determination result in the branch end determination step is a YES branch indicating the end of the branch, the termination information acquisition step A (5726) for acquiring the termination information is processed. When the termination information acquisition step A is processed, the termination information recording step A (5727) for associating the termination information with the petition identification information and holding it in the petition holding unit is processed. After the termination information recording step A is processed, the procedure finalization end unit output step A (5728) is processed in order to deterministically store the petition-related information.

<Embodiment 19>
<Outline of Embodiment 19>
The alternative dispute resolution system of the present embodiment is the identification associated with the petition identification information, in addition to the features described in any of the 15th to 17th embodiments based on the 14th embodiment or the 14th embodiment. It is characterized by disassociating the information and definitively storing the main information related to the complaint.

<Structure of the 19th Invention>
FIG. 58 is an example of the functional configuration diagram of the alternative dispute resolution procedure system according to the nineteenth embodiment. The alternative dispute resolution procedure system of the 19th embodiment illustrated in FIG. 58 includes a procedure implementation candidate information storage unit (5801), a petition information holding department (5802), an evidence information acquisition department (5803), and the petitioner himself / herself. Judgment result reception department (5804), explained input reception department (5805), fee payment information acquisition judgment department (5806), comprehensive judgment department (5807), legal confirmation storage department (5808), and procedures Implementation candidate selection reception department (5809), answer report submission presence / absence judgment department (5810), multiple settlement proposal template holding means (5811), settlement proposal template output unit (5812), editorial department (5813), Settlement proposal information holding unit (5814), settlement proposal information output unit (5815), permission / rejection information acquisition unit (5516), branch rule holding unit (5517), subsequent processing branching unit (5818), and termination information acquisition. It has a secretariat server including a unit B (5819), a termination information recording unit B (5820), and a procedure confirmation completion output unit B (5821). In the following, the description of the configuration common to the embodiment 14 or the embodiment 15 to the embodiment 17 based on the embodiment 14 will be omitted, and only the configuration characteristic of the present embodiment will be described.

<Explanation of Embodiment 19 Configuration>
<Embodiment 19 Termination Information Acquisition Unit B>
The termination information acquisition unit B acquires the termination information which is the termination information of the final alternative dispute resolution procedure as a result of the execution of the succession processing by the succession processing branch unit. Since the definition of "termination information" has already been described in the 18th embodiment, the description thereof will be omitted in the present embodiment. Since the function of the termination information acquisition unit B is the same as the function of the termination information acquisition unit A of the eighth embodiment, the description has already been described in the eighth embodiment, and thus the description thereof will be omitted in the present embodiment.

<Embodiment 19 Termination Information Recording Unit B>
The "termination information recording unit B" records and retains the acquired termination information in association with the complaint identification information of the complaint information holding unit. Since the function of the termination information recording unit B is the same as the function of the termination information recording unit A of the eighth embodiment, the description has already been described in the eighth embodiment, and thus the description thereof will be omitted in the present embodiment.

<Embodiment 19 Procedure confirmation end unit output unit B>
"Procedure confirmation end unit output unit B" can be viewed by inputting the higher title identification information that identifies the higher title in the system, and can be viewed and edited via the network identified by the higher title identification information in the information presentation window. The other party identification information, the petitioner identification information, the procedure execution candidate identification information, the procedure implementer identification information, the procedure implementation consignment related to the petition identified by the petition identification information recorded in association with the termination information in the petition information holding department. Eliminate the association of one or more of the person identification information and the person in charge identification information. Since the system upper authority has already been described in the eighteenth embodiment, the description thereof will be omitted in the present embodiment. In the procedure finalization end unit output section B, the petitioner identification information, the other party identification information, the procedure implementer identification information, the procedure implementer identification information, and the procedure execution consignment associated with the petition identification information to which the petition-related main information is associated. Accessible persons can be restricted by canceling the association of any one or more of the person identification information and the person in charge identification information. It is preferable that the person identification information that maintains the association is set as a password for accessing the main information related to the complaint. When the association is canceled, it cannot be accessed from the person identification information for which the association has been canceled, and it can be configured to be accessible only from the person identification information left without breaking the association.

<Embodiment 19 Hardware Configuration>
59a and 59b show an example of the hardware configuration of the alternative dispute resolution system according to the nineteenth embodiment. Specifically, the functions described above are executed by using computer resources as follows. The present invention can basically be configured by a general-purpose computer, a program, and various devices. The operation of a computer basically takes the form of loading a program recorded in a non-volatile memory into a main memory and executing processing in the main memory, a CPU, and various devices. Communication with the device is done via an interface connected to the bus line. The interface may be a display interface, a keyboard, a communication buffer, or the like. As shown in this figure, the hardware configuration of the out-of-court dispute resolution procedure system of the 19th embodiment is also stored in the non-volatile memory, the procedure implementation candidate identification information which is the identification information of the out-of-court dispute resolution procedure implementation candidate, and the procedure implementation candidate identification information thereof. The procedure implementation candidate information storage program that stores the procedure implementation candidate information that is information about the procedure implementation candidate identified by the identification information, the claimant information including at least the claimant's name from the claimant terminal, and the other party are specified. The petitioner identification information that identifies the petitioner, which is also used to access this system, by acquiring the input information including at least the other party information (including the other party identification information). The petition information retention program that holds the petition information associated with the petition identification information in association with the petition identification information, and the acquisition of evidence information to acquire the evidence information to confirm the claimant based on the "retained petition information". Accepts the input of the result of determining whether the input person who input the input information from the applicant terminal based on the program, the acquired evidence information, and the retained complaint information is the applicant himself / herself in association with the applicant identification information. The petitioner's own judgment result reception program and information (including conversational cases) to explain what the out-of-court dispute resolution procedure is in relation to the petition information held have already been presented. It is information indicating that the explained input reception program that accepts the explained input that is the input to the effect in association with the petitioner identification information and the fee for the out-of-court dispute resolution procedure in association with the petition identification information have been paid. The fee-paid information acquisition judgment program that determines whether the fee-paid information has been acquired, and the petitioner's own judgment result reception department accepts the input of the petitioner's own judgment result, and the explained input reception department accepts the explained input. It is said that the comprehensive judgment program that determines whether the fee payment information has been acquired by the fee payment information acquisition judgment department and the conditions are comprehensively satisfied, and the conditions of the judgment result by the comprehensive judgment department are comprehensively satisfied. If it is the result of the judgment of, it is confirmed that the petition for the out-of-court dispute resolution procedure has been accepted, and at least the legal final preservation program that is stored in the system in association with the retained petition identification information and the accumulated procedure Procedure for selecting implementation candidate identification information for case processing and accepting the association with the petition identification information held in the petition information holding department Judgment whether the implementation candidate selection reception program and the other party submitted an answer The answer document submission decision program and the answer sheet Obtain the settlement plan template holding program that holds the settlement plan template that should be used when it is judged that there was a submission, and the settlement plan template that is held when the answer sheet is submitted, and answer the answer. An information presentation window that can be viewed by entering the procedure implementer identification information associated with the petition identification information identified in the application identification information of the program, and can be viewed and edited via the network identified by the procedure implementer identification information. An information presentation window that can be viewed by inputting the procedure implementer identification information and the settlement proposal template output program that outputs the template of the settlement plan acquired in, and is identified by the procedure implementer identification information and can be viewed and edited via the network. An editing program for editing the settlement plan template output to, a settlement plan information holding program that holds the edited settlement plan template as settlement plan information, and a settlement plan information output that outputs the held settlement plan information. The program and the approval / disapproval information, which is the information indicating the approval / disapproval of the settlement proposal output from the settlement proposal output unit, can be viewed by inputting the applicant identification information, and can be viewed and answered via the network identified by the applicant identification information. Possible information presentation window, information presentation window that can be browsed by inputting the other party's identification information, can be viewed and answered via the network identified by the other party's identification information, can be browsed by inputting the person in charge identification information, the person in charge Information presentation window identified by identification information that can be viewed and answered via the network, information that can be viewed by inputting the procedure implementer identification information, and information that can be viewed and answered via the network identified by the procedure implementer identification information A permission / rejection information acquisition program acquired via any one or more of the presentation windows, and a branching rule holding program that holds a branching rule that branches the subsequent processing regarding the settlement according to the permission / rejection information in the permission / rejection information acquisition unit. , The final out-of-judgment as a result of the execution of the subsequent processing by the subsequent processing branch program and the subsequent processing branch program that branches the subsequent processing regarding the settlement according to the permission information and the retained branch rule in the permission / rejection information acquisition unit. The termination information acquisition program B that acquires the termination information that is the termination information of the dispute resolution procedure, the termination information recording program B that records and retains the acquired termination information in association with the complaint identification information of the petition information holding department, and the system upper authority. It becomes possible to browse by inputting the higher authority identification information, and it is identified by the upper authority identification information. The other party identification information, the petitioner identification information, and the procedure implementation related to the petition identified by the petition identification information recorded by the petition information holding department in association with the information presentation window that can be viewed and edited via the network. A series of programs is held, including the procedure confirmation end output program B that eliminates the association of any one or more of the candidate identification information, the procedure implementer identification information, the procedure execution trustee identification information, and the person in charge identification information. These programs are read into the main memory based on the execution instruction of, and these programs are executed based on the operation start instruction. It is preferable that these programs are continuously resident in the main memory except during maintenance, and that the application is always accepted and the management of the application for which the acceptance is confirmed is continued. As with the program, the data includes procedure implementation candidate identification information, procedure implementation candidate information, petition information, input information, petitioner information, counterparty information, counterparty identification information, petitioner identification information, petition identification information, and evidence information. , Applicant's judgment result accepted information, explained input accepted information, fee paid information, judgment result, comprehensive positive judgment result, petition acceptance confirmation information, answer document submission / non-submission judgment result, settlement proposal template, editing information , Settlement proposal information, permission / rejection information, branch rule, subsequent processing information, termination information, petition-related main information, various setting information such as communication (not shown), etc. are held in the non-volatile memory, loaded into the main memory, and a series of programs. It is referred to and used at the time of execution. In this computer, a non-volatile memory, a main memory, a CPU, and an interface (for example, a display, a keyboard, communication, etc.) are connected to a bus line so that they can communicate with each other.

<Example 19 Processing flow>
FIG. 60 is a diagram showing an example of the processing flow of the alternative dispute resolution procedure system in the nineteenth embodiment. As shown in the figure, reference numerals 6001 to 6025 correspond to the processing flow shown in FIG. 45 for the fourth embodiment, and detailed description of each step has already been described in the description of each step in the fourteenth embodiment. Is. Therefore, in the present embodiment, the process flow of the steps indicated by reference numerals 6026 to 5729 will be described in detail.

When the determination result in the branch end determination step is a YES branch indicating the end of the branch, the termination information acquisition step B (6026) for acquiring the termination information is processed. When the termination information acquisition step B is processed, the termination information recording step B (6027) for associating the termination information with the petition identification information and holding it in the petition holding unit is processed. After the termination information recording step B is processed, the person identification information association cancellation processing step (6028) for canceling the association with the person identification information associated with the petition-related main information is processed. After canceling the association with the person identification information, the procedure finalization end unit output step B (6029) is processed in order to deterministically store the petition-related information.

<Embodiment 20>
<Outline of Embodiment 20>
The alternative dispute resolution procedure system in the present embodiment is configured so that, in addition to the features of the invention described in the first to nineteenth embodiments, the terminal used by the person identified by the higher title terminal can also be canceled. It is characterized by being.

<Structure of Embodiment 20 Invention>
Since the configuration of the invention in the present embodiment is the same as that in the 17th embodiment, the description thereof will be omitted in the present embodiment.

<Example 20 Processing flow>
The processing flow in the present embodiment is the same as the processing flow in the 17th embodiment. Therefore, the description in this embodiment will be omitted.

<Embodiment 21>
<Outline of Embodiment 21>
The alternative dispute resolution procedure system in the present embodiment is characterized in that, in addition to the features described in the first to twenty-form embodiments, the other party is configured to prepare an answer by himself / herself.

<Structure of the 21st embodiment>
FIG. 61 is an example of the functional configuration diagram of the alternative dispute resolution procedure system in the 21st embodiment. The out-of-court dispute resolution procedure system of the 21st embodiment illustrated in FIG. 61 includes a procedure implementation candidate information storage unit (6101), a petition information holding department (6102), an evidence information acquisition department (6103), and the petitioner himself / herself. Judgment result reception department (6104), explained input reception department (6105), fee payment information acquisition judgment department (6106), comprehensive judgment department (6107), legal confirmation storage department (6108), and procedures Implementation candidate selection reception unit (6109), explanation item explained input reception unit (6110), response information acquisition unit output unit (6111), response information holding unit (6112), and answer information generation rule holding unit. It has a secretariat server including (6113), an answer document information generation and holding unit (6114), and a generated answer sheet information output unit (6115). In the following, the description of the common configuration from the first embodiment to the 20th embodiment will be omitted, and only the configuration characteristic of the present embodiment will be described.

<Explanation of Embodiment 21 Configuration>
<Implementation 21 Explained Input Reception Unit>
The "Explanation explained input reception department" is an input that information has been presented (including the case by conversation) to explain to the other party what the alternative dispute resolution procedure is like. is there. Explanation items The explained input reception unit accepts input when the explanation is completed. The input to the effect that the explanation is completed may be input from the other party's terminal, the procedure implementer's terminal, or the person in charge terminal.

FIG. 101 is a display example on the window M (10101) of the interface button of the input receiving unit in which the explanation items have been explained, which are output from the secretariat server to the terminal connectable to the secretariat server used by the procedure implementer. By pressing the interface button of the explained item explained input reception unit output from the secretariat server, the explained item explained input reception unit accepts the explained item explained input.
As for the method of explaining the explanation items, the same method as in the case of explaining to the complainant in the first embodiment can be considered. Therefore, since the specific explanation method has already been explained in the first embodiment, the description can be omitted in the present embodiment.

<Embodiment 21 Response Information Acquisition Unit Output Unit>
The "response information acquisition unit output unit" can be viewed by inputting the other party's identification information, and can be viewed and answered via the network identified by the other party's identification information. Outputs the response information acquisition unit that acquires response information indicating acceptance / rejection. The response information acquisition unit output unit outputs the response information acquisition unit, which is an interface, and when the complainant presses the interface button of the response information acquisition unit, the response information acquisition unit acquires the response information.

FIG. 102 is a display example of the window M (10201) in which the response information acquisition unit as an interface to output the response information acquisition unit output unit of the secretariat server is displayed on a terminal that can be connected to the secretariat server used by the other party. .. In the example of the figure, the display of the written complaint information for confirming the content of the complaint and the display of the interface button (10202) of the response information acquisition unit output by the response information acquisition unit output unit of the secretariat server are displayed together. It is preferable to be displayed. It is preferable that the interface buttons of the response information acquisition unit are displayed in pairs for each complaint item. When the interface button of the response information acquisition unit is pressed, the response information acquisition unit may acquire the response information in association with the identification information for identifying the paired item.

When the denial interface button of the response information acquisition unit is pressed, the interface text box (10203) of the negative response information reason acquisition means output by the secretariat server to enter the reason for denial is displayed in the other party window O. Therefore, it is preferable to configure it so that the other party can input text. Reasons are needed in the case of a denial in order to atrophy a meaningless denial aimed at harassing the petitioner or delaying the procedure. Until the negative response information reason acquisition means acquires the negative response information reason, the secretariat server uses the negative response information reason-dependent response information acquisition restriction means so that the interface button of the response information acquisition unit cannot be pressed thereafter. It is preferable to have it.

<Embodiment 21 Response Information Holding Unit>
The "response information holding unit" holds the acquired response information. From the response information held by the response information holding unit, an answer sheet composed of sentences is generated. It is conceivable that the response information is stored in association with the complaint identification information.

<Embodiment 21 Answer Information Generation Rule Holding Unit>
The "answer information generation rule holding unit" holds an answer information generation rule that generates answer information based on the response information held in the response information holding unit. The answer sheet information generation rule is a rule for generating an answer sheet corresponding to the acquired response information. The answer document information generation rule may be a rule to be used properly based on the whole of whether it is a denial or an acceptance as a whole. As a hierarchical structure, first sort out whether it is acceptable or rejected, and then search for a rule that can generate an answer sheet corresponding to the petition from the answer sheet for acceptance or the answer sheet for denial. It is possible to leave it. Next, since the petition is composed of a plurality of petition items, it may be configured to hold an answer document information generation rule that generates an answer sheet item corresponding to each petition item.

<Embodiment 21 Answer Form Information Generation and Holding Unit>
The "answer information generation and holding unit" generates and holds the answer information based on the held response information and the held answer information generation rule. The response information, whether obtained in the form of text, may consist of approval or disapproval of the petition and the reasons for it. Regardless of which form it was acquired, it is necessary to put it in the form of this Alternative Dispute Resolution System. The answer information generation and holding unit generates the answer information prepared in the form of the alternative dispute resolution procedure system from the response information and the answer information generation rule.

<Embodiment 21 Generated Answer Form Information Output Unit>
The "generated answer sheet information output unit" can view the answer sheet information generated and held by the answer sheet information generation and holding unit at least by inputting the claimant identification information, and can be viewed via a network identified by the claimant identification information. Output to a viewable information presentation window. The generated answer information output unit outputs the generated answer information to notify the persons concerned of the petition that the answer has been submitted. When the person concerned with the petition is notified that the answer has been submitted, the display on the petition management window of each person concerned is changed (means for updating the petition management status screen) as shown in FIG. You will be able to confirm that you have progressed to the step.

It is preferable that the generated answer sheet information output unit can confirm the display of the actual answer sheet to be output before outputting the generated answer sheet information. FIG. 103 is a display window (10303) of the answer sheet content confirmation screen output by the secretariat server's answer sheet content confirmation screen output means to the terminal that can be connected to the secretariat server used by the other party. It is preferable that the answer sheet content confirmation screen is displayed together with the interface button of the answer sheet content confirmed acquisition means output from the secretariat server. As shown in the figure, by displaying the written answer information (10302) and pressing the interface button of the answer document content confirmed acquisition means, the answer document content confirmed information is acquired. When the negative interface button of the content-confirmed acquisition means is pressed, it is preferable that the interface button of the re-response information acquisition means is output from the secretariat server in order to acquire the response information again. The re-response information acquisition means may be the same as the response information acquisition unit described above.

<Embodiment 21 Hardware Configuration>
62a and 62b show an example of the hardware configuration of the alternative dispute resolution system according to the 21st embodiment. Specifically, the functions described above are executed by using computer resources as follows. The present invention can basically be configured by a general-purpose computer, a program, and various devices. The operation of a computer basically takes the form of loading a program recorded in a non-volatile memory into a main memory and executing processing in the main memory, a CPU, and various devices. Communication with the device is done via an interface connected to the bus line. The interface may be a display interface, a keyboard, a communication buffer, or the like. As shown in this figure, the hardware configuration of the alternative dispute resolution procedure system of the 21st embodiment is also stored in a non-volatile memory, the alternative dispute resolution procedure implementation candidate identification information, which is the identification information of the alternative dispute resolution procedure implementation candidate, and the procedure implementation candidate identification information thereof. The procedure implementation candidate information storage program that accumulates the procedure implementation candidate information that is information about the procedure implementation candidate identified by the identification information, the claimant information including at least the claimant's name from the claimant terminal, and the other party are specified. Acquire input information including at least the other party information (including the other party identification information), and identify the claimant information and the other party information, and the claimant identification information that is also used to access this system. The petition information retention program that holds the petition information associated with the petition identification information in association with the petition identification information, and the evidence information acquisition to acquire the evidence information to confirm the claimant himself / herself based on the "held petition information". Accepts the input of the result of determining whether the input person who input the input information from the applicant terminal based on the program, the acquired evidence information, and the retained complaint information is the applicant himself / herself in association with the applicant identification information. The petitioner's judgment result reception program and the presentation of information (including conversational cases) to explain what the alternative dispute resolution procedure is in relation to the petition information held have been completed. Information indicating that the explained input acceptance program, which accepts the explained input in association with the petitioner identification information, and the alternative dispute resolution procedure fee was paid in association with the allegation identification information. The fee-paid information acquisition judgment program that determines whether the fee-paid information has been acquired, and the petitioner's own judgment result reception department accepts the input of the petitioner's own judgment result, and the explained input reception department accepts the explained input. It is said that the comprehensive judgment program that determines whether the fee payment information has been acquired by the fee payment information acquisition judgment department and the conditions are comprehensively satisfied, and the conditions of the judgment result by the comprehensive judgment department are comprehensively satisfied. If it is the result of the judgment of, it is confirmed that the alternative dispute resolution procedure has been accepted, and at least it is associated with the retained petition identification information and stored in the system. Procedures for selecting implementation candidate identification information for case processing and accepting the association with the petition identification information held in the petition information holding department The implementation candidate selection reception program and the alternative dispute resolution procedure for the other party Providing information to explain what it looks like It is an input to the effect that it has been shown (including the case by conversation). Explanation It has been explained. It can be viewed by inputting the input reception program and the other party's identification information, and it can be viewed and answered via the network identified by the other party's identification information. A response information acquisition unit output program that outputs a response information acquisition unit that acquires response information that indicates the acceptance or rejection of the complaint content associated with the application identification information in a possible information presentation window, and a response information retention program that retains the acquired response information. , The answer book information generation rule holding program that holds the answer book information generation rule that generates the answer book information based on the response information held in the response information holding unit, the held response information and the held answer The answer book information generation and holding program that generates and holds the answer book information based on the written information generation rule and the answer book information generated and held by the answer book information generation and holding unit are viewed at least by inputting the claimant identification information. A generated answer sheet information output program that enables and outputs to an information presentation window that can be viewed via the network identified by the claimant identification information is retained, and these are based on the execution instructions of a series of programs. The programs are read into the main memory and these programs are executed based on the operation start instruction. It is preferable that these programs are continuously resident in the main memory except during maintenance, and that the application is always accepted and the management of the application for which the acceptance is confirmed is continued. As with the program, the data includes procedure implementation candidate identification information, procedure implementation candidate information, petition information, input information, petitioner information, counterparty information, counterparty identification information, petitioner identification information, petition identification information, and evidence information. , Applicant's judgment result accepted information, explained input accepted information, fee paid information, judgment result, comprehensive positive judgment result, petition acceptance confirmation information, procedure cancellation intention display information, communication not shown, etc. Setting information and the like are held in the non-volatile memory, loaded into the main memory, and referred to and used when executing a series of programs. In this computer, a non-volatile memory, a main memory, a CPU, and an interface (for example, a display, a keyboard, communication, etc.) are connected to a bus line so that they can communicate with each other.

<Example 21 Processing flow>
63 is a diagram showing an example of the processing flow of the alternative dispute resolution procedure system in the 21st embodiment. As shown in the figure, reference numerals 6301 to 6315 correspond to the processing flow shown in FIG. 6 for the first embodiment, and detailed description of each step has already been described in the description of each step in the first embodiment. Is. Therefore, in the present embodiment, the processing flow of the steps indicated by reference numerals 6316 to 6324 will be described in detail.

Procedure implementation candidate selection The procedure implementation candidate confirmed in the procedure implementation candidate selection acceptance step (6311) is not found to be excluded, and the procedure implementation candidate is confirmed after the procedure implementation person confirmation step (6316) is processed. The procedure implementer identification information output step (6317), which outputs the procedure implementer identification information to notify the person, is processed. After processing the procedure executor identification information output step, the other party's explanation item explained item to indicate that the explanation of the explanation item has been completed to the other party. The completed determination step (6318) is processed. In the case of a NO branch indicating that the procedure end judgment step (6323) for determining whether to end the procedure is processed after the processing of the other party's explanation matter explained input accepted judgment step and the procedure is not terminated, In order to wait for the input of the other party's explanation item explained information without completing the procedure, the other party's explanation item explained input accepted judgment step is repeated. As a result of the determination in the procedure termination determination step (6323), if the branch is YES to terminate the procedure, the procedure is terminated. If the judgment result in the other party's explanation item explained input accepted normal step (6318) is a YES branch indicating that the other party's explanation item explained input has been accepted, the response information is to be acquired. The response information acquisition output step (6319) is processed, and the response information acquisition presence / absence determination step (6320) for determining whether the response information has been acquired is processed. In the case of a branch of NO indicating that the response information has not been acquired as the determination result in the response information acquisition determination step, the procedure end determination step (6324) for determining whether the procedure is completed is processed. In the case of a NO branch indicating that the judgment result in the procedure end judgment step does not end the procedure, the response information acquisition judgment step (6320) is repeated in order to wait for the acquisition of the response information without ending the procedure. .. As a result of the determination in the procedure end determination step (6324), if the branch indicates YES that the procedure is not terminated, the procedure is terminated. In the case of a YES branch indicating that the response information has been acquired as the determination result of the response information acquisition determination step (6320), the answer for generating the answer information from the acquired response information and the answer information generation rule. The writing information generation step (6321) is processed. When the answer document information is acquired as a result of the process in the answer sheet information generation step, the answer sheet information output step (6322) for outputting the answer document information is processed.

<Embodiment 22>
<Outline of Embodiment 22>
The alternative dispute resolution system in this embodiment has, in addition to the features described in Embodiments 1 to 21, a configuration in which the claimant pays the fee by a postpaid method. It is a feature.

<Structure of the 22nd embodiment>
FIG. 64 is an example of the functional configuration diagram of the alternative dispute resolution procedure system in the 22nd embodiment. The alternative dispute resolution procedure system of the 22nd embodiment illustrated in FIG. 64 includes a procedure implementation candidate information storage unit (6401), a petition information holding department (6402), an evidence information acquisition department (6403), and the petitioner himself / herself. Judgment result reception unit (6404), explained input reception unit (6405), fee payment information acquisition judgment unit (6406), fee payment schedule information acquisition judgment unit (6407), and scheduled comprehensive judgment means (6408). ), The General Judgment Department (6409), the Legal Definitive Preservation Department (6410), and the Procedure Implementation Candidate Selection Reception Department (6411). In the following, the description of the common configuration from the first embodiment to the 20th embodiment will be omitted, and only the configuration characteristic of the present embodiment will be described.

<Explanation of Embodiment 22 Configuration>
<Implementation 22 Fee Payment Schedule Information Acquisition Judgment Department>
The “Fee Payment Schedule Information Acquisition Judgment Department” determines whether the fee payment schedule information, which is information indicating that the fee for the alternative dispute resolution procedure will be paid in association with the petition identification information, has been acquired. The "commission payment schedule information" is information indicating that the fee is to be paid, so it does not indicate that the payment has already been completed. Since it is not information that the payment has already been completed, it shows information about the future payment and the planned payment in installments. Therefore, it is possible to support various types of payment methods such as advance payment and installment advance payment other than lump-sum payment.

The fee payment schedule information acquisition judgment unit is acquired by pressing the interface button of the fee payment schedule information acquisition judgment unit output from the secretariat server to the terminal of the person in charge (or the petitioner). It is preferable that the interface button of the fee payment acquisition determination unit is displayed for each type of fee payment scheduled method provided by the actual system. In this case, the structure is such that the interface button of the fee payment schedule information acquisition determination unit corresponding to the type of fee payment schedule used by the petitioner is pressed. The commission payment schedule information acquisition judgment department can input the payment plan (in the case of installment payment, the number of divisions and the payment time correspond to this) as well as the selective pressing of the commission deposit type interface button. It is preferable to configure the interface text box to be displayed as well. In addition to the petition identification information, the fee payment schedule information includes other person identification information associated with the petition identification information and identification information of various information associated with the petition identification information (for example, petition identification information, various types). It may be configured to be associated with manifestation of intention identification information, answer document identification information, settlement proposal identification information, settlement document identification information, dispute resolution status identification information, etc.). (Note: The identification information of these documents and information is applied as if they existed in the first to 31st embodiments.)

<Embodiment 22 Scheduled Comprehensive Judgment Means>
In the "scheduled comprehensive judgment means", the petitioner's judgment result reception department accepts the input of the petitioner's judgment result, the explained input reception department accepts the explained input, and the fee payment schedule information acquisition judgment department receives the input. It is judged whether the fee payment schedule information is acquired and the conditions are comprehensively satisfied. In the planned comprehensive judgment means, the comprehensive judgment department makes a comprehensive judgment using the fee payment schedule information instead of using the fee payment schedule information. A judgment result that satisfies all the conditions obtained as a judgment result by the planned comprehensive judgment means corresponds to a comprehensive positive judgment result, and leads to a legal confirmation process in the Legal Confirmation Preservation Department.

When using the fee deposit schedule information, the fee deposit will be processed after the fact. The time point for this “after-the-fact” is not particularly limited, but it is assumed to be within a certain period after the completion of alternative dispute resolution procedures. In many cases, after the alternative dispute resolution procedure, you will be paid financially in the name of settlement money. Therefore, by setting the fee payment after receiving the monetary payment, it can be actively used even when the funds are insufficient at the start of using the alternative dispute resolution procedure system.

Since ex post facto payment is permitted, it is preferable to save the fee payment schedule information so that it can be listed in association with the claimant identification information and the claim identification information. Then, it is preferable to be able to manage the status of payment. In addition, in order to secure the ultimate payment, it is possible to have a configuration in which payment can be enforced.

<Embodiment 22 Hardware Configuration>
FIG. 65 shows an example of the hardware configuration of the alternative dispute resolution system according to the 22nd embodiment. Specifically, the functions described above are executed by using computer resources as follows. The present invention can basically be configured by a general-purpose computer, a program, and various devices. The operation of a computer basically takes the form of loading a program recorded in a non-volatile memory into a main memory and executing processing in the main memory, a CPU, and various devices. Communication with the device is done via an interface connected to the bus line. The interface may be a display interface, a keyboard, a communication buffer, or the like. As shown in this figure, the hardware configuration of the out-of-court dispute resolution procedure system of the 22nd embodiment is also stored in the non-volatile memory, the procedure implementation candidate identification information which is the identification information of the out-of-court dispute resolution procedure implementation candidate, and the procedure implementation candidate identification information thereof. The procedure implementation candidate information storage program that stores the procedure implementation candidate information that is information about the procedure implementation candidate identified by the identification information, the claimant information including at least the claimant's name from the claimant terminal, and the other party are specified. The claimant identification information that identifies the claimant, which is also used to access this system, by acquiring the input information including at least the other party's information (including the other party's identification information). The petition information retention program that holds the petition information associated with the petition identification information in association with the petition identification information, and the acquisition of evidence information to acquire the evidence information to confirm the claimant based on the "held petition information". Accepts the input of the result of determining whether the input person who input the input information from the applicant terminal based on the program, the acquired evidence information, and the retained complaint information is the applicant himself / herself in association with the applicant identification information. The petitioner's own judgment result reception program and information (including conversational cases) to explain what the out-of-court dispute resolution procedure is in relation to the petition information held have already been presented. It is information indicating that the explained input reception program that accepts the explained input that is the input to the effect in association with the petitioner identification information and the fee for the out-of-court dispute resolution procedure in association with the petition identification information have been paid. The fee payment schedule information, which is information indicating that the fee payment schedule information for the out-of-court dispute resolution procedure is to be paid in association with the petition identification information, is acquired with the fee payment information acquisition judgment program that determines whether the fee payment information has been acquired. The fee payment schedule information acquisition judgment program for determining whether or not the request has been made, and the requester's own judgment result reception section accepts the input of the claimant's own judgment result, the explained input reception section accepts the explained input, and the fee payment information The comprehensive judgment program that judges whether the fee payment information is acquired by the acquisition judgment department and the conditions are comprehensively satisfied, and the comprehensive judgment department accepts the input of the petitioner's judgment result to the petitioner's judgment result reception department. The explained input is accepted by the explained input reception part, the fee payment schedule information is acquired by the fee payment schedule information acquisition judgment department, and the planned comprehensive judgment program that judges whether the conditions are comprehensively satisfied and the comprehensive judgment department The conditions of the judgment result in If it is the result of the judgment that it is, it is confirmed that the petition for the out-of-court dispute resolution procedure has been accepted, and at least it is stored in the system in association with the retained petition identification information, and it is accumulated. The procedure implementation candidate selection reception program that selects the procedure implementation candidate identification information for processing the case and accepts the association with the petition identification information held in the petition information holding department is held, and a series of These programs are read into the main memory based on the execution instruction of the program of, and these programs are executed based on the operation start instruction. It is preferable that these programs are continuously resident in the main memory except during maintenance, and that the application is always accepted and the management of the application for which the acceptance is confirmed is continued. As with the program, the data includes procedure implementation candidate identification information, procedure implementation candidate information, petition information, input information, petitioner information, counterparty information, counterparty identification information, petitioner identification information, petition identification information, and evidence information. , Applicant's judgment result accepted information, explained input accepted information, fee payment information, fee payment schedule information, judgment result, comprehensive positive judgment result, petition acceptance confirmation information, various settings such as communication not shown Information and the like are stored in the non-volatile memory, loaded into the main memory, and referred to and used when executing a series of programs. In this computer, a non-volatile memory, a main memory, a CPU, and an interface (for example, a display, a keyboard, communication, etc.) are connected to a bus line so that they can communicate with each other.

<Example 22 Processing flow>
FIG. 66 is a diagram showing an example of the processing flow of the alternative dispute resolution procedure system in the 22nd embodiment. As shown in the figure, the processing steps other than the fee payment schedule information input reception screen output step (6609), the fee payment schedule information acquisition judgment step (6610), the legal confirmation approval / disapproval judgment step (6611), and the like. Since it is consistent with the process shown in FIG. 6 of the first embodiment, the process has already been described. Therefore, in the present embodiment, the fee payment schedule information input reception screen output step (6609), the fee payment schedule information acquisition determination step (6610), and the legal confirmation decision step (6611), which are not described in the first embodiment, are made. ) Will be explained.

The fee payment schedule information input reception screen output step (6609) is a step for outputting a screen for accepting input of fee payment schedule information from the secretariat server. In the fee payment schedule information acquisition determination step (6610), the secretariat server determines whether the fee payment schedule information has been acquired by receiving the fee payment schedule information from the output fee payment schedule information input reception screen. As a result of the judgment in the fee payment schedule information acquisition judgment step, in the case of a NO branch indicating that the fee payment schedule information has not been acquired, the procedure end judgment step (6616) for judging whether to end the procedure is processed. To. If the judgment result of the procedure end judgment step is a NO branch to the effect that the procedure is not completed, in order to accept the acquisition of the fee payment schedule information again without completing the procedure, the fee payment schedule information input reception screen output step (6609) is processed. As a result of the judgment of the procedure end judgment step, if the branch is YES to the effect that the procedure is completed, the procedure is terminated. As a result of the determination in the fee payment schedule information acquisition determination step (6610), in the case of a YES branch indicating that the fee payment schedule information has been acquired, the process proceeds to the legal determinability determination step (6611).

<Embodiment 23>
<Outline of Embodiment 23>
The alternative dispute resolution system in this embodiment is a system independent of the first to the 22nd embodiments. It stipulates the method of processing using this system from the petition to the end of the procedure due to the success or failure of the settlement.

<Structure of the 23rd embodiment>
FIG. 67 is an example of the functional configuration diagram of the alternative dispute resolution procedure system in the 23rd embodiment. The out-of-court dispute resolution procedure system of the 23rd embodiment illustrated in FIG. 67 includes a petition information holding unit α, an explained input reception unit α, a legal confirmation storage unit α, a reception notification unit α, and a procedure implementation candidate selection unit α. , Exclusion judgment result acquisition unit α, repulsion judgment result acquisition unit α, procedure implementer holding unit α, procedure implementer identification information output unit α, opponent's complaint notification unit α, and explanatory matter explained input It has a secretariat server including a reception unit α, an answer sheet information output unit α, a termination information acquisition unit α, and a termination information recording unit α.

<Explanation of the configuration of Embodiment 23>
<Embodiment 23 Secretariat server>
The "secretariat server" is a management server that manages information of the alternative dispute resolution system in this embodiment. The secretariat server may be composed of one chassis, a server for the complainant, a server for the procedure implementer, a server for the other party, a server for the secretariat, a server for the higher authority, which will be described later, and a server for record management. It may be configured as a complex of a plurality of servers such as.

Further, when a plurality of servers are configured as a complex, the functions to be processed may be distributed to each server. For example, the function as a database and other functions are separated, and the A server is configured to have a procedure implementation candidate information storage unit, a petition information holding unit, and an evidence information acquisition unit, and the B server is configured to have. Has a petitioner's own judgment result reception department, an explained input reception department, a fee payment information acquisition judgment department, a comprehensive judgment department, a legally confirmed storage department, and a procedure implementation candidate selection reception department. It is conceivable to configure in. As another example of distribution, a method of distributing functions by taking steps in the procedure can be considered. For example, before the petition is accepted, from the acceptance of the petition to the decision of the procedure implementer, from the decision of the procedure implementer to the end of the procedure, and for keeping records after the procedure is completed. By distributing the functions for each server in this way, it is possible to facilitate the management of access restriction processing when the access authority changes depending on the stage of the procedure.

As described in the above example, the secretariat server may be composed of a plurality of housings, and the functions may be distributed to each housing. Furthermore, the secretariat server does not have to be geographically located in one place, and even if it is distributed and installed in geographically separated places, if the connection on the network is recognized, the secretariat server will be "secretariat". It can be said that it has a "server". In addition, the secretariat server shall infringe the right relating to this application as long as the service is provided in the country where the patent right is registered, even if it is outside the country where the patent right is registered. Similarly, as long as the service is provided in the country where the patent right is registered, the plurality of devices constituting the secretariat server are distributed to countries other than the countries where the patent right is registered (including the case where some countries are registered). Even if it is placed, it shall infringe the right relating to this application.
<Embodiment 23 Petition Information Holding Unit α>
The "complaint information holding unit α" acquires at least the complainant information including the name of the complainant and the input information including at least the other party information (including the other party identification information) for identifying the other party from the complainant terminal. , The claimant information, the other party information, and the claimant information, which is the information associated with the claimant identification information that identifies the claimant, which is also used to access this system, are retained in association with the claimant identification information. The petition information is the information provided by the petitioner.

"Complaint information" is information about a case that the petitioner wishes to resolve using the out-of-court dispute resolution procedure, and the petitioner information, which is information about the petitioner, and the party who conflicts with the case related to the petition. This is information in which the other party information (including the other party identification information), which is the information about the other party, the input information consisting of the other party information, and the petition identification information for identifying the case are associated with the input information. Although not included in the above definition, it is also possible to include information on the content of the petition indicating the content of the case as the petition information.

The petition information may be obtained for each litigation matter, which is a concept under the Code of Civil Procedure, or for each petitioner. However, if it is acquired for each petitioner, it will be divided into litigation units and processed for the operation of this system. The petition identification information will be given to each of the divided litigation items. This is related to the matter of how to set the range of cases that can be handled in one procedure due to the structure of this system.

"Petition identification information" is identification information for identifying a petition. This is unique information that is automatically given by this system when the petition information is output to the secretariat server and the secretariat server receives it. In order to improve the convenience of managing the petition, it is preferable to include information indicating the type of the petition and information indicating the date of the petition.

"Complainant information" is information for identifying the petitioner. Information that always includes the name of the complainant. In addition to this, the date of life of the petitioner, the claimant's phone number, the claimant's email address, the claimant's address, the claimant's place of employment, the claimant's bank account, the claimant's easy-to-contact time zone, the petition Information about the person's agent, the family structure of the claimant, the contact method when the claimant cannot be contacted, the desired contact method, the claimant's past use history of the alternative dispute resolution system, etc. Information may be included in the complainant's information. As can be seen from the illustrated information, the petitioner information does not have to be directly related to the case of inputting the petitioner information.

"Complainant identification information" is unique information given by this system to identify the petitioner on this system. The petitioner identification information may be, for example, the petitioner identification information as the basic identification information, and the information indicating the status may be additionally associated with the petitioner identification information to be the identification information indicating that the state is in another status. Be done.

The claimant identification information must be information that can uniquely identify the person within this system. For example, it is possible to use an e-mail address, a mobile phone number, etc. that the person plans to use for a long period of time. In this way, by using identification information that can be uniquely identified both inside and outside this system, there is no need to change the identification information when linking with other systems or expanding this system. There are merits. Of course, it is also possible to make the identification information body shape unique only within this system.

The petitioner information and the petitioner identification information are assumed to be acquired by the secretariat server on a petition basis, but may be acquired by the secretariat server on a petitioner basis.

<Case where a past petitioner makes a new petition>
A person who has been given the petitioner identification information in the past may be configured so that when making another petition using the same identification information, it is not necessary to enter the petitioner information again in another petition. , Even if it is the same person, it is possible to newly issue and associate another petitioner identification information so that the petitioner information is newly input.

<Case where one petitioner makes a petition to multiple counterparties at the same time>
There are cases where one petitioner makes a petition to multiple counterparties at the same time. For example, there is a case where one petitioner is substantially the same but is employed by both the parent company and its subsidiary, and both are filed for retirement at the same time. In addition, one petitioner is a multiple debtor, and at the same time, a petition for refund of overpayment is filed with multiple creditors. In such a case, a plurality of petition identification information and a plurality of counterparty identification information are associated with one petitioner identification information, but these are also held by the petition information holding unit and one petitioner identification. It is preferable to configure the database so that a plurality of complaint identification information and the other party identification information are hit by using the information as a search key.

<Case where multiple petitioners file a petition against one party at the same time>
There are cases where multiple petitioners file a petition against one party at the same time. For example, when a patent right is shared, a person who is considered to be infringing the patent right is requested to suspend the infringement of the patent right and to compensate for damages. In such a case, one petition identification information and one counterparty identification information are associated with a plurality of petitioner identification information, but these are also held by the petition information holding unit and one counterparty identification information. Alternatively, it is preferable to configure the database so that a plurality of claimant identification information is hit by using one petition identification information as a search key.

Further, it is preferable that the claimant identification information is designed so as to form at least a part of the personal authentication information for the claimant to use the system. The personal authentication information is used to identify the person such as the password set by the person to confirm that he / she is the person who made the request and the person's identification information when connecting to the system from the terminal used by the person by communication. Information composed of a combination of information and the like. The personal identification information is actually processed by the character string (which may include a code and other computer-processable values) that the petitioner knows and uses to access the system and the computers that make up the system. Even if the value is different from the value, the same personal identification information is used as long as it has a one-to-one correspondence. In this system, the timing of setting the password that constitutes the person authentication information is not specified in particular, but the method of acquiring it as one piece of information that constitutes the claimant information, or the person who entered the claim information in this system is the claimant himself / herself. It may be after the judgment is made. This is because it is dangerous to give the access right of the system to the person who inputs the complaint information by spoofing. As a means of setting and notifying the applicant after confirming that he / she is the applicant, the system generates a password at the timing when the confirmation result is obtained, or the applicant is made to set it. The generated password is shared between the claimant and the system by outputting the generated password to the terminal used by the claimant by communication or by outputting the password setting screen to the terminal used by the claimant. To do. In order to display the password setting screen on the complainant's terminal, for example, an e-mail with a unique URL (also for accessing this system) is sent to the complainant's terminal for each complainant. , The system is accessed using the URL, and since the access is unique, the accessor can be identified, and the password setting screen is output according to the identification of the accessor.

"Counterparty information" is information for identifying the other party (including the other party identification information). This is information for identifying the other party to be input when acquiring input information. This is the minimum information required to identify the content you are trying to file. Since it is the person who wishes to make a petition in principle, this information is obtained from the petitioner's terminal (the terminal device used by the person who wishes to make a petition). Specifically, the device is a PC, a smartphone, or the like.

The other party information includes the name, name, address / location / location, telephone number, place of employment, e-mail address, etc. of the other party, and is information that can uniquely identify the other party. It is preferable that one or more information of the other party is included. In this sense, the other party information is information that always includes the other party identification information. The other party identification information can be converted into unique information given by this system in order to uniquely identify the other party after being acquired from the complainant terminal. This converted information is also referred to as counterparty identification information in the present specification. This is because "information" refers to something that can maintain the same meaning regardless of its format. It is possible to configure it as information set independently by this system, or it may be configured to use the other party's e-mail address, telephone number, etc. entered as the other party information as the other party identification information.

"Counterparty identification information" is unique information given by the system to identify the other party on the system. For example, the other party identification information may be used as the identification information indicating that the other party is in a different status by additionally associating the other party identification information with the information indicating the status as the basic identification information.

The other party identification information must be information that can uniquely identify the person in this system. For example, it is possible to use an e-mail address, a mobile phone number, etc. that the person plans to use for a long period of time. In this way, by using identification information that can be uniquely identified both inside and outside this system, there is no need to change the identification information when linking with other systems or expanding this system. There are merits. Of course, it is also possible to make the identification information body shape unique only within this system.

The other party information and the other party identification information are information held in association with the petition information, and are also information indicating that the other party is the other party regarding the petition. Therefore, as with the petitioner information and the petitioner identification information, it is originally assumed that the acquisition and management are performed on a petitioner basis, but the acquisition and management may be performed on a petitioner basis.

<Diversion of petitioner identification information and counterparty identification information>
The petitioner identified by the petitioner identification information in one procedure may be the other party in another procedure. In this case, it is conceivable to use the claimant identification information acquired in the previous procedure as the other party identification information, or to use the other party identification information acquired in the previous procedure as the claimant identification information. It is possible to divert the information between the petition information and the counterparty information to the extent that the petition information associated with the claimant identification information is in common with the counterparty information that should be associated with the counterparty identification information. Therefore, the other party identification information and the complainant information may be shared.

In this system, personal identification information can be managed in common among various statuses because the main unit of information managed by this system is the case unit.

The petitioner can obtain information related to a series of petition processing from the secretariat server. Specifically, information related to a series of complaint processing can be displayed and viewed on the screen of the complainant terminal. There are two main ways to browse. One is a method of browsing the web page generated by the secretariat server via the Internet using the web browser of the complainant terminal. The other method is to install an alternative dispute resolution system and an application having an information transmission / reception function on the complainant's terminal, and display and view information on the petition processing through the application. In addition, the above two methods of transmitting information can also be used when transmitting information from the complainant terminal to the secretariat server. Hereinafter, the exchange of information between the petitioner and the secretariat server can be realized by either method, but unless otherwise specified, either configuration of both is established. In addition, both can be selectively used systems.
FIG. 70 shows a requester information input reception that is output from the secretariat server and displayed on the requester's terminal that can connect to the secretariat server as an example of the method in which the claimant provides the claimant information to the secretariat server. An example of the petitioner window P display of the means (7001) is shown. FIG. 71 shows the other party information input receiving means (7101) which is output from the secretariat server and displayed on the terminal of the claimant who can connect to the secretariat server as an example of the method in which the claimant provides the other party information to the secretariat server. ) Is shown as an example of the petitioner window P display. FIG. 72 shows information input regarding the content of the complaint, which is output from the secretariat server and displayed on the terminal of the claimant who can connect to the secretariat server, as an example of the method of providing the information regarding the content of the complaint to the secretariat server. An example of the window P display of the reception means (7201) is shown.

In the present invention, the petitioner, "procedure implementation candidate, procedure implementation trustee, exclusion procedure implementation trustee, evasion establishment procedure implementation trustee, procedure implementer" ("procedure implementation candidate, etc." may be referred to below. .), The other party, "candidate in charge, person in charge" (may be referred to as "person in charge, etc." below), and the person identified by the higher title identification information, so the petition is filed. The petitioner window P for the person, the procedure implementer window M for the procedure implementer, the other party window O for the other party, the person in charge window A for the person in charge, and the upper authority window for the person identified by the upper title identification information. It is specified by the notation H. In the figure, the notation P, M, O, A, and H clarifies the distinction for whom the window is for, but such a code is not displayed in the actual window.

The petition information includes at least input information consisting of the petitioner information and the other party information and the petitioner identification information associated therewith, but in addition to this, it is usually considered that the petition information also includes information regarding the content of the petition. Therefore, the information received as a step of the petition in the alternative dispute resolution procedure generally includes information on the petition in addition to the petitioner information and the counterparty information. Therefore, it can be considered that the petition information acquisition process is configured by combining all of the above-mentioned petitioner information acquisition means, counterparty information acquisition means, and information acquisition means related to the petition.

FIG. 70 shows an actual display example of the display window P (7001) of the petitioner information input receiving means output by the secretariat server to the petitioner's terminal. As illustrated in the figure, as the stage for acquiring the petition information, a step display column (7002) indicating which step is currently being processed and a secretariat server for inputting various petitioner information are provided on the petitioner terminal. It is configured to have an interface text box (7003) displayed on the terminal of the complainant of the petition information input means to be output, and an interface button (7004) of the petition information acquisition means of the secretariat server for the input petitioner information. Has been done. When the petitioner information acquisition means acquires the petitioner information, the secretariat server outputs the display screen of the counterparty information input reception means shown in FIG. 71.

It can be configured so that required input items can be set for one or more of the input items to the complainant information input receiving means. If there is an input omission in the required input items, or if information that does not match the processing conditions is entered in the entry items, error processing will be performed when the applicant information is received by the secretariat server, and the other party's information input reception will be accepted. It is conceivable to configure so that the display screen of the means is not output. In this case, the complainant information input receiving means in which the information for identifying the error part and the information for notifying that an error has occurred is additionally changed is output in place of the other party information input receiving means. Further, at the time of this re-output, it is conceivable that the input state is maintained for the information in the range that does not require correction, and the input content is deleted and output for the information in the range that requires correction. Alternatively, a configuration is also conceivable in which all the input contents are deleted, or re-input is urged by displaying a color tone or a warning while maintaining all the input contents.

In the other party information input reception window P to the requester terminal of the other party information input reception means of the secretariat server shown in FIG. 71, a step display column (7102) indicating which step is currently being processed as the application information acquisition stage. ), The interface text box (7103) displayed on the complainant's terminal, which is the other party's information acquisition means output to the complainant's terminal for the secretariat server to acquire various other party information, and the input other party's information. It is configured to have a counterparty information acquisition means interface button (7104) that outputs the counterparty information acquisition means for acquisition by the station server to the complainant terminal. When the other party information acquisition means acquires the other party information, the secretariat server outputs a display screen of the information input reception means regarding the content of the petition shown in FIG. 72.

Similar to the output of the complainant information to the secretariat server, it can be configured so that required input items can be set for one or more of the input items to the other party information input receiving means. If there is an input omission in the required input items, or if information that does not match the processing conditions is entered in the entry items, error processing will be performed when the applicant information is received by the secretariat server, and the other party's information input reception will be accepted. It is conceivable to configure so that the display screen of the means is not output.

72a to 72d are display examples of the information input receiving unit regarding the content of the petition. 72a and 72c are a set, and FIG. 72c is displayed by the screen transition of FIG. 72a. 72b and 72d are a set, and FIG. 72d is displayed by the screen transition of FIG. 72b. As shown in FIGS. 72a to 72d, in the display window P of the information input reception unit regarding the content of the complaint, a step display column (7202) indicating which step is currently being processed as the acquisition stage of the complaint information, and various complaints. An interface text box (7203) for inputting information about the content, and information output by the secretariat server to the complainant's terminal to input the selected information by selecting one information by the selection method instead of text input. Power of input unit Interface button (7204) and interface button of multiple information selection input means output by the secretariat server to the petitioner's terminal in order to select multiple pieces of information by the selection method and input the selected multiple pieces of information. (7207) and the selection input means including additional information output by the secretariat server to the complainant's terminal in order to select one piece of information by the selection method and request the input of additional information when the specific information is selected (7206). Interface button (7205), interface button of evidence file input receiving means output by the secretariat server to the applicant's terminal to input evidence file information such as documents to be submitted by the file upload method instead of text input (7205) 7208), it can be configured to have an interface button (7209) of an information acquisition means regarding the content of the complaint that the secretariat server outputs to the terminal of the complainant in order for the secretariat server to acquire the information regarding the input content of the complaint. ..

Since there is content that should be confirmed formally rather than free entry in the information regarding the petition, it is assumed that a selective input method that does not allow free entry will be adopted. As the configuration of the information input reception unit for the petition, the methods of selection input, multiple selection input, and selection input including additional information are illustrated, but other methods such as exclusion selection input that performs processing to exclude those that do not correspond from the selection are available. There may be. Further, the input method related to the selective input can be adopted in the information input receiving means other than the information input receiving means related to the petition.

A state in which a plurality of pieces of information are selectively input using the interface button of the multiple selection input means of FIG. 72a appears in the portion indicated by reference numeral 7207 in FIG. 72d. It shows the state in which "withholding tax", "pension notebook", and "health insurance disqualification lighting book" are selected as multiple selection information. It is not possible to select multiple pieces of information at the same time with the interface buttons of the selection input means other than the multiple selection input means, and if one interface button is selected and another interface button is selected, it is selected first. The selected state of the information is canceled. In the case of the interface button of the multiple selection input means, the selected state is canceled by reselecting the selected option.

The state in which the selection input is performed by the selection input means including additional information in FIG. 72a is indicated by reference numerals 7205 and 7206 in FIG. 72c. By selecting "dispatch" as the selection input including additional information, the additional information input means (7206) displayed on the condition that "dispatch" is selected is displayed. The input method of the additional information input means is the selection input method (7211) in FIG. 72c, but may be text input.

The state in which the file is input to the evidence file input receiving means of FIG. 72b is indicated by reference numeral 7209 of FIG. 72d. When the interface button (7208) of the evidence file input receiving means is pressed, the file storage area in the terminal of the complainant using this system is accessed, and by selecting the specified file in the storage area, the file storage area is accessed. The list is displayed in the evidence file list display area (7210). Once uploaded, the evidence file is preferably configured to be undoable. Further, when the evidence file name displayed in the list is selected, the evidence file information can be accessed from the list display, and it is preferable that the evidence file information can be viewed.

In addition, since this system is a system for dispute resolution procedures and conforms to court procedures, it is assumed that information will be disclosed equally between the parties in principle. Since it is guaranteed not as a court procedure itself but as a procedure that is carried out privately, the petitioner, the procedure implementation candidate, etc. (procedure implementation candidate, procedure implementer, exclusion procedure implementation trustee, judicial disqualification) It has a structure (evidence file disclosure level setting means) that allows the disclosure level to be specified by selecting and limiting the destinations that can be disclosed for sharing information by the procedure implementation candidate, procedure implementation trustee, etc.) and the person in charge. Is preferable.

Specifically, since the evidence file is associated with the complaint information and held in the complaint information holding section of the system, the person identified by the person identification information associated with and / or associated with the complaint information. It is possible to disclose information for access from. At this time, as a configuration that enables the specification of the disclosure level, a method of canceling the association between the person identification information corresponding to the status not subject to disclosure and the evidence file information in the first place, or not associating from the beginning is considered. Be done. The evidence file information may be acquired as information included in the input information, or may be configured to be included in the petition information as information independent of the input information.

When the petition information is held in the petition information holding department, the secretariat server adds new petition information to the list of cases for distributing the case to the person in charge. Further, in order to set a specific person in charge as the case manager, it is conceivable to perform a process of associating the person in charge identification information with the petition information. As a method of associating the person in charge identification information, it is conceivable to associate one of the person in charge candidate identification information selected and automatically registered by the secretariat server with the petition identification information as the person in charge identification information. Alternatively, one or more of the candidate in charge identification information is selected from the identification information of the candidate in charge and notified, and the acceptance confirmation input reception unit of the job in charge is output to the identification information of the candidate in charge, and the corresponding candidate in charge is applicable. When the received information of the acceptance confirmation input of the job in charge is output to the secretariat server, the person in charge candidate identification number of the person in charge candidate identified by the person in charge candidate identification number in the petition identification information is used as the person in charge identification number. A method of associating is conceivable.

FIG. 73 is a diagram showing an actual display example of the window A (7301) of the person in charge of the acceptance confirmation input reception unit output by the secretariat server to the terminal connectable to the secretariat server used by the person in charge. What is displayed in the ID column (7302) in the figure is the petition identification information associated with the petition information. The petitioner's column (7303), the other party's column (7304), the other party's name column (7305), the desired retirement date (7306), the same-day response request column (7307), and the petition date (7308) are alleged. It corresponds to the display of basic information of. By activating the acceptance selection in the area indicated by reference numeral 7309, the acceptance confirmation of the assigned job is input. Then, the input accepted information is sent to the secretariat server, and when the secretariat server accepts the input accepted information, the matter list displayed in the window A of the input reception section for confirming the acceptance of the duties in charge of the person in charge is displayed. If the notation of the accepted matter is deleted, it will prevent the confirmation of the matter from being missed. On the other hand, it is preferable to separately list and manage the projects that have been accepted as the projects in charge, for example, as shown in FIG. 74, in order to carry out specific management activities thereafter.

The status of the person in charge who associates the person in charge candidate identification number with the petition identification information as the person in charge identification number changes with the person in charge. FIG. 74 is a diagram showing an example of the display of the petition management window A (7401) output by the petition management unit for the person in charge to connect to the secretariat server and manage the petition. In the case list (7402) in the figure, basic information about the petition identified by the petition identification information associated with the person in charge identification number as the person in charge is described. In the basic state of the petition, the management status (7403) indicating which process of the alternative dispute resolution procedure is in is displayed, and the status notation is changed as the process progresses. It is conceivable to configure it like this. In the vertical area 7404 on the left side of the screen, icons for selecting a major classification to be viewed or operated are arranged. If you select the icon 7405 that indicates the home in the major category, the screen transitions to the home screen that presents the most basic information, and you can proceed with the processing of the person in charge by selecting the icon of the minor category in that screen. it can. In FIG. 74, after selecting the major classification icon 7406 for confirming the document, the minor classification icon “Document” 7407 that can confirm the submitted document or the unsubmitted document as the minor classification icon is selected. Is shown. The petition (7408) and retirement notice (7409) under the petitioner's heading in the figure are the types of documents submitted by the petitioner, and since the text is reduced, they have already been submitted. You can confirm that there is. The answer (7410) under the heading of the other party in the figure is the document to be submitted by the other party, and since there is no reduced display of the text, it can be confirmed that the answer has not been submitted. Similarly, the first settlement proposal (7411) under the heading of the procedure practitioner is a document that the procedure practitioner should prepare and submit, and since there is no reduced display of the text, it may not be submitted. You can check.

Although not described in the example of FIG. 73, a notation may be added to the submitted documents so that the submission date can be confirmed. In addition, for unsubmitted documents, the deadline for submission, the remaining time and the number of days remaining until the deadline for submission, and the total time for excess and the total number of days for excess after the deadline for submission may be indicated. Good. By grasping the non-submission status and the submission status, it is possible to indirectly observe and grasp whether there is a problem in the procedure command of the procedure implementer and whether it is necessary to work with each related party.

In addition to the submission date and time, the deadline for submission, and the total time for overdue deadlines, a warning output instruction button for outputting a warning to encourage early submission with one click, and a one-click notice that the deadline is approaching. A notice output instruction button for outputting with may be further arranged. By pressing these buttons, it is possible to provide a warning output unit that outputs a warning to related parties based on the petition information of the relevant case, and a warning output unit that outputs a notice.

It is also conceivable that the person in charge can formally confirm the content of the petition and decide whether to complete the receipt of the petition or refuse to receive the petition. If there is a formal deficiency, it will be difficult to continue the subsequent procedure, so request a correction, or refuse to accept the petition if it is clear that the correction is impossible. It is conceivable to make a decision to do so. With such a configuration, it is possible to eliminate the case of making a complaint as mischief. In such a configuration, the interface button of the acceptance / rejection input acceptance means for the secretariat server to accept "accept" and "not accept" is arranged in the item display of the person in charge. If the "receive" press information is received by the secretariat server, a notification to the effect that it has been received is displayed to the petitioner, and the "not receive" press information is accepted by the secretariat server. If so, it is possible to output a notification that "not received" and a notification that the procedure has been interrupted.

<Embodiment 23 Explained Input Reception Unit α>
The "Explanated Input Reception Unit α" has already presented information (including conversational cases) to explain what the alternative dispute resolution procedure is in relation to the retained petition information. Accept the explained input, which is an input to that effect, in association with the claimant identification information. "Information for explaining what alternative dispute resolution is like" is a procedure that is generally related to alternative dispute resolution, regardless of whether or not this alternative dispute resolution system is used. This information includes information on the above points and points to note when using this Alternative Dispute Resolution System.

Mainly, the effect on the result of the procedure, if the procedure cannot be continued, the flow of the procedure, the rights of the petitioner in the procedure, the obligations of the petitioner in the procedure, and the person who manages and operates the secretariat server. I will explain about the contract. Since it is legally required to use written materials for explanations, a structure (explanation) that can ensure that explanations are given using processes such as forced display of sentences and confirmation of reading of sentences. It is preferable to use the text information output means).

For example, if the information indicating that the material has been browsed is output within 5 minutes from the start of browsing the explanatory text, it is possible that the text has not been read properly, so the process of switching the display of the browsing screen is executed. It may be configured to have a mechanism that the browsing screen is displayed again even if the browsing screen is turned off once.

Alternatively, a method of explaining the explanatory text by voice output (voice information output means) can be considered. By configuring so that the explained input cannot be accepted until the audio output of the explanatory text is completed, it is possible to guarantee that the explanatory text has been confirmed at least in the audio.
A method is conceivable in which the audio output is output as audio information together with the display information of the explanatory text, and is output according to the display of the explanatory text by reading and expanding the audio file.

However, when the audio output of the explanatory text is performed by reading and expanding the audio file, the audio cannot be recognizable to the outside or is not output depending on the setting of the terminal of the complainant who receives the audio file. In some cases, the complainant does not always confirm the audio output of the explanatory text.

Therefore, when the secretariat server obtains information indicating that the explanatory text is displayed on the monitor of the terminal that can be connected to the secretariat server used by the claimant, the telephone number registered by the claimant as the claimant information. It is preferable to configure (explanatory information call making means) to make a call to the number. For this call transmission, a voice output means was provided so that the read-aloud voice of the explanatory text was played, and it was confirmed by the voice output completion confirmation means of the secretariat server that the voice output was completed for all the explanatory texts. In this case, it is preferable to have a telephone explained input screen transmitting means for transmitting a screen on which the complainant can perform the explained input to the terminal used by the complainant. In the case of a voice call, it is possible to ensure that the claimant has completed the confirmation of the explanation with a reasonable degree of certainty from the information that the claimant continued the call to the end or disconnected in the middle of the call. You can. In addition, when the terminal used by the complainant is a terminal capable of capturing the face image of the complainant, the face image is analyzed to see which part of the explanatory text displayed on the terminal and scrolled or the like is followed. This can be used as visual status information, and can be configured to determine whether or not there is a sufficient possibility that the explanatory document has been read according to the visual status information. This technology acquires the scroll information of the terminal screen to determine which sentence or part of the sentence is in which position on the terminal screen, and analyzes the face image at the position projected on the screen of the line of sight. It judges the reading of each sentence.

77a and 77b are diagrams showing an example of an actual display window P (7701) of the explained input receiving unit α output from the secretariat server to a terminal connectable to the secretariat server used by the petitioner. .. The explanatory text may be displayed by pressing the interface button (7702) of the text display request unit output from the secretariat server shown in FIG. 77a to the complainant terminal, or this step. You may configure it so that the explanatory text is automatically displayed when you enter. FIG. 77b shows a state in which the content (7703) of the explanatory text is displayed in the display window (7704) of the explained input receiving unit α. In FIG. 77b, it is assumed that the explanation text is output by voice by a call, and while the status is "The explanation by voice call is not completed" (7705), the explained input reception unit It shows that the interface button (7703) is configured so that it cannot be pressed. When the display of "Explanation by voice call is not completed" is canceled or the status shifts to "Explanation by voice call is completed", the interface button of the explained input reception unit α can be pressed. Or, the screen sent from the secretariat server to the complainant is automatically transitioned, and the explained input information can be output to the explained input receiving unit α of the secretariat server.

Canceling the status of "Explanation by voice call is not completed" or shifting to the status of "Explanation by voice call is completed" has completed the reception of the voice explanation on the complainant terminal side. This is done when the secretariat server confirms that. Therefore, the information output to the effect that the voice explanation is completed is completed by associating the telephone number of the voice call destination from the secretariat server with the petition identification information identified by the petitioner identification information associated with the registered complainant information. It may be configured to be performed from the information output means. This information is used by the secretariat server to execute subsequent processing (for example, explained input reception processing).

It can be assumed that the secretariat server will check the status and automatically acquire the information that the voice explanation has been completed (voice explanation completion confirmed information acquisition means), but in order to improve safety, for example, the actual voice Only when the explanation is output to the person in charge at the same time, the person in charge also listens to the same content as the complainant is listening at the same time, and it is confirmed that the voice confirmation has been completed for all the explanations. It may be configured so that the interface button of the voice explanation completion confirmation information acquisition means output from the secretariat server to the person in charge terminal can be pressed. FIG. 78 is an example of an actual display window A (7801) of the voice explanation completion confirmed information acquisition means output by the secretariat server to the terminal connectable to the secretariat server used by the person in charge. As shown in FIG. 78, the text of the content explained by voice is displayed (7802), the voice explanation of the same content is heard at the same time as the petitioner, and the person in charge informs that all the contents have been explained. When it is confirmed, the interface button (7803) indicating that is pressed to send a signal to the secretariat server, and the secretariat server receives the signal and the explained input reception unit accepts the explained input. Is conceivable to be configured to be feasible.

<Embodiment 23 Legal Confirmation Preservation Department α>
The "Legal Definitive Preservation Department α" confirms that the alternative dispute resolution procedure has been accepted, and at least associates it with the retained petition identification information and stores it in the system. The legal definitive storage unit α stores information indicating the status that the petition has been accepted as definitive status information. The data once saved is uneditable and cannot be rewound to later change this status to a state where the petition has not been accepted.

The process of confirming that the petition has been accepted by the Legal Final Preservation Department α and saving it in association with the petition identification information is legally "accepted". In alternative dispute resolution, if the formal requirements for a petition are met, the petition will be accepted, and after it is accepted, there will be an obligation to keep records. Therefore, acceptance of a petition is a technical turn that triggers a change in legal status, and even in this alternative dispute resolution system, special information processing is performed to "confirm" and save the fact that the petition has been accepted. It is configured as follows.

In addition to the petition identification information, the information processed by the legally confirmed storage unit α includes not only the date and time when the legally confirmed storage was made, but also information indicating the date and time when the petition was filed, and related petitioner identification information. The petition information, the petitioner information, the other party information, the other party identification information, the person in charge identification information, the evidence information for the identity verification used for the petition identity verification, the information indicating the date and time when the fee payment was confirmed, etc. are also related. The stored information etc. may be applicable.

When the acceptance of the petition is confirmed, the effect of "acceptance" is legally produced as described above, and the alternative dispute resolution procedure will be started from that point. From that point on, there will be multiple status changes, such as an obligation to keep records, notification to the other party, or permission to submit various documents and view records. Along with this, the display of the screen for managing the status of the petitioner on the petition management screen output by the petition management department of the secretariat server can be changed (means for changing the status display of the petition management screen). ..

FIG. 82 is a diagram showing an example of display of the status management window P (8201) of the petition management screen output by the petition management unit of the secretariat server to the petitioner terminal that can be connected to the secretariat server used by the petitioner. .. As shown in the figure, when the acceptance of the petition is confirmed, the procedure implementation candidate has not been confirmed yet, so the notification (8202) that the procedure implementation candidate is being selected and the future procedure processing Items that need to be confirmed (8203) are displayed. In the example of the screen, after the selection of the procedure implementer is completed, it will be notified by e-mail, but it is not limited to this, and a new notification column is provided in the status management window P, and that column is provided. It may be notified by, or it may be configured to use both an email and a notification.

In addition, after the alternative dispute resolution procedure is accepted and legally confirmed, the petitioner must access the secretariat server to manage the status of his / her petition as a necessary procedure. By this point, it is preferable to configure the device so that it is necessary to authenticate that the access is from the claimant at the latest, and first set and register the claimant identification information and password for configuring the authentication information. Since the claimant identification information has already been set, the claimant can only set and register the password. After setting the password, the petitioner requests the secretariat server for authentication processing at any time after closing the petition management window of the petition management department for reconnection, and when the authentication is completed, the status management in his / her petition Configure the window so that it can be displayed.

In addition, input information including the applicant information and the other party information from the applicant terminal, input of evidence information from the applicant, input acceptance to the secretariat server of explained input, positive in the judgment of acquisition of fee payment information After a series of exchanges between the petitioner and the secretariat server, such as acquisition of the judgment result on the secretariat server, the continuous out-of-court dispute resolution procedure will be accepted, but before that, the petitioner is the secretariat server. If you disconnect the session with, it is preferable to configure it so that you will be prompted for a password when reconnecting. This is because it is safe for security. In this case, when reconnecting, the secretariat server recognizes the MAC address of the terminal read at the time of the first access to identify the reconnection and guide the complainant to the password setting screen. .. This re-recognition is unique when the complainant is issued a unique URL to make the secretariat server make the first connection, and after the interruption, the unique URL is specified again to try to connect. The URL may be used to recognize the reconnection, or both the MAC address and the unique URL information may be used to recognize the reconnection. The complainant can set a password here, and configure it so that it can be operated by entering the password or omitting the password and watching the continuation screen again after the setting is completed. .. In this way, even before the alternative dispute resolution procedure is accepted, a password may be set and issued to maintain security due to session disconnection or other reasons.

<Obligation to exclude people subject to conflict>
This Alternative Dispute Resolution System is a collection of laws, rules, and guidelines established for alternative dispute resolution procedures (hereinafter, in this specification, the laws, rules, and guidelines established for alternative dispute resolution procedures are collectively referred to as "relationships." It has already been explained that it is necessary to operate properly in accordance with "laws, etc."). According to the relevant laws and regulations, there are circumstances in which it may be judged that there is a relationship that impairs the fairness of the procedure between the person who hosts the alternative dispute resolution procedure and the petitioner or / and the other party. In some cases, there is a provision to the effect that the procedure cannot be hosted. When this provision is applied to the Alternative Dispute Resolution System, it is recognized that there is an unfair relationship between the administrator of the Alternative Dispute Resolution System and the petitioner or / and the other party of the petition. In other words, even if the system processes the actual procedure by automatic processing, the procedure must not be processed for the petition.

Therefore, it is conceivable to have a judgment unit for judging "there is no reason to impair the fairness of the procedure" before the legal confirmation preservation in the legal confirmation preservation department described later.

A typical situation that should be considered as "a situation that impairs the fairness of the procedure" is whether or not it is a "conflict subject, etc." for those who manage and operate this alternative dispute resolution procedure system. Regarding "conflict target persons, etc.", persons or corporations whose relationship with "substantial owners, etc. of the applicant" and "subsidiaries, etc. of the applicant", which have already been explained in the explanation of the above definition, is recognized. Is synonymous with.

As is clear from the description of the definition, since the number of shares held and the name of the officer are related, the information is insufficient only with the petition information, the petitioner information, and the other party information entered by the petitioner. Is assumed. On the other hand, for those who manage and operate the alternative dispute resolution procedure system, the relationship with themselves is a problem, and it can be said that they are the most detailed circumstances.
Therefore, we keep a list of people and corporate ministers who should exclude the case when they are told in advance as the other party to be excluded, and the petition information, the petitioner information, and a part of the other party information are included in the list. It is preferable to configure it so that it can be determined whether or not it is present (conflict exclusion determination unit).
Since the number of shares held (capital relationship) and officers fluctuate on a regular basis, it is preferable that the list holding section be configured to accept changes and amendments as appropriate. Further, the list may be configured so that it can be automatically updated by automatically referring to the public announcement information by the electromagnetic method and the company information of each company.

<Embodiment 23 Reception Notification Unit α>
The “reception unit α” notifies the petitioner identified by the petitioner identification information associated with the petition identification information at least that the petition has been accepted. The reception notification unit α notifies at least the petitioner of the legally confirmed and stored petition identification information. That is, at least notify the petitioner that the petition has legally been "accepted". In addition to the complainant, it is possible to notify the other party and the person in charge.

<Embodiment 23 Procedure Implementation Candidate Selection Unit α>
The “procedure implementation candidate selection unit α” selects the accumulated procedure implementation candidate identification information and associates it with the petition identification information held in the petition information holding unit. The selection may be configured to be automatically selected when the confirmation is saved in the legal confirmation storage unit, or it is configured so that the person in charge inputs it according to his / her own experience and work congestion. You may.

A "procedure implementation candidate" is a person who is waiting to become a procedure implementation person. The person who becomes the procedure implementation candidate is the person who has declared the intention to act as the procedure implementer to the administrator of this system, and can be the procedure implementation candidate in all cases where the procedure implementer has not been decided. It has the potential. For example, an expert who has specialized knowledge in a certain field, or a person who is legally given the authority to carry out legal procedures in a certain field (for example, a lawyer, a lawyer, a judicial scrivener, an administrative scrivener, etc.) Various official qualification holders such as tax accountants, certified public accountants, labor and social security attorneys, and small and medium-sized business doctors can be considered), etc. can be registered as candidates for procedure implementation.

"Procedure implementation candidate information" is information about the procedure implementation person, and is composed of personal attribute information and personal identification information. The procedure implementation candidate information is information that is linked even if the procedure implementation candidate changes its position from the procedure implementer, the exclusion procedure implementation trustee, the judicial disqualification procedure implementation candidate, and the procedure implementation trustee. It can be referred to by being linked with the identification information indicating the person in the position of. As an example of the procedure implementation candidate information, the name of the national qualification owned, the matters recorded in the regulatory agency, etc. related to the national qualification owned, the name of the affiliated office, the location of the affiliated office, the homepage address of the affiliated office, the affiliated company Name, company location, work location, company homepage address, contact email address, contact phone number, SNS address, specialized field (legal, technical, dispute type), work history, job history, work, appearance History, lecture history, name, common name in some cases, professional name, copy of document certifying the national qualification of possession, fee table when receiving business consignment outside this system, within the range that can be disclosed by this system Achievements (use of this system, non-use of this system), years elapsed after registration, etc.

It is preferable that the information stored in the procedure implementation candidate information storage unit be designed so that the persons concerned with this system can view it. Assuming that the name is the information browsing unit for procedure implementation candidates, this department has a browsing application receiving means, a browsing right original determination means, a browsing range acquisition means, and a browsing output means. In the browsing application receiving means, a person who wishes to browse inputs the identification information of the procedure implementation candidate or the like and also inputs his / her own identification information to apply for browsing of the information of the procedure implementation candidate or the like. At this time, the viewing right source determination means holds the determination information for determining the viewing right source from the identification information of the person, and determines the range of information to be disclosed based on the determination information. This determination result is acquired by the viewing range acquisition means, and is output from the viewing output means to a person who desires to view. In some cases, browsing may not be permitted, and browsing may be permitted for all information. In addition, it is desirable that the procedure implementation candidate information has an editing means and is configured so that the content can be edited in response to an editing request from a person with title. It is desirable that this title is separately determined by the identification information entered and the password entered together with it. Further, the information stored here may be updated by making a predetermined setting. For example, the number of years elapsed after registration may be automatically updated by acquiring clock information. It is also conceivable to patrol and update information on national qualifications on the website of the regulatory agency.

"Procedure implementation candidate identification information" is unique information given by this system to identify a procedure implementation candidate on this system. As will be described later, the status of the procedure implementation candidate changes to the procedure implementer, the exclusion procedure implementation trustee, the judicial disqualification procedure implementation candidate, the procedure implementation trustee, etc., depending on the progress stage of the procedure. To go. The transition to each status is due to the fact that the information associated with each status, the information that can be accessed, and the procedural title are different. Therefore, the procedure implementer is the procedure implementer identification information, the exclusion procedure implementation trustee is the exclusion procedure implementation trustee identification information, the judicial disqualification procedure implementation candidate is the avoidance establishment procedure implementation candidate identification information, and the procedure implementation trustee is Will be given the procedure implementation trustee identification information, but these do not have to be completely independent identification information. For example, it is conceivable to use the procedure implementation candidate identification information as the basic identification information and additionally associate the information indicating the status with the identification information indicating that the status is in another status. Therefore, although it is stated that the identification information is unique information, when comparing the procedure implementers on a person-by-person basis, it is sufficient if the procedure implementation candidate A and the procedure implementation candidate B are unique, and the procedure implementation candidate may be unique. The uniqueness may be impaired between the same person with different statuses, that is, the person A, the procedure implementer A, the exclusion procedure implementation trustee A, the repellent establishment procedure implementation candidate A, and the procedure implementation trustee A.

The fact that the uniqueness may be impaired means that the case where common identification information is inherited is allowed. In this case, when the condition for inheriting the common identification information is satisfied, a new association is made between the common identification information and the specific information, which newly constitutes the association between the common identification information and the specific information. , It is conceivable to reflect the result of status transition.

The procedure performer identification information must be information that can uniquely identify the person within this system. For example, it is possible to use an e-mail address, a mobile phone number, etc. that the person plans to use for a long period of time. Since the registration number of the national qualification may be duplicated between different national qualifications, it is possible to add a part that uniquely identifies the type of national qualification to be the procedure practitioner identification information. In this way, by using identification information that can be uniquely identified both inside and outside this system, there is no need to change the identification information when linking with other systems or expanding this system. There are merits. Of course, it is also possible to make the identification information body shape unique only within this system.

In addition, as an auxiliary function of this reception department, if one petitioner makes a related petition to multiple counterparties and is associated with multiple petition identification information, the same is applied to multiple petition. Since it is generally advantageous to assign a procedure implementer to expedite the resolution of the case, the procedure implementation candidate selection department selects the procedure implementation candidate in this way in the case of automatic selection, and also If the person in charge inputs, only one procedure implementation candidate can be entered, or if one procedure implementation candidate is input, the same procedure implementation candidate can be entered for multiple related complaints. It is desirable to configure the same procedure implementation candidate allocation means C to be configured to be allocated.

Similarly, as an auxiliary function of this reception department, a plurality of petitioners make one petition to one counterparty, and one petition identification information and one counterparty identification information are associated with a plurality of petitioner identification information. In such cases, it is generally advantageous to assign one procedure implementer to multiple claimant identification information in order to expedite the resolution of the case, so the procedure implementation candidate selection department In the case of automatic selection, one procedure implementation candidate is selected for a plurality of claimant identification information in this way. In addition, when the person in charge inputs, only one procedure implementation candidate can be input for one of the multiple petitioner identification information, or multiple complaints are made when one procedure implementation candidate is input. It is desirable to have the same procedure implementation candidate allocation means D that is configured to allocate the same procedure implementation candidate in association with the person identification information.

The number of procedure implementation candidates selected by the procedure implementation candidate selection reception unit α may be one or more, and may be multiple. The selection at the procedure implementation candidate selection reception department can be selected automatically by the secretariat server based on the procedure implementation candidate selection rule, but the procedure is performed by the person in charge selecting and inputting the selection information. It may be configured to be accepted by the implementation candidate selection reception unit. In addition, it is preferable that the schedule of the procedure implementation candidate, particularly the availability of work, is input from the terminal of the procedure implementation candidate or input by the person in charge of the secretariat and managed on the database. Then, the procedure implementation candidate may be automatically selected based on the busy schedule of each procedure implementation candidate. In other cases, the procedure implementation candidate is usually already a procedure implementer or a person in another position. In other words, for example, a candidate for procedure implementation usually handles multiple cases at the same time, so the schedule for alternative dispute resolution procedures by this system is basically passed from the secretariat server to the schedule database. On the other hand, since the alternative dispute resolution work of this system is usually also performed by the procedure implementation candidate, input should be accepted from the terminal used by the procedure implementation candidate for the work outside this system. Configure to. However, since the content of the work is private to the candidate for procedure implementation, it is sufficient to use information that specifies the time when the person is busy, the place where he / she is staying, or the travel time. These can be configured to suck only the information that can be disclosed through the filter from the schedule management software that the procedure implementation candidate uses on a daily basis to the secretariat server.

The procedure implementation candidate selection rule is the number of complaints that each procedure implementation candidate is currently in charge of as a procedure implementer (example: if the number of cases exceeds a certain number, no selection is made), or the petition Parties (eg, do not select if one or more of the parties are common), time of day the petitioner wishes to contact (eg, do not select if it does not match the active time of the practitioner), The nature of the petition (eg, if specialized knowledge or knowledge is required, preferentially select from the procedure implementation candidates who have the relevant specialized knowledge or knowledge), compatibility with the administrative staff in charge (eg,) One or more of the procedure implementation candidates who have no history of trouble in the past between the person in charge identified by the person in charge identification information associated with the petition identification information and the procedure implementer), etc. It is conceivable to configure according to the rules of. Furthermore, when combining a plurality of rules, it is conceivable to make the weighting different for each rule so that the procedure implementation candidate is selected by a comprehensive judgment (multiple procedure implementation candidate selection rule judgment means). ..

Furthermore, it is possible that there are no selectable procedure implementation candidates, and in that case, the petitioner is notified that the waiting time for appointment of the procedure implementer will be longer depending on the circumstances (procedure implementer appointment waiting notification means). It is conceivable that the procedure is selected as soon as it becomes selectable, or that the procedure is terminated because the procedure implementer cannot be selected (procedure implementer cannot be selected and canceled). In order to prevent cases where it becomes difficult to respond due to a shortage of candidates for procedure implementation, adjust so that the number of confirmed applications is within the specified number, or confirm the acceptance of applications. It is also conceivable to have a configuration having a petition acceptance number control unit that limits the number of petition information inputs.

FIG. 83 is a diagram showing an example of the petition management window P (8301) displayed by the petition management unit output from the secretariat server to the petitioner terminal that can access the secretariat server used by the petitioner. Since the procedure implementer has been selected, the information (8302) regarding the procedure implementer is displayed in the petition management window P of the petitioner. Information about the procedure executor should be configured such that, for example, if you select an email address, the screen will automatically move to the email composition screen, or a window for exchanging messages within this system will be expanded as a separate window. .. It can also be configured to have a contact function that can only be used on a one-to-one basis. For example, a message exchange function. It is also possible to use an SNS type message service provided by an external organization. When using the message service provided by an external organization, the secretariat server participates in the members in addition to the petitioner and the procedure implementer, and is configured to record the content of the message exchange between the claimant and the procedure implementer. It is preferable to do so.

Furthermore, due to the selection of the procedure implementer, the processing using this alternative dispute resolution procedure system will proceed to the next stage, and as the next step, in the example shown in the figure, "submission of a settlement proposal" will be awaited. The instruction to do so is active.

<Embodiment 23 Exclusion determination result acquisition unit α>
The “disqualification judgment result acquisition unit α” acquires the disqualification judgment result, which is the judgment result of whether or not there is a reason for disqualification according to at least a part of the petition information identified by the petition identification information. By pressing the interface button of the exclusion determination result acquisition unit α output by the secretariat server from the procedure implementer window M, the exclusion determination result is acquired. Further, when the interface button indicating that there is a reason for exclusion is pressed, it is preferable to clarify which reason for exclusion is applicable. Therefore, the relevant exclusion reason information acquisition means for the secretariat server to acquire the relevant exclusion reason information is output to the terminal of the procedure implementer, and the procedure implementer inputs text in the interface text box to perform the relevant exclusion. It is conceivable that the information on the reason for repulsion is acquired. FIG. 87 is an example of an actual display window M of the corresponding exclusion reason acquisition means output from the secretariat server on condition that the interface button indicating the exclusion reason is pressed. As shown in the figure, an interface text box for entering the relevant reason for exclusion is displayed. The exclusion judgment result acquisition unit α of the secretariat server has completed the acquisition of the relevant exclusion reason information from the input of the interface text box, and determines that this content is appropriate (means for acquiring the exclusion reason appropriateness judgment result). Until then, the acquisition of the exclusion judgment result may be restricted (means for acquiring the exclusion judgment result depending on the appropriateness of the reason for exclusion).

<Embodiment 23 Repellent Judgment Result Acquisition Unit α>
The "judicial disqualification result acquisition unit α" acquires the repulsion judgment result, which is the judgment result of whether or not there is a reason for repulsion from the petitioner and / or the other party according to the procedure implementation candidate information of the selected procedure implementation candidate. .. The repellent determination result acquisition unit α can be configured to output from the secretariat server to one or more terminals of the petitioner, the other party, and the person in charge. By pressing the interface button of the repellent judgment result acquisition unit α output from the secretariat server from any of the window P of the complainant, the window O of the other party, and the window A of the person in charge, the secretariat server is repelled. Get the judgment result. When outputting to a plurality of windows, it is possible to input the repellent judgment result by pressing the interface button on the plurality of windows, that is, it is possible to obtain a plurality of repellent judgment results in duplicate. .. It is preferable that the signal output to the secretariat server by pressing each window is associated with the person identification information associated with the window output to the terminal that issued the signal. This is because when a plurality of repellent judgment results are acquired in duplicate, it is preferable to identify and record from whom and when the repellent judgment results were obtained.

To enter the result of the repulsion judgment, as in the case of the request for the reason for disqualification, the method that requires the input of the corresponding reason for repulsion and the document of the petition for repulsion are automatically generated from the input information on the establishment of the repulsion, and this is processed. It may be configured to output to the repellent judgment result acquisition unit α of the station server.
When inputting the corresponding repellent reason, when the interface button of the repellent judgment result acquisition unit α output by the secretariat is pressed, the corresponding repellent reason input means output from the secretariat server on condition that a pressing signal is transmitted. It is possible to input the reason for avoidance corresponding to the interface text box of. Of course, it is possible to configure the input of the avoidance judgment result without requesting the input of the reason or writing it. However, since the petitioner should not approve the petition for repulsion for reasons that are biased toward the person's subjectivity, such as "I hate this face", "I hate this name", and "I want to postpone the procedure", I will give you the appropriate reason and that. It is preferable to ask for the presentation of the underlying facts. Since the repellent can be empirically divided into about 20 patterns, the pattern can be selectively displayed on each terminal and configured to be selected from the patterns. Then, it is preferable to provide a guidance question for inputting details according to the selected pattern, and to fill in according to the guidance question so that the reason for avoidance can be entered. In addition, it is preferable that the secretariat server is configured to analyze the entered reasons for repulsion in sentences for each item and semi-automatically determine whether or not the reasons for repulsion can be met. Sentence analysis can improve the analysis accuracy by using the AI function or the like. Finally, it is preferable to send the reason entered in the person in charge terminal and the analysis result, have the person in charge perform the confirmation process, and record it in the secretariat server.

In the case of a configuration in which the documents for the petition for disqualification are automatically generated, the information necessary for the petition for disqualification is input by using the interface button or the interface text box of the means for inputting the repellent information output by the secretariat server. When the secretariat server's repellent information input receiving means receives the input information from the input to the interface, the secretariat server's repellent information storage means saves the repellent information, and the repellent petition information generation rule holding means holds it. The means for generating the information on the petition for disqualification generates the information on the petition for disqualification based on the rules for generating the information on the petition for disqualification and the information on the repellent that is held.

By outputting the generated repulsion petition information, it is possible to configure the repellent judgment result acquisition unit α to accept the input of the repulsion judgment result. In this case, the repellent determination result acquisition unit α is not output to the window, and the repellent information is not input by pressing the interface button. Alternatively, the repulsion petition information display means may display the repellent petition in a window, and the interface button of the repellent judgment result acquisition unit α output by the secretariat server may be arranged on the displayed window.

<Embodiment 23 Procedure Implementer Holding Unit α>
The "procedure implementer holding unit α" is the judgment result that the disqualification judgment result acquired by the disqualification judgment result acquisition department has no reason for disqualification, and the repulsion judgment result acquired by the repulsion judgment result acquisition department is the reason for repulsion. If it is determined that there is no such information, the procedure implementation candidate associated with the petition information is retained in association with the procedure implementer identification information as the procedure implementer associated with the petition information. The "procedure implementer" is, as shown in the definition above, a person who mediates the settlement in the alternative dispute resolution procedure, and is a person who leads the procedure using this system.

Becoming a procedure practitioner means associating a procedure implementation candidate associated with the petition information with the petition information and associating the procedure practitioner identification information. "Procedure performer identification information" is unique information automatically given by the system to identify the procedure performer. Uniqueness is recognized even if the information indicating the status is added to the procedure implementation candidate identification information. Therefore, it is possible to use a method of indicating the status of what is identified by the identification number while sharing the identification number by combining the identification number with the code indicating the status. In such a mechanism, associating a procedure implementation candidate with the petition information as a procedure execution candidate means that the procedure implementation candidate executes the procedure by displaying the content of the information indicating the status included in the procedure implementation candidate's identification number. It will be changed to information indicating the person and associated with the petition information.

Of course, it is possible to give a completely different identification information according to the change of status, but the content of the information that can be accessed even after the change of status and the past information before acquiring the new status are also accessed. It is not very preferable because it needs to be configured so that it can be used.

<Embodiment 23 Procedure implementer identification information output unit α>
The “procedure implementer identification information output unit α” outputs the procedure implementer identification information associated with the petition identification information in association with the petition identification information. By outputting the procedure implementer identification information, the person related to the petition information identified by the petition identification information associated with the determined procedure performer identification information is identified by the determined procedure performer identification number. Can tell that he has become a procedure implementer.

It is preferable that the identification information of the procedure practitioner is output so that a brief explanation about the procedure practitioner is displayed on the display window of each party. FIG. 83 shows a state in which the procedure implementer identification information output by the procedure implementer identification information output unit α is displayed in the display window P (8301) of the petitioner. Simple information (8302) about the determined procedure implementer is displayed. When any part of this simple information is selected, it is preferable that the detailed explanation of the procedure practitioner can be viewed. That is, the interface button of the procedure implementer detailed information display request acquisition means output from the secretariat server is configured to be superimposed on the procedure implementer information output by the procedure implementer identification information output unit. When the interface button of the procedure implementer detailed information display request acquisition means is pressed, the procedure implementer detailed information display request acquisition means acquires the request. When the procedure implementer detailed information display request acquisition means acquires the procedure implementer detailed information display request, the request procedure implementer detailed information output means outputs the detailed information of the requested procedure implementer to the terminal of the requesting person. When the detailed information of the request procedure implementer is output to the terminal, the detailed information (8302) of the procedure implementer is displayed in the window as shown in FIG. 83.

<Embodiment 23 Counter-party petition notification unit α>
The "counterpart petition notification unit α" is the information of at least a part of the petition information identified by the petition identification information and the procedure implementer identified by the procedure implementer identification information associated with the petition identification information. Notify the other party of certain procedure implementer information (same content as the corresponding procedure implementation candidate information). Only when at least a part of the petition information is transmitted to the other party from the other party's petition notification unit α, the other party knows that the petition has been received. The counterparty petition notification unit α is configured to be able to independently output the notification of the petition and the notification of the determined procedure implementer.

<Embodiment 23 Explained Input Reception Unit α>
The "explained input reception unit α" is a procedure for resolving out-of-court disputes related to the petition information held for the other party identified by the counterparty identification information included in the petition information identified by the petition identification information. It is an input to the effect that the information for explaining what is like is presented (including the case by conversation), and the explanation item explained input reception is accepted in association with the petition identification information. The input to the effect that the explanation is completed may be input from the other party's terminal, the procedure implementer's terminal, or the person in charge terminal.

The interface button of the explained input receiving unit α may be output from the secretariat server and configured on the window A of the terminal of the person in charge, or may be configured on the window O of the terminal of the other party. , It may be configured on the window M of the terminal of the procedure implementer. As the method of explaining the explanation items, the same method as the explanation method for the complainant can be considered.
It is preferable to display the explanatory text to the other party as well, but the explanation may be given only by a method other than the disclosure of the explanatory text.

<Embodiment 23 Answer Form Information Output Unit α>
When the answer is submitted, the "answer information output unit α" outputs the answer information, which is information indicating the contents of the answer, in association with the petition identification information associated with the answer.
On the terminal that receives the output answer sheet information, the content of the answer sheet displayed in sentences can be confirmed. Although the output destination of the answer is not specified, it is preferable to configure it so that it can be output from the secretariat server to all of the petitioner, the other party, the procedure implementer, and the person in charge. The answer sheet information output unit α outputs the answer sheet information to the identification information associated with this request when the answer sheet information output request is received even after the answer sheet information is generated and held for the first time. It is possible.

The answer sheet information output unit α outputs the answer sheet information for the first time to notify the persons concerned of the petition that the answer sheet has been submitted. When the person concerned with the petition is notified that the answer has been submitted, the display on the petition management window of each person concerned is changed (means for updating the petition management status screen) as shown in FIG. You will be able to confirm that you have progressed to the step.

It is preferable that the answer sheet information output unit α can confirm the display of the actual answer sheet to be output before outputting the answer sheet information. FIG. 103 is a display window (10303) of the answer sheet content confirmation screen output by the secretariat server's answer sheet content confirmation screen output means to the terminal that can be connected to the secretariat server used by the other party. It is preferable that the answer sheet content confirmation screen is displayed together with the interface button of the answer sheet content confirmed acquisition means output from the secretariat server. As shown in the figure, by displaying the written answer information (10302) and pressing the interface button of the answer document content confirmed acquisition means, the answer document content confirmed information is acquired. When the negative interface button of the content-confirmed acquisition means is pressed, it is preferable that the interface button of the re-response information acquisition means is output from the secretariat server in order to acquire the response information again. The re-response information acquisition means may be the same as the response information acquisition unit described above.

There are two ways to generate the answer information, one is to generate the answer by using the answer information entered by the other party by operating the terminal, and the other is to have the procedure implementer or the person in charge take the place of the other party in accordance with the other party's intention. It is conceivable that the proxy generation is performed and the answer sheet information is input.

In the case of personal generation, as shown in FIG. 102, the answer sheet information input screen output unit of the secretariat server outputs to the terminal of the person in charge and / and the procedure implementer, window A or window M of the answer sheet information input screen. By pressing the interface button (10202) of the answer sheet information acquisition means output from the secretariat server displayed in (10201) or inputting text into the interface text box (10203), the answer sheet of the secretariat end server The information acquisition means acquires the answer information. The answer document information acquired by the answer sheet information acquisition means and the answer sheet generation rule held by the answer sheet generation rule The answer sheet information generation means generates the answer sheet information by using the answer sheet generation rule, and the generated answer sheet information is generated. The generated answer is held by the information holding means. The retained generated answer information is output by the answer information output unit α. When the negative interface of the answer information acquisition means output by the secretariat server is pressed, the interface text box of the answer information acquisition means for inputting the reason for denial is displayed, and the text of the reason for denial is displayed. It is preferable to configure it so that input can be performed. Further, it is preferable that the interface button of the new answer information acquisition means cannot be pressed until the text input of the reason for denial is completed.

In the case of proxy generation by the person in charge or / the procedure implementer, as shown in Fig. 90, the substitute answer form information input screen output section of the secretariat server outputs to the person in charge or / and the terminal of the procedure implementer. Pressing the interface button (9002) of the substitute answer information acquisition means output from the secretariat server displayed in window A or window M (9001) of the information input screen, or entering text in the interface text box (9003). By doing so, the means for acquiring the substitute answer information on the secretariat terminal server acquires the substitute answer information. The ghostwriter answer information acquired by the ghostwriter information acquisition means and the ghostwriter generation rule The ghostwriter information generation means generates and generates the ghostwriter information using the ghostwriter generation rule held by the holding means. The generated ghostwriter answer information is held by the generated ghostwriter information holding means. The retained ghostwriting answer information is output by the answer information output unit α as the answer information. When the negative interface of the substitute answer information acquisition means output by the secretariat server is pressed, the interface text box of the substitute answer information acquisition means for inputting the reason for denial is displayed and the reason for denial. It is good to configure it so that you can enter the text of. Further, it is preferable that the interface button of the new ghostwriting answer information acquisition means cannot be pressed until the text input of the reason for denial is completed.

<Embodiment 23 Termination Information Acquisition Unit>
The “Termination Information Acquisition Department α” acquires the termination information, which is the termination information of the final alternative dispute resolution procedure, in association with the petition identification information. The "termination information" is information on whether the settlement was finally established and the procedure was completed, or whether the procedure was not completed without the settlement being established. In the case of cancellation, it can be treated as termination information indicating the unsuccessful settlement, or as cancellation of the settlement, it can be treated as termination information indicating a state different from the establishment / failure of the procedure. Alternatively, it is also possible to configure the process for different termination called the stop process so that it is not included in the termination information.

For the acquisition of termination information by the termination information acquisition unit α, the secretariat server determines whether or not a settlement agreement has been concluded (means for determining whether or not a settlement agreement has been concluded), and automatically acquires it from the determination result. / And can be configured so that the person in charge can select it. When the termination information is configured to be acquired at the timing of the procedure implementer and / and the person in charge, the interface button of the termination information acquisition unit α output by the secretariat server to the terminal of the procedure implementer and / and the person in charge is pressed. It is configured to acquire the termination information by.

FIG. 112 is a table of a display window M (11201) including an interface button of a petition-related main information editing screen output requesting means (11202) output by the secretariat server to a terminal connectable to the secretariat server used by the procedure implementer. It is an example. When the interface button of the petition-related main information editing screen output requesting means is pressed, the petition-related main information editing screen illustrated in FIG. 113 is output from the petition-related main information editing screen output means of the secretariat server. It is preferable that the petition-related main information editing screen displays the interface button, the interface text box, and the interface window of the petition-related main information editing means output from the secretariat server. It is preferable that the main editing screen related to the petition is configured so that it can be shared between the procedure implementer and the person in charge of editing. FIG. 114 shows a display example of the person in charge window A (11401) of the complaint-related main information editing screen output by the application-related main information editing screen output means of the secretariat server to a terminal that can be connected to the secretariat server used by the person in charge. Is. In the window M (11301) of the procedure implementer shown in FIG. 113, there is a display column (11302) indicating that the person in charge and the person in charge are in a shared state, and a display column (11303) indicating the person who edited and the date and time of editing. In the window A (11401) of the person in charge shown in FIG. 114, there is a display column (11402) indicating that the procedure is in a shared state with the person performing the procedure, and a display column (11403) indicating the person who edited and the date and time of editing.

In addition, when editing is interrupted in the middle, the interface button (11304) of the interrupted editing information record holding means output by the secretariat server to record and save the edited information interrupted in the middle is also displayed in the window. ing. Further, when the predetermined conditions are satisfied, as shown in FIG. 115 Procedure executor display window M (11501), the secretariat server is used to complete the editing and record and save the main information related to the complaint in association with the identification information of the complaint. It is preferable to display the interface button (11502) of the petition-related main information recording means output by. As a predetermined condition, it is conceivable that the secretariat server's creation mandatory petition-related information acquisition judgment result acquisition means has acquired as a judgment result that the type of petition-related main information that is normally created has been created. Alternatively, by pressing the interface button of the self-in-charge petition-related information created acquisition means of the secretariat server, the information that both the procedure implementer and the person in charge have completed the creation of the petition-related information to be created by themselves is pressed. It is possible that it was acquired.

When the interface button of the termination information acquisition unit A output by the secretariat server is pressed, the termination information recording unit α records the termination information, so that it is necessary to warn that the main information related to the petition cannot be edited thereafter. It is preferable to have a stepped structure. The window M (11501) shows a state in which the termination information acquisition alert screen (11503) output by the termination information acquisition alert screen output means of the secretariat server is displayed.

<Embodiment 23 Termination Information Recording Unit α>
The "termination information recording unit α" records and retains the acquired termination information in association with the complaint identification information of the complaint information holding unit. When the termination information acquisition unit α of the secretariat server acquires the termination information, the termination information is output to the termination information recording unit α in the secretariat server, and the termination information recording unit α is output from the termination information acquisition unit α. Record the information.

It is conceivable that the main information related to the petition is also recorded and saved in association with the petition identification information at this time, together with or included in the termination information. It is preferable that the information stored in the termination information recording unit is stored in a method capable of setting title so that it can be disclosed only by a person who has the right to disclose the information. Furthermore, in principle, it is preferable that the information cannot be edited, and if it becomes necessary to edit the information, it can be edited only by the person who is identified by the identification number to which the title is given in advance. It is preferable to set title as much as possible.

<Embodiment 23 Hardware Configuration>
FIG. 68 is a diagram showing an example of the hardware configuration of the alternative dispute resolution system according to the present embodiment. Specifically, the functions described above are executed by using computer resources as follows. The present invention can basically be configured by a general-purpose computer, a program, and various devices. The operation of a computer basically takes the form of loading a program recorded in a non-volatile memory into a main memory and executing processing in the main memory, a CPU, and various devices. Communication with the device is done via an interface connected to the bus line. The interface may be a display interface, a keyboard, a communication buffer, or the like. As shown in this figure, the hardware configuration of the out-of-court dispute resolution procedure system of the 23rd embodiment is also a non-volatile memory, the complainant information including at least the complainant's name from the complainant terminal, and information for identifying the other party ( The input information including at least the other party information (including the other party identification information) is acquired, and the information associated with the claimant information and the other party information and the claimant identification information that identifies the claimant that is also used for accessing this system is used. The petition information retention program α, which retains certain petition information in association with the petition identification information, and the presentation of information to explain what the out-of-court dispute resolution procedure looks like in relation to the retained petition information. Confirmed that the explained input reception program α, which accepts the explained input, which is the input to the effect that it has been completed (including the case by conversation) in association with the claimant identification information, and the petition for the out-of-court dispute resolution procedure have been accepted. At least the legally-determined storage program α that is stored in the system in association with the retained petition identification information, and the petition that the claim was accepted is identified by at least the petitioner identification information associated with this petition identification information. The reception notification program α that notifies a person, the procedure implementation candidate selection program α that selects the accumulated procedure implementation candidate identification information and associates it with the petition identification information held in the petition information holding unit, and the petition identification information. The disqualification judgment result acquisition program α that acquires the disqualification judgment result, which is the judgment result of whether or not there is a reason for disqualification according to at least a part of the petition information identified in, and the procedure implementation of the selected procedure implementation candidate. The repulsion judgment result acquisition program α that acquires the repulsion judgment result, which is the judgment result of whether there is a reason for repulsion from the petitioner and / or the other party according to the candidate information, and the disqualification judgment acquired by the disqualification judgment result acquisition department If the result is a judgment result that there is no reason for disqualification and the judgment result of repulsion obtained by the repulsion judgment result acquisition department is a judgment result that there is no reason for disqualification, the procedure implementation candidate associated with the petition information The procedure implementer retention program α, which retains the procedure implementer identification information in association with the procedure implementer who associates the person with the petition identification information, and the procedure implementer identification information associated with the petition identification information is associated with the petition identification information. The procedure implementer identification information output program α to be output, at least a part of the petition information identified by the petition identification information, and the procedure implementer identified by the procedure implementer identification information associated with the petition identification information. Information on the procedure implementer (corresponding procedure implementation candidate information) Related to the other party's complaint notification program α for notifying the other party of (the same content as) and the complaint information held for the other party identified by the other party's identification information included in the complaint information identified by the complaint identification information. Then, the information for explaining what the out-of-court dispute resolution procedure is like has been presented (including the case by conversation), and the explanation has been explained in association with the petition identification information. Explained items to accept the reception The explained input reception program α and the answer information, which is the information indicating the contents of the answer in association with the petition identification information associated with the answer when the answer is submitted, are displayed. The answer document information output program α to be output, the termination information acquisition program α that acquires the termination information that is the termination information of the final out-of-court dispute resolution procedure in association with the petition identification information, and the petition information holding unit that acquires the acquired termination information. The termination information recording program α, which is recorded and retained in association with the complaint identification information of, is retained, and these programs are read into the main memory based on the execution instruction of a series of programs, and based on the operation start instruction. These programs are executed. It is preferable that these programs are continuously resident in the main memory except during maintenance, and that the application is always accepted and the management of the application for which the acceptance is confirmed is continued. As with the program, the data includes input information, petitioner information, counterparty information, counterparty identification information, petitioner identification information, petition identification information, petition information, explained input accepted information, petition acceptance confirmation information, and procedure implementation candidates. Person identification information, exclusion reason judgment result, avoidance judgment result, explanatory matter explained information, answer sheet information, termination information, various setting information such as communication (not shown) are held in the non-volatile memory and loaded into the main memory. , Referenced and used when executing a series of programs. In this computer, a non-volatile memory, a main memory, a CPU, and an interface (for example, a display, a keyboard, communication, etc.) are connected to a bus line so that they can communicate with each other.

<Process 23 Flow of processing>
FIG. 69 is a diagram showing an example of the processing flow in the present embodiment. As shown in the figure. All the processes in this embodiment are composed of determination steps. In this figure, the NO branch of the judgment step is shown as if it immediately returns to the same judgment branch, but this omits the judgment step of judging whether to end the procedure after the NO branch of the judgment step. Because it is. In reality, after the NO branch of the determination step, the procedure end determination step is always processed to determine whether or not to end the procedure. If the procedure is not completed, the same steps are repeated, and if the procedure is completed, the termination process is performed without executing the remaining steps. Based on the above assumptions, what is used for the processing performed in each step will be described below.

In the petition information acquisition determination step α (6901), the petition information acquisition unit α determines whether the petition information has been acquired. In the explanation item explained input acceptance determination step α (6902), it is determined whether the explanation item explained input reception unit α has accepted the input of the explanation item explained information. In the petition legal finalization determination step α (6903), the legal finalization preservation unit α determines whether the petition has been legally finalized. In the reception notification determination step α (6904), it is determined whether or not the reception notification output unit α has output the reception notification. The procedure implementation candidate selection step α (6905) determines whether the procedure implementation candidate selection unit α has selected the procedure implementation candidate. In the other party's petition notification determination step α (6906), it is determined whether the other party's petition notification unit α has notified the other party of the petition. In the explanation item explained input acceptance determination step α (6907), it is determined whether the explanation item explained input reception unit α has accepted the input of the explanation item explained information. In the exclusion determination result acquisition determination step α (6908), it is determined whether or not the exclusion determination result acquisition unit α has acquired the exclusion determination result. The repellent determination result acquisition determination step α (6909) determines whether the repellent determination result acquisition unit has acquired the repulsion determination result. The procedure implementer identification information record determination step α (6910) determines whether the procedure implementer holding unit α has recorded the procedure implementer from the procedure implementation candidate to the procedure implementer for storage. The procedure implementer identification information output determination step α (6911) determines whether the procedure implementer identification information output unit α has output the procedure implementer identification information. The answer document output determination step α (6912) determines whether the answer sheet information output unit α has output the answer sheet information. The termination information acquisition determination step α (6913) determines whether the termination information acquisition unit α has acquired the termination information. In the termination information recording determination step α, it is determined whether the termination information recording α has recorded the termination information acquired in the termination information acquisition unit α.

<Other configurations>
As another structure, it is conceivable to have a legal document preparation department that can easily prepare a legal document to be submitted to the other party. The legal document creation department has a sentence composition information acquisition means for acquiring information necessary for creating a legal sentence, and a sentence generation rule which is a rule for creating a legal sentence from the acquired sentence composition information. It is conceivable to configure the text information generation rule holding means for holding the text information and the outputable text display means for displaying the generated text information in an outputable manner. Since the method of submitting legal texts may be stipulated, in addition to submitting them online, it is possible to print them out on paper and send them. Furthermore, if there are multiple legal texts to be prepared in one procedure, it is conceivable to royal government to have a means of selection for first selecting the prepared document.

FIG. 116 is a display window P (11601) displayed on the applicant terminal of the retirement notification submission confirmation unit (11601) for confirming whether the applicant has already submitted the retirement notification in the alternative dispute resolution procedure system for retirement. It is a figure which shows an example of the actual display of). When the Retirement Notification Submission Confirmation Department confirms that the retirement notification has been submitted, the Retirement Notification Submission Information Acquisition Department displays the display window P (11701) shown in FIG. 117 as to how the retirement notification was submitted. A configuration that is displayed is conceivable. When the Retirement Notification Submission Confirmation Department confirms that the retirement notification has not been submitted, the display window P (11801) shown in FIG. 118 is configured to display the legal text creation department prompting the creation of the retirement notification. Is preferable. Sentence information is generated from the sentence structure information acquired by the sentence structure information acquisition means (11802) and the sentence generation rule. FIG. 119 is a diagram showing an example of actual display in the window P (11901) of the outputable text display means for displaying the generated text information so that it can be output.

<Embodiment 24>
<Outline of Embodiment 24>
The present embodiment is an invention relating to an operation method of an alternative dispute resolution procedure system.

<Structure of Embodiment 24 Invention>
This embodiment is an alternative dispute resolution procedure system for resolving an alternative dispute resolution with an opponent who is the opponent of the petitioner, and is a procedure implementation candidate which is identification information of an alternative dispute resolution procedure implementation candidate. The procedure implementation candidate information storage unit that stores the person identification information and the procedure implementation candidate information that is information about the procedure implementation candidate identified by the identification information, and the name, address, and the other party of the claimant from the petitioner terminal. Acquire input information including at least information for identifying the other party (including the other party's identification information), and file a claim information that is information associated with the claimant identification information that identifies the claimant that is also used for accessing this system. It is an operation method of the alternative dispute resolution procedure system that has a petition information holding department that holds it in association with identification information, and provides evidence information for confirming the petitioner himself / herself based on the "held petition information". Applicant identification of the step of acquiring evidence information to be acquired, the acquired evidence information, and the input of the result of determining whether the input person who input the input information from the petitioner terminal based on the retained petition information is the petitioner himself / herself. Applicant's judgment result acceptance step to be accepted in association with information and presentation of information to explain what the alternative dispute resolution procedure is related to the retained petition information (in the case of conversation) The explained input acceptance step, which accepts the explained input that is the input to the effect that it has been completed, in association with the petitioner identification information, and the payment of the fee for the alternative dispute resolution procedure in association with the petition identification information from the petitioner. The fee-paid information acquisition judgment step for determining whether the fee-paid information, which is information indicating the existence, has been acquired, and the petitioner's own judgment result reception section accepts the input of the petitioner's own judgment result and explains the input. The comprehensive judgment step to judge whether the explained input is accepted by the reception department and the fee payment information is acquired by the fee payment information acquisition judgment department and the conditions are comprehensively satisfied, and the condition of the judgment result by the comprehensive judgment department are If the result is judged to be comprehensively satisfied, it is confirmed that the alternative dispute resolution procedure has been accepted, and at least it is stored in the system in association with the retained petition identification information. The step and the procedure implementation candidate selection step of selecting the accumulated procedure implementation candidate identification information for case processing and associating it with the petition identification information held in the petition information holding unit are executed.

FIG. 6 is a diagram showing the processing flow of the first embodiment and showing an example of the processing flow of each step in the 24th embodiment. FIG. 5 shows the flow of the hardware configuration of the first embodiment, and is also a diagram showing a program expanded from the memory to the CPU in order to execute each process of the 24th embodiment. Each step is executed by expanding each program corresponding to the name from the memory to the CPU.

Since the detailed description of each step in the 24th embodiment and the detailed description of each program for executing each step have already been described in the first embodiment, the description will be omitted in the present embodiment.

<Embodiment 25>
<Outline of Embodiment 25>
The present embodiment is an invention relating to an operation method of an alternative dispute resolution procedure system based on the 24th embodiment.

<Structure of the 25th embodiment>
This embodiment is an alternative dispute resolution procedure system for resolving an alternative dispute resolution with an opponent who is the opponent of the petitioner, and is a procedure implementation candidate which is identification information of an alternative dispute resolution procedure implementation candidate. The procedure implementation candidate information storage unit that stores the person identification information and the procedure implementation candidate information that is information about the procedure implementation candidate identified by the identification information, and the name, address, and the other party of the claimant from the petitioner terminal. Acquire input information including at least information for identifying the other party (including the other party's identification information), and file a claim information that is information associated with the claimant identification information that identifies the claimant that is also used for accessing this system. An alternative dispute resolution procedure system that has an alternative dispute resolution procedure system that holds a petition information holding unit in association with identification information, and the petitioner himself / herself is determined based on the "held petition information" that is common to the 24th embodiment. Based on the evidence information acquisition step for acquiring evidence information for confirmation, the acquired evidence information, and the retained petition information, it was determined whether the input person who input the input information from the petitioner terminal is the petitioner himself / herself. Information to explain the alternative dispute resolution procedure in relation to the petitioner's personal judgment result reception step, which accepts the input of the result in association with the petitioner's identification information, and the petition information held. The alternative dispute resolution procedure is the step of accepting the explained input, which is the input indicating that the presentation (including the case by conversation) has been completed, in association with the petitioner identification information, and the alternative dispute resolution procedure in association with the petition identification information from the petitioner. Fee payment information acquisition judgment step to determine whether the fee payment information has been acquired, which is information indicating that the fee has been paid for, and the applicant's own judgment result input to the above-mentioned petitioner's own judgment result reception section Is accepted, the explained input is accepted by the explained input reception part, the fee payment information acquisition judgment department acquires the fee payment information, and the comprehensive judgment step to judge whether the conditions are comprehensively satisfied, and the comprehensive judgment department If it is judged that the conditions of the judgment result in the above are comprehensively satisfied, it is confirmed that the alternative dispute resolution procedure has been accepted, and at least in association with the retained petition identification information in the system. A legal definitive preservation step to be saved in, and a procedure implementation candidate selection step to select the accumulated procedure implementation candidate identification information for case processing and associate it with the petition identification information held in the petition information holding department. , The procedure is not common to the 24th embodiment, and can be viewed by inputting the procedure implementation candidate identification information. Case acceptance judgment request that includes at least a part of the complaint information associated with the complaint identification information is displayed in the information presentation window that is identified by the candidate identification information and can be viewed and answered via the network. The request display step, the case acceptance judgment result acquisition step to acquire the case acceptance judgment result in response to the displayed case acceptance judgment request, and the case where the case acceptance judgment result is the judgment result that the case is accepted. In the case of a consignment response, the petition identification information and the procedure implementation trustee identification information that identifies the procedure implementation candidate identified by the procedure implementation candidate identification information that responded to the consignment as the procedure implementation trustee are retained. Procedure implementation To carry out the trustee identification information retention step A and.

Regarding the steps common to the 24th embodiment, FIG. 6 is a diagram showing the processing flow of the first embodiment and an example of the processing flow of each step in the 25th embodiment. Further, FIG. 5 is a diagram showing a flow of the hardware configuration of the first embodiment and showing a program expanded from the memory to the CPU in order to execute each process of the 25th embodiment. Each step is executed by expanding each program corresponding to the name from the memory to the CPU.

Regarding the configuration that is not common to the 24th embodiment, FIG. 12 is a diagram showing the processing flow of the third embodiment and an example of the processing flow of each step in the 25th embodiment. Further, FIG. 11 is a diagram showing a flow of the hardware configuration of the third embodiment and showing a program expanded from the memory to the CPU in order to execute each process of the 25th embodiment. Each step is executed by expanding each program corresponding to the name from the memory to the CPU.

Since the detailed description of each step in the 25th embodiment and the detailed description of each program for executing each step have already been described in the first and third embodiments, the description is omitted in the present embodiment. To do.

<Embodiment 26>
<Outline of Embodiment 26>
The present embodiment is an invention relating to an operation method of an alternative dispute resolution procedure system based on the 24th embodiment.

<Structure of the 26th Invention>
This embodiment is an alternative dispute resolution procedure system for resolving an alternative dispute resolution with an opponent who is the opponent of the petitioner, and is a procedure implementation candidate which is identification information of an alternative dispute resolution procedure implementation candidate. The procedure implementation candidate information storage unit that stores the person identification information and the procedure implementation candidate information that is information about the procedure implementation candidate identified by the identification information, and the name, address, and the other party of the claimant from the petitioner terminal. Acquire input information including at least information for identifying the other party (including the other party's identification information), and file a claim information that is information associated with the claimant identification information that identifies the claimant that is also used for accessing this system. An alternative dispute resolution procedure system that has an alternative dispute resolution procedure system that holds a petition information holding unit in association with identification information, and the petitioner himself / herself is determined based on the "held petition information" that is common to the 24th embodiment. Based on the evidence information acquisition step for acquiring evidence information for confirmation, the acquired evidence information, and the retained petition information, it was determined whether the input person who input the input information from the petitioner terminal is the petitioner himself / herself. Information to explain the alternative dispute resolution procedure in relation to the petitioner's personal judgment result reception step, which accepts the input of the result in association with the petitioner's identification information, and the petition information held. The alternative dispute resolution procedure is the step of accepting the explained input, which is the input indicating that the presentation (including the case by conversation) has been completed, in association with the petitioner identification information, and the alternative dispute resolution procedure in association with the petition identification information from the petitioner. Fee payment information acquisition judgment step to determine whether the fee payment information has been acquired, which is information indicating that the fee has been paid for Is accepted, the explained input is accepted by the explained input reception part, the fee payment information acquisition judgment department acquires the fee payment information, and the comprehensive judgment step to judge whether the conditions are comprehensively satisfied, and the comprehensive judgment department If it is judged that the conditions of the judgment result in the above are comprehensively satisfied, it is confirmed that the alternative dispute resolution procedure has been accepted, and at least in association with the retained petition identification information in the system. A legal definitive preservation step to be saved in, and a procedure implementation candidate selection step to select the accumulated procedure implementation candidate identification information for case processing and associate it with the petition identification information held in the petition information holding department. , For inputting procedure implementation candidate identification information associated with the petition identification information, which is not common to the embodiment 24. Therefore, the case consignment decision includes at least a part of the petition information associated with the petition identification information in the information presentation window that can be browsed, identified by the procedure implementation candidate identification information, can be browsed via the network, and the case consignment confirmation can be answered. The case consignment decision display step to display, the case consignment confirmation answer acquisition step to acquire the case consignment confirmation answer according to the displayed case consignment decision, and the petition identification information when the case consignment confirmation answer is obtained , Procedure implementation trustee identification information holding section step B and holding the procedure implementation trustee identification information that identifies the procedure implementation candidate identified by the procedure implementation candidate identification information that responded to the entrustment confirmation as the procedure implementation trustee To execute.

Regarding the steps common to the 24th embodiment, FIG. 6 is a diagram showing the processing flow of the first embodiment and an example of the processing flow of each step in the 26th embodiment. Further, FIG. 5 is a diagram showing the flow of the hardware configuration of the first embodiment and showing a program expanded from the memory to the CPU in order to execute each process of the 26th embodiment. Each step is executed by expanding each program corresponding to the name from the memory to the CPU.

Regarding the configuration that is not common to the 24th embodiment, FIG. 15 is a diagram showing the processing flow of the 4th embodiment and an example of the processing flow of each step in the 24th embodiment. Further, FIG. 14 is a diagram showing a flow of the hardware configuration of the fourth embodiment and showing a program expanded from the memory to the CPU in order to execute each process of the twenty-sixth embodiment. Each step is executed by expanding each program corresponding to the name from the memory to the CPU.

Since the detailed description of each step in the 26th embodiment and the detailed description of each program for executing each step have already been described in the first and fourth embodiments, the description is omitted in the present embodiment. To do.

<Embodiment 27>
<Outline of Embodiment 27>
The present embodiment is an invention relating to an operation method of an alternative dispute resolution procedure system.

<Structure of the 27th Invention>
In the present embodiment, input information including at least the name, address, and information for identifying the other party (including the other party identification information) of the claimant is acquired from the claimant terminal, and the claimant identification information for identifying the claimant is obtained. The petition information holding unit α that holds the petition information, which is the associated information, in association with the petition identification information, and the disqualification judgment result acquired by the disqualification judgment result acquisition unit are the judgment results that there is no reason for disqualification, and are repelled. If the judicial disqualification judgment result obtained by the Judgment Result Acquisition Department is a judgment result that there is no reason for repulsion, the procedure implementation candidate associated with the petition information is treated as the procedure implementer associated with the petition information. What is the operation method of the out-of-court dispute resolution procedure system that has the procedure implementer holding unit α that holds the person identification information in association with each other, and what kind of out-of-court dispute resolution procedure is related to the retained petition information? Presenting information to explain whether it is a thing (including the case by conversation) is input to the effect that the explained input is accepted in association with the claimant identification information. Explanationed input acceptance step α and out-of-court dispute resolution The legally finalized storage step α, which confirms that the petition for the procedure has been accepted and at least stores it in the system in association with the retained petition identification information, and the acceptance of the petition are associated with this petition identification information. The reception notification step α that notifies the complainant identified by the petitioner identification information, and the procedure implementation that selects the accumulated procedure implementation candidate identification information and associates it with the petition identification information held in the petition information holding department. Candidate selection unit step α and the disqualification judgment result acquisition unit step α for acquiring the disqualification judgment result, which is the judgment result of whether or not there is a reason for disqualification according to at least a part of the complaint information identified by the complaint identification information. And, the repellent judgment result acquisition step α for acquiring the repellent judgment result which is the judgment result of whether or not there is a reason for repelling from the petitioner and / or the other party according to the procedure implementation candidate information of the selected procedure implementation candidate. Procedure implementer identification information output step α that outputs the procedure implementer identification information associated with the complaint identification information in association with the complaint identification information, at least a part of the complaint information identified by the complaint identification information, and the complaint identification information. Notification of matters to be filed against the other party for notifying the other party of the procedure practitioner information (the same content as the corresponding procedure implementation candidate information), which is the information of the procedure practitioner identified by the procedure practitioner identification information associated with Retained for step α and the other party identified by the other party identification information included in the petition identification information identified In connection with the petition identification information, which is an input to the effect that the information for explaining what the out-of-court dispute resolution procedure is in relation to the petition information is presented (including the case by conversation). Explained items Explained input acceptance Setting items Explained input acceptance step α and, when an answer is submitted, information indicating the contents of the answer in association with the petition identification information associated with the answer. The answer information output step α that outputs the answer information, the conclusion information acquisition step α that acquires the termination information that is the termination information of the final out-of-court dispute resolution procedure in association with the petition identification information, and the acquired termination. The final information recording step α, in which the information is recorded and retained in association with the petition identification information of the petition information holding unit, is executed.

FIG. 69 shows the processing flow of the 23rd embodiment and is also a diagram showing an example of the processing flow of each step in the 27th embodiment. Further, FIG. 68 is a diagram showing the flow of the hardware configuration of the 23rd embodiment and also showing a program expanded from the memory to the CPU in order to execute each process of the 27th embodiment. Each step is executed by expanding each program corresponding to the name from the memory to the CPU.

Since the detailed description of each step in the 27th embodiment and the detailed description of each program for executing each step have already been described in the 23rd embodiment, the description thereof will be omitted in the present embodiment.

<Embodiment 28>
<Outline of Embodiment 28>
The present embodiment is an invention relating to an operation program of an alternative dispute resolution procedure system.

<Structure of Embodiment 28 Invention>
This embodiment is an alternative dispute resolution procedure system for resolving an alternative dispute resolution with an opponent who is the opponent of the petitioner, and is a procedure implementation candidate which is identification information of an alternative dispute resolution procedure implementation candidate. The procedure implementation candidate information storage unit that stores the person identification information and the procedure implementation candidate information that is information about the procedure implementation candidate identified by the identification information, and the name, address, and the other party of the claimant from the petitioner terminal. Acquire input information including at least information for identifying the other party (including the other party's identification information), and file a claim information that is information associated with the claimant identification information that identifies the claimant that is also used to access this system. It is an operation program of the alternative dispute resolution system that has a petition information holding department that holds it in association with identification information, and provides evidence information for confirming the petitioner based on the "held petition information". Applicant identification by the step of acquiring evidence information to be acquired, the acquired evidence information, and the input of the result of determining whether the input person who input the input information from the applicant terminal based on the retained petition information is the applicant himself / herself. Applicant's judgment result acceptance step to be accepted in association with information and presentation of information to explain what the alternative dispute resolution procedure is like in relation to the retained petition information (in the case of conversation) The explained input acceptance step, which accepts the explained input that is the input to the effect that it has been completed, in association with the claimant identification information, and the payment of the fee for the alternative dispute resolution procedure in association with the claimant identification information from the claimant The fee-paid information acquisition judgment step for determining whether the fee-paid information, which is information indicating the existence, has been acquired, and the petitioner's own judgment result reception section accepts the input of the petitioner's own judgment result and explains the input. The comprehensive judgment step to judge whether the explained input is accepted by the reception department and the fee payment information is acquired by the fee payment information acquisition judgment department and the conditions are comprehensively satisfied, and the condition of the judgment result by the comprehensive judgment department are If the result is judged to be comprehensively satisfied, it is confirmed that the alternative dispute resolution procedure has been accepted, and at least it is stored in the system in association with the retained petition identification information. The step and the procedure implementation candidate selection step of selecting the accumulated procedure implementation candidate identification information for case processing and associating it with the petition identification information held in the petition information holding unit are executed.

FIG. 6 is a diagram showing the processing flow of the first embodiment and showing an example of the processing flow of each step in the 28th embodiment. FIG. 5 shows the flow of the hardware configuration of the first embodiment, and is also a diagram showing a program expanded from the memory to the CPU in order to execute each process of the 28th embodiment. Each step is executed by expanding each program corresponding to the name from the memory to the CPU.

Since the detailed description of each step in the 28th embodiment and the detailed description of each program for executing each step have already been described in the first embodiment, the description thereof will be omitted in the present embodiment.

<Embodiment 29>
<Outline of Embodiment 29>
The present embodiment is an invention relating to an operation program of an alternative dispute resolution procedure system based on the 28th embodiment.

<Structure of Embodiment 29 Invention>
This embodiment is an alternative dispute resolution procedure system for resolving an alternative dispute resolution with an opponent who is the opponent of the petitioner, and is a procedure implementation candidate which is identification information of an alternative dispute resolution procedure implementation candidate. The procedure implementation candidate information storage unit that stores the person identification information and the procedure implementation candidate information that is information about the procedure implementation candidate identified by the identification information, and the name, address, and the other party of the claimant from the petitioner terminal. Acquire input information including at least information for identifying the other party (including the other party's identification information), and file a claim information that is information associated with the claimant identification information that identifies the claimant that is also used for accessing this system. It is an operation program of the alternative dispute resolution system that has a petition information holding unit that holds it in association with identification information, and the petitioner himself / herself is determined based on the "held petition information" that is common to the 28th embodiment. Based on the evidence information acquisition step for acquiring evidence information for confirmation, the acquired evidence information, and the retained petition information, it was determined whether the input person who input the input information from the petitioner terminal is the petitioner himself / herself. Information to explain the alternative dispute resolution procedure in relation to the petitioner's personal judgment result reception step, which accepts the input of the result in association with the petitioner's identification information, and the petition information held. The alternative dispute resolution procedure is the step of accepting the explained input, which is the input indicating that the presentation (including the case by conversation) has been completed, in association with the petitioner identification information, and the alternative dispute resolution procedure in association with the petition identification information from the petitioner. Fee payment information acquisition judgment step to determine whether the fee payment information has been acquired, which is information indicating that the fee has been paid for, and the applicant's own judgment result input to the above-mentioned petitioner's own judgment result reception section Is accepted, the explained input is accepted by the explained input reception part, the fee payment information acquisition judgment department acquires the fee payment information, and the comprehensive judgment step to judge whether the conditions are comprehensively satisfied, and the comprehensive judgment department If it is judged that the conditions of the judgment result in the above are comprehensively satisfied, it is confirmed that the alternative dispute resolution procedure has been accepted, and at least in association with the retained petition identification information in the system. A legal definitive preservation step to be saved in, and a procedure implementation candidate selection step to select the accumulated procedure implementation candidate identification information for case processing and associate it with the petition identification information held in the petition information holding department. , It becomes possible to browse by inputting the procedure implementation candidate identification information, which is not common with the embodiment 28. Whether or not to accept a case that includes at least a part of the complaint information associated with the complaint identification information is displayed in the information presentation window that is identified by the procedure implementation candidate identification information and can be viewed and answered via the network. The judgment request display step, the case acceptance judgment result acquisition step for acquiring the case acceptance judgment result in response to the displayed case acceptance judgment request, and the judgment result that the case acceptance judgment result is the case acceptance. In the case of a case consignment response, the petition identification information is associated with the procedure implementation consignee identification information that identifies the procedure implementation candidate identified by the procedure implementation candidate identification information that responded to the consignment as the procedure implementation consignee. Procedure to be retained Execution of the trustee identification information retention step A and.

Regarding the steps common to the 28th embodiment, FIG. 6 is a diagram showing the processing flow of the first embodiment and an example of the processing flow of each step in the 29th embodiment. Further, FIG. 5 is a diagram showing the flow of the hardware configuration of the first embodiment and showing a program expanded from the memory to the CPU in order to execute each process of the 29th embodiment. Each step is executed by expanding each program corresponding to the name from the memory to the CPU.

Regarding the configuration that is not common to the 28th embodiment, FIG. 12 is a diagram showing the processing flow of the third embodiment and an example of the processing flow of each step in the 29th embodiment. Further, FIG. 11 is a diagram showing a flow of the hardware configuration of the third embodiment and showing a program expanded from the memory to the CPU in order to execute each process of the 29th embodiment. Each step is executed by expanding each program corresponding to the name from the memory to the CPU.

Since the detailed description of each step in the 29th embodiment and the detailed description of each program for executing each step have already been described in the first and third embodiments, the description is omitted in the present embodiment. To do.

<Embodiment 30>
<Outline of Embodiment 30>
The present embodiment is an invention relating to an operation method of an alternative dispute resolution procedure system based on the 28th embodiment.

<Structure of Embodiment 20 Invention>
This embodiment is an alternative dispute resolution procedure system for resolving an alternative dispute resolution with an opponent who is the opponent of the petitioner, and is a procedure implementation candidate which is identification information of an alternative dispute resolution procedure implementation candidate. The procedure implementation candidate information storage unit that stores the person identification information and the procedure implementation candidate information that is information about the procedure implementation candidate identified by the identification information, and the name, address, and the other party of the claimant from the petitioner terminal. Acquire input information including at least information for identifying the other party (including the other party's identification information), and file a claim information that is information associated with the claimant identification information that identifies the claimant that is also used for accessing this system. It is an operation program of the alternative dispute resolution system that has a petition information holding unit that holds it in association with identification information, and the petitioner himself / herself is determined based on the "held petition information" that is common to the 28th embodiment. Based on the evidence information acquisition step for acquiring evidence information for confirmation, the acquired evidence information, and the retained petition information, it was determined whether the input person who input the input information from the petitioner terminal is the petitioner himself / herself. Information to explain the alternative dispute resolution procedure in relation to the petitioner's personal judgment result reception step, which accepts the input of the result in association with the petitioner's identification information, and the petition information held. The alternative dispute resolution procedure in which the petitioner's alternative dispute resolution procedure is associated with the petitioner's identification information Fee payment information acquisition judgment step to determine whether the fee payment information has been acquired, which is information indicating that the fee has been paid for, and the applicant's own judgment result input to the above-mentioned petitioner's own judgment result reception section Is accepted, the explained input is accepted by the explained input reception part, the fee payment information acquisition judgment department acquires the fee payment information, and the comprehensive judgment step to judge whether the conditions are comprehensively satisfied, and the comprehensive judgment department If it is judged that the conditions of the judgment result in the above are comprehensively satisfied, it is confirmed that the alternative dispute resolution procedure has been accepted, and at least in association with the retained petition identification information in the system. A legal definitive preservation step to be saved in, and a procedure implementation candidate selection step to select the accumulated procedure implementation candidate identification information for case processing and associate it with the petition identification information held in the petition information holding department. , The procedure implementation candidate identification information associated with the petition identification information, which is not common to the 28th embodiment. Case consignment that includes at least a part of the petition information associated with the petition identification information in the information presentation window that can be viewed by input, is identified by the procedure implementation candidate identification information, can be viewed via the network, and can be confirmed and answered. The case consignment decision display step to display the decision, the case consignment confirmation answer acquisition step to acquire the case consignment confirmation answer according to the displayed case consignment decision, and the petition identification information when the case consignment confirmation answer is obtained. Step B of the Procedure Execution Trustee Identification Information Holding Department, which retains the procedure implementation candidate identified by the procedure implementation candidate identification information that responded to the entrustment confirmation in association with the procedure implementation trustee identification information that identifies the procedure implementation candidate as the procedure implementation trustee. And execute.

Regarding the steps common to the 28th embodiment, FIG. 6 is a diagram showing the processing flow of the first embodiment and an example of the processing flow of each step in the 30th embodiment. Further, FIG. 5 is a diagram showing a flow of the hardware configuration of the first embodiment and a diagram showing a program expanded from the memory to the CPU in order to execute each process of the thirtieth embodiment. Each step is executed by expanding each program corresponding to the name from the memory to the CPU.

Regarding the configuration that is not common to the 28th embodiment, FIG. 15 is a diagram showing the processing flow of the fourth embodiment and an example of the processing flow of each step in the 30th embodiment. Further, FIG. 14 is a diagram showing the flow of the hardware configuration of the fourth embodiment and showing a program expanded from the memory to the CPU in order to execute each process of the thirtieth embodiment. Each step is executed by expanding each program corresponding to the name from the memory to the CPU.

Since the detailed description of each step in the thirtieth embodiment and the detailed description of each program for executing each step have already been described in the first and fourth embodiments, the description is omitted in the present embodiment. To do.

<Embodiment 31>
<Outline of Embodiment 31>
The present embodiment is an invention relating to an operation method of an alternative dispute resolution procedure system.

<Structure of Embodiment 31 Invention>
In the present embodiment, input information including at least the name, address, and information for identifying the other party (including the other party identification information) of the claimant is acquired from the claimant terminal, and the claimant identification information for identifying the claimant is obtained. The petition information holding unit α that holds the petition information, which is the associated information, in association with the petition identification information, and the disqualification judgment result acquired by the disqualification judgment result acquisition unit are the judgment results that there is no reason for disqualification, and are repelled. If the judicial disqualification judgment result obtained by the Judgment Result Acquisition Department is a judgment result that there is no reason for repulsion, the procedure implementation candidate associated with the petition information is treated as the procedure implementer associated with the petition information. It is an operation program of the out-of-court dispute resolution procedure system that has the procedure implementer holding unit α that holds the person identification information in association with each other, and what kind of out-of-court dispute resolution procedure is related to the retained petition information. Presenting information to explain whether it is a thing (including the case by conversation) is input to the effect that the explained input is accepted in association with the claimant identification information. Explanationed input acceptance step α and out-of-court dispute resolution The legally finalized storage step α, which confirms that the petition for the procedure has been accepted and at least stores it in the system in association with the retained petition identification information, and the acceptance of the petition are associated with this petition identification information. The reception notification step α that notifies the complainant identified by the petitioner identification information, and the procedure implementation that selects the accumulated procedure implementation candidate identification information and associates it with the petition identification information held in the petition information holding department. Candidate selection unit step α and the disqualification judgment result acquisition unit step α for acquiring the disqualification judgment result, which is the judgment result of whether or not there is a reason for disqualification according to at least a part of the complaint information identified by the complaint identification information. And, the repellent judgment result acquisition step α for acquiring the repellent judgment result which is the judgment result of whether or not there is a reason for repelling from the petitioner and / or the other party according to the procedure implementation candidate information of the selected procedure implementation candidate. Procedure implementer identification information output step α that outputs the procedure implementer identification information associated with the complaint identification information in association with the complaint identification information, at least a part of the complaint information identified by the complaint identification information, and the complaint identification information. Notification of matters to be filed against the other party for notifying the other party of the procedure practitioner information (the same content as the corresponding procedure implementation candidate information), which is the information of the procedure practitioner identified by the procedure practitioner identification information associated with Retained for step α and the other party identified by the other party identification information included in the petition identification information identified by the petition identification information With the petition identification information, which is an input to the effect that the information for explaining what the out-of-court dispute resolution procedure is in relation to the petition information being filed (including the case by conversation) has been presented. Related explanations Explained items Accepting input reception Items Explained input reception step α and, when an answer is submitted, associate the contents of the answer with the petition identification information associated with the answer. The answer information output step α that outputs the answer information that is the information to be shown, and the end information acquisition step α that acquires the end information that is the end information of the final out-of-court dispute resolution procedure in association with the petition identification information. The termination information recording step α of recording and retaining the terminated information in association with the petition identification information of the petition information holding unit is executed.

FIG. 69 shows the processing flow of the 23rd embodiment and is also a diagram showing an example of the processing flow of each step in the 31st embodiment. Further, FIG. 68 is a diagram showing the flow of the hardware configuration of the 23rd embodiment and also showing a program expanded from the memory to the CPU in order to execute each process of the 31st embodiment. Each step is executed by expanding each program corresponding to the name from the memory to the CPU.

Since the detailed description of each step in the 31st embodiment and the detailed description of each program for executing each step have already been described in the 23rd embodiment, the description thereof will be omitted in the present embodiment.

0201 Secretariat server 0202 Applicant 0203 Procedure implementer 0204 Counterparty 0205 Person in charge

Claims (31)

An alternative dispute resolution system for resolving conflicts with the opponent, who is the opponent of the claimant.
Procedure implementation candidate that accumulates procedure implementation candidate identification information that is identification information of the procedure implementation candidate for alternative dispute resolution and procedure implementation candidate information that is information about the procedure implementation candidate identified by the identification information. Information storage department and
Obtain at least the claimant information including the name of the claimant and the input information including at least the other party information (including the other party identification information) that is the information for identifying the other party from the claimant terminal, and obtain the claimant information, the other party information, and the other party information. The petition information holding unit that holds the petition information, which is the information associated with the petitioner identification information that identifies the petitioner, which is also used to access this system, in association with the petition identification information.
The Evidence Information Acquisition Department, which acquires evidence information to confirm the claimant himself / herself based on the "retained petition information",
The applicant himself / herself who accepts the input of the result of determining whether the input information input from the applicant terminal based on the acquired evidence information and the retained complaint information is the applicant himself / herself in association with the applicant identification information. Judgment result reception department and
Enter the explained input, which is the input to the effect that the information for explaining what the alternative dispute resolution procedure is like in relation to the retained petition information has been presented (including the case by conversation). The explained input reception section that accepts in association with the claimant identification information,
The fee-paid information acquisition judgment department, which determines whether the fee-paid information has been acquired, which is information indicating that the fee for the alternative dispute resolution procedure has been paid in association with the petition identification information,
The petitioner's judgment result reception department accepts the input of the petitioner's judgment result, the explained input reception department accepts the explained input, and the fee payment information acquisition judgment department acquires the fee payment information. Comprehensive judgment department that judges whether it is satisfied comprehensively,
If the condition of the judgment result by the Comprehensive Judgment Department is judged to be comprehensively satisfied, it is confirmed that the petition for alternative dispute resolution procedure has been accepted, and at least associated with the retained petition identification information. And the legally confirmed storage department that stores in the system
The procedure implementation candidate selection reception department that selects the accumulated procedure implementation candidate identification information for case processing and accepts the association with the petition identification information held in the complaint information holding department,
An alternative dispute resolution system with a secretariat server. The secretariat server is
The first aspect of claim 1, further comprising an information presentation window output unit that can be browsed by inputting identification information and outputs information associated with the identification information to a terminal connected to the network. Alternative Dispute Resolution Procedure System. The secretariat server is
At least a part of the petition information associated with the petition identification information in the information presentation window that can be viewed by inputting the procedure implementation candidate identification information, identified by the procedure implementation candidate identification information, and can be viewed and answered via the network. Case acceptance judgment request display unit that displays the case acceptance judgment request including
The case consignment judgment result acquisition department that acquires the case consignment judgment result in response to the displayed case consignment judgment request,
If the judgment result of whether or not the case is entrusted is the case consignment reply, which is the result of the judgment that the case is entrusted, the procedure implementation candidate identified by the petition identification information and the procedure implementation candidate identification information that responded the consignment Procedure implementation trustee identification information holding unit A, which is retained in association with the procedure implementation trustee identification information, and
The alternative dispute resolution procedure system according to claim 1 or 2, further comprising. The secretariat server is
The petition identification information can be viewed by inputting the procedure implementation candidate identification information associated with the petition identification information, identified by the procedure implementation candidate identification information, can be viewed via the network, and the case entrustment confirmation can be answered. A case consignment decision display unit that displays a case consignment decision containing at least a part of the petition information associated with,
The case consignment confirmation response acquisition department that acquires the case consignment confirmation response according to the displayed case consignment decision,
When a case acceptance confirmation reply is obtained, the procedure implementation trustee identification that identifies the procedure implementation candidate identified by the petition identification information and the procedure implementation candidate identification information that made the case acceptance confirmation reply as the procedure implementation trustee Procedure implementation trustee identification information holding unit B that holds in association with information,
The alternative dispute resolution procedure system according to any one of claims 1 to 3, further comprising. The secretariat server is
It can be viewed by inputting the procedure implementation candidate identification information associated with the petition identification information, and is associated with the petition identification information in the information presentation window that is identified by the procedure implementation candidate identification information and can be viewed and answered via the network. Exclusion to display the request for judgment as to whether or not there is a reason for exclusion or a reason equivalent to the reason for exclusion (hereinafter simply referred to as "reason for exclusion") including at least a part of the petition information. Rejection reason presence / absence judgment request display unit A and
In response to the displayed request for determining whether or not there is a reason for exclusion, the result of determining whether or not there is a reason for exclusion is acquired.
If the judgment result of the presence or absence of the reason for exclusion is the answer of the reason for exclusion, which is the result of the judgment that there is a reason for exclusion, it is identified by the petition identification information and the procedure implementation candidate identification information that answered the reason for exclusion. Exclusion procedure implementation trustee identification information recording unit A, which is recorded in the procedure implementation candidate information storage unit in association with the exclusion procedure implementation trustee identification information, which identifies the procedure implementation candidate as the exclusion procedure implementation trustee.
The alternative dispute resolution procedure system according to any one of claims 1 to 4, further comprising. The secretariat server is
It can be viewed by inputting the procedure implementer identification information associated with the petition identification information, and is associated with the petition identification information in the information presentation window identified by the procedure implementation candidate identification information, which can be viewed and answered via the network. Exclusion that displays a request for determination of the presence or absence of a reason for exclusion, which is a request for determining whether there is a reason for exclusion including at least a part of the petition information or a reason equivalent to the reason for exclusion (hereinafter, simply referred to as "reason for exclusion"). Reason presence / absence judgment request display unit B and
In response to the displayed request for determining whether or not there is a reason for exclusion, the result of determining whether or not there is a reason for exclusion
If the result of the judgment as to whether or not there is a reason for exclusion is a response with a reason for exclusion, which is the result of the judgment that there is a reason for exclusion, the claimant identification information and / and the other party identification information associated with the petition identification information are excluded. Rejection reason Yes The procedure implementation candidate identified by the procedure implementation candidate identification information that responded is identified as the exclusion procedure implementation trustee. Recorded in the procedure implementation candidate information storage section in association with the exclusion procedure implementation trustee identification information. Exclusion procedure implementation Trustee identification information recording unit B and
The alternative dispute resolution procedure system according to any one of claims 1 to 4, further comprising. When the procedure implementation candidate selection department makes an association for case processing, if the accumulated procedure implementation candidate identification information and the exclusion procedure implementation trustee identification information are associated, the exclusion procedure is performed. Claim identification information associated with the implementation trustee identification information, claimant identification information, claim identification information to which any one of the other party identification information is associated, and other party identification information included in the claim information identified by the claim identification information , A claim having an association skip means that does not associate the candidate for procedure implementation with the retained petition identification information for case processing if it is the same as or includes any one or more of the petitioner identification information. The alternative dispute resolution procedure system according to 5 or claim 6. The secretariat server is
Accepts input of evasion establishment information, which is information that the evasion has been established for the procedure implementation candidate identified by the procedure implementation candidate identification information in association with the procedure implementation candidate identification information associated with the petition identification information. Repellent establishment information input section and
The evasion establishment procedure implementation candidate identification information recording unit that associates the procedure implementation candidate identification information with the evasion establishment information and records it in the procedure implementation candidate information storage unit, and any one of claims 1 to 7. The alternative dispute resolution procedure system described. The secretariat server is
When the prescribed conditions are met, the procedure implementer holding department that holds the procedure implementer identification information associated with the procedure implementer as the procedure implementer associated with the petition information, and the procedure implementer holding department.
The procedure implementer identification information output section that outputs in association with the petition identification information held in the procedure implementer retention section,
The alternative dispute resolution procedure system according to any one of claims 1 to 8, further comprising. The secretariat server is
The person in charge identification information holding department that holds the person in charge identification information that identifies the person in charge of carrying out the paperwork regarding the petition,
It becomes possible to browse by inputting the procedure implementer identification information and / and the person in charge identification information, and the other party's information presentation window that is identified by the procedure performer identification information and / and the person in charge identification information and can be viewed and answered via the network. Answers that are information indicating that a substitute for the answer is required upon request. Answers that acquire the necessary information. Answers that output the necessary information acquisition section.
When the required information for the answer sheet is acquired by the answer sheet required information acquisition department, the procedure implementer identification information and / and the procedure implementer identification information or / It becomes possible to browse by inputting the person in charge identification information, and it is identified by the procedure implementer identification information and / and the person in charge identification information, and it is output to the information presentation window that can be viewed and answered via the network. Output section and
An answer ghostwriter holding section that holds the acquired answer ghostwriting necessary items,
The ghostwriting information generation rule holding unit that holds the ghostwriting information generation rule that generates the ghostwriting information based on the ghostwriting matter held in the ghostwriting matter holding unit, and the ghostwriting information generation rule holding unit.
A ghostwriting information generation holding unit that generates and holds answer information based on the held answer writing matters and the held ghostwriting information generation rule,
The written answer information generated and held by the substitute answer information generation and holding unit can be viewed at least by inputting the petitioner identification information, and is output to the information presentation window that can be viewed via the network identified by the petitioner identification information. With the information output section of the answer sheet
The alternative dispute resolution procedure system according to any one of claims 1 to 9, further comprising. The secretariat server is
The Answer Statement Submission Judgment Department, which determines whether the other party has submitted an answer sheet,
A settlement plan template holding section that holds a settlement plan template that should be used when it is judged that an answer has been submitted.
Obtain the settlement draft template that is held when the answer is submitted, and it can be viewed by entering the procedure implementer identification information associated with the petition identification information related to the answer. , A settlement plan template output unit that outputs the model of the settlement plan acquired in the information presentation window that is identified by the procedure implementer identification information and can be viewed and edited via the network.
An editorial department for editing the settlement proposal template output in the information presentation window that can be viewed by inputting the procedure implementer identification information, is identified by the procedure implementer identification information, and can be viewed and edited via the network.
The Settlement Proposal Information Holding Department, which holds the edited settlement proposal template as settlement proposal information,
A settlement proposal information output unit that outputs the retained settlement proposal information,
The alternative dispute resolution procedure system according to any one of claims 1 to 10. The secretariat server's settlement plan template holding department
It has multiple settlement plan template holding means that holds multiple settlement plan templates to be used.
Settlement plan model output section
Select and acquire one or more settlement proposal templates from the multiple settlement proposal templates that are held when the answer is submitted, and associate them with the petition information identified by the petition identification information related to the answer. Settlement plan template that can be viewed by inputting the procedure practitioner identification information, and outputs the model of the settlement plan acquired to the information presentation window that is identified by the procedure practitioner identification information and can be viewed and edited via the network. Selective output means,
The alternative dispute resolution procedure system according to claim 11. The editorial department of the settlement plan template, which can be viewed by inputting the procedure implementer identification information and is output to the information presentation window identified by the procedure implementer identification information and can be viewed and edited via the network, is
The alternative dispute resolution procedure system according to claim 11 or 12, which has title information addition means for adding title information indicating title of the procedure implementer to the output settlement proposal template. The secretariat server is
Information that indicates the approval or disapproval of the settlement proposal output from the settlement proposal output unit can be viewed by inputting the applicant identification information, and can be viewed and answered via the network identified by the applicant identification information. The information presentation window, which can be viewed by inputting the other party's identification information, can be viewed and answered via the network identified by the other party's identification information, can be viewed by inputting the person in charge identification information, and can be viewed by the person in charge identification information. An information presentation window that is identified and can be viewed and answered via the network, and an information presentation window that can be viewed by inputting the procedure practitioner identification information and is identified by the procedure practitioner identification information and can be viewed and answered via the network. With the permission / denial information acquisition department acquired through any one or more,
A branch rule holding unit that holds a branch rule, which is a rule for branching subsequent processing regarding a settlement according to the permission / rejection information in the permission / rejection information acquisition unit.
Subsequent processing branching part that branches the succeeding processing regarding the settlement according to the permission / denial information in the permission / denial information acquisition part and the held branching rule.
The alternative dispute resolution procedure system according to any one of claims 11 to 13. The secretariat server is
Subsequent processing Dispute resolution status information acquisition unit A that acquires dispute resolution status information, which is information indicating the dispute resolution status as a result of the subsequent processing branched at the branch unit,
A branch rule changing part that changes the branch rule held in the branch rule holding part according to the acquired dispute resolution status information,
The alternative dispute resolution procedure system according to claim 14, further comprising. The secretariat server is
Subsequent processing Dispute resolution status information acquisition unit B that acquires dispute resolution status information, which is information indicating the dispute resolution status as a result of the subsequent processing branched at the branch unit,
A subsequent processing holding unit that holds subsequent processing that should be branched at the subsequent processing branch according to the acquired dispute resolution status information,
Subsequent processing addition change section that adds and changes subsequent processing that should be performed by branching at the subsequent processing branch section according to the acquired dispute resolution status information
The alternative dispute resolution procedure system according to claim 14 or 15, further comprising. The secretariat server cancels the procedure to acquire the procedure cancellation intention display information, which is the information that the procedure cancellation intention is indicated, which is the intention to request the procedure to be canceled from any one or more of the petitioner, the procedure implementer, and the other party. Intention display information acquisition department and
When the procedure suspension manifestation information is acquired, the procedure suspension manifestation additional recording section that associates the procedure cancellation manifestation information with the petition identification information and records and retains it in the petition information holding section,
When one or more procedure cancellation intention display information is associated with the petition identification information held in the petition information holding unit, the procedure cancellation intention display output unit that outputs the information to that effect,
The alternative dispute resolution continuation system according to any one of claims 1 to 16, further comprising. The secretariat server is
Subsequent processing As a result of executing the subsequent processing by the branch unit, the termination information acquisition unit A that acquires the termination information that is the final information of the final alternative dispute resolution procedure,
The termination information recording unit A, which records and retains the acquired termination information in association with the complaint identification information of the complaint information retention unit,
The petition identification information that can be viewed by inputting the higher title identification information that identifies the system higher title, and is recorded in association with the termination information in the information presentation window that can be viewed and edited via the network identified by the higher title identification information. Procedure confirmation end unit output unit A that outputs the procedure confirmation end unit that makes the main information related to the petition identified in
14. The alternative dispute resolution system according to any one of claims 15 to 17, which is subordinate to claim 14 or claim 14. The secretariat server is
Subsequent processing As a result of the execution of the subsequent processing by the branch unit, the termination information acquisition unit B that acquires the termination information that is the final information of the final alternative dispute resolution procedure,
The termination information recording unit B, which records and retains the acquired termination information in association with the complaint identification information of the complaint information retention unit,
Identifying the system upper authority The information presentation window that can be viewed by inputting the upper authority identification information and can be viewed and edited via the network identified by the upper authority identification information is associated with the termination information by the petition information holding unit. One of the other party identification information, the petitioner identification information, the procedure execution candidate identification information, the procedure execution person identification information, the procedure execution trustee identification information, and the person in charge identification information related to the complaint identified by the recorded petition identification information. Procedure finalization end output unit B that cancels one or more associations,
14. The alternative dispute resolution system according to any one of claims 15 to 17, which is subordinate to claim 14 or claim 14. The secretariat server is
Identifying the system higher title In the information presentation window that can be viewed by entering the higher title identification information and can be viewed and edited via the network identified by the higher title identification information, either the petitioner, the procedure implementer, or the other party. Procedure cancellation manifestation information acquisition unit that outputs procedure cancellation manifestation information acquisition unit for acquiring procedure cancellation manifestation information that is information that there was a procedure cancellation manifestation information that is a manifestation of intention to request the cancellation of the procedure from one or more Output section and
When the procedure suspension manifestation information is acquired, the procedure suspension manifestation additional recording section that associates the procedure cancellation manifestation information with the petition identification information and records and retains it in the petition information holding section,
When one or more procedure cancellation intention display information is associated with the petition identification information held in the petition information holding unit, the procedure cancellation intention display output unit that outputs the information to that effect,
The alternative dispute resolution continuation system according to any one of claims 1 to 19, further comprising. The secretariat server is
Information to explain to the other party what the alternative dispute resolution procedure is like has been presented (including conversational cases).
Response information that can be viewed by inputting the other party's identification information, and can be viewed and answered via the network identified by the other party's identification information. Response information that indicates the acceptance or rejection of the complaint content associated with the complaint identification information is acquired in the information presentation window. Response information that outputs the acquisition unit Output unit and the output unit
A response information holding unit that holds the acquired response information,
The answer information generation rule holding unit that holds the answer information generation rule that generates the answer information based on the response information held in the response information holding unit,
The answer book information generation holding unit that generates and holds the answer book information based on the held response information and the held answer book information generation rule,
Generation of answer information generation The information generated and held by the holding unit can be viewed at least by inputting the applicant identification information, and is output to the information presentation window that can be viewed via the network identified by the applicant identification information. Answer sheet information output section and
The alternative dispute resolution procedure system according to any one of claims 1 to 20, further comprising. The Fee Payment Schedule Information Acquisition Judgment Department, which determines whether the fee payment schedule information has been acquired, which is information indicating that the fee for the alternative dispute resolution procedure will be paid in association with the petition identification information.
The comprehensive judgment unit
The requester's judgment result reception department accepts the input of the claimant's judgment result, the explained input reception department accepts the explained input, and the fee payment schedule information acquisition judgment department acquires the fee payment schedule information. The alternative dispute resolution procedure system according to any one of claims 1 to 21, which has a planned comprehensive judgment means for determining whether or not it is comprehensively satisfied. An alternative dispute resolution system for resolving conflicts with the opponent, who is the opponent of the claimant.
Obtain at least the claimant information including the name of the claimant and the input information including at least the other party information (including the other party identification information) that is the information for identifying the other party from the claimant terminal, and obtain the claimant information, the other party information, and the other party information. The petition information holding unit α that holds the petition information, which is the information associated with the petitioner identification information that identifies the petitioner, which is also used for accessing this system, in association with the petition identification information.
Enter the explained input, which is the input that the information for explaining what the out-of-court dispute resolution procedure is like in relation to the retained petition information has been presented (including the case by conversation). Confirm that the petition for the out-of-court dispute resolution procedure has been accepted with the explained input reception unit α that is accepted in association with the claimant identification information, and at least store it in the system in association with the retained claim identification information. Select Part α and the reception notification part α that notifies the petitioner identified by the petitioner identification information associated with this petition identification information that the petition has been accepted, and the accumulated procedure implementation candidate identification information. Procedure implementation candidate selection unit α to be associated with the complaint identification information held in the complaint information holding department,
The disqualification judgment result acquisition unit α that acquires the disqualification judgment result, which is the judgment result of whether or not there is a reason for disqualification according to at least a part of the complaint information identified by the petition identification information,
The repellent judgment result acquisition unit α, which acquires the repulsive judgment result which is the judgment result of whether or not there is a reason for repelling from the petitioner and / or the other party according to the procedure implementation candidate information of the selected procedure implementation candidate,
When the disqualification judgment result acquired by the disqualification judgment result acquisition department is the judgment result that there is no reason for disqualification, and the repulsion judgment result acquired by the repulsion judgment result acquisition department is the judgment result that there is no reason for disqualification. , The procedure implementer holding unit α that holds the procedure implementer identification information associated with the procedure implementer as the procedure implementer associated with the petition information.
The procedure implementer identification information output unit α that outputs the procedure implementer identification information associated with the petition identification information in association with the petition identification information, and
At least a part of the petition information identified by the petition identification information and the procedure implementer information (corresponding procedure implementation candidate) which is the information of the procedure implementer identified by the procedure implementer identification information associated with the petition identification information. The petition information held for the other party identified by the other party's identification information included in the other party's petition matter notification unit α for notifying the other party of (the same content as the person information) and the petition information identified by the petition identification information. Explanation of the matters to be explained in association with the petition identification information, which is an input to the effect that the information for explaining what the out-of-court dispute resolution procedure is like in relation to (including the case by conversation) has been presented. Explained items for accepting completed input reception
When an answer is submitted, the answer information output unit α that outputs the answer information, which is the information indicating the contents of the answer in association with the petition identification information associated with the answer,
The termination information acquisition unit α, which acquires the termination information, which is the termination information of the final alternative dispute resolution procedure, in association with the petition identification information,
The termination information recording unit α, which records and retains the acquired termination information in association with the complaint identification information of the complaint information retention unit,
Alternative dispute resolution procedure system. An alternative dispute resolution system for resolving conflicts with the opponent, who is the opponent of the claimant.
Procedure implementation candidate that accumulates procedure implementation candidate identification information that is identification information of the procedure implementation candidate for alternative dispute resolution and procedure implementation candidate information that is information about the procedure implementation candidate identified by the identification information. Information storage department and
The claimant who obtains input information including at least the name, address, and information for identifying the other party (including the other party identification information) from the claimant terminal, and identifies the claimant who is also used to access this system. The petition information holding unit that holds the petition information, which is the information associated with the identification information, in association with the petition identification information,
It is an operation method of the alternative dispute resolution system that has
Evidence information acquisition step to acquire evidence information to confirm the claimant based on "retained petition information", and
The applicant himself / herself who accepts the input of the result of determining whether the input person who input the input information from the applicant terminal based on the acquired evidence information and the retained complaint information is the applicant himself / herself in association with the applicant identification information. Judgment result reception step and
Enter the explained input, which is the input to the effect that the information for explaining what the alternative dispute resolution procedure is like in relation to the retained petition information has been presented (including the case by conversation). The explained input acceptance step to be accepted in association with the claimant identification information,
The fee payment information acquisition judgment step to determine whether the fee payment information has been acquired, which is the information indicating that the fee for the alternative dispute resolution procedure has been paid in association with the complaint identification information from the petitioner,
The petitioner's judgment result reception department accepts the input of the petitioner's judgment result, the explained input reception department accepts the explained input, and the fee payment information acquisition judgment department acquires the fee payment information. Comprehensive judgment steps to judge whether it is comprehensively satisfied, and
If it is judged that the conditions of the judgment result by the Comprehensive Judgment Department are comprehensively satisfied, it is confirmed that the alternative dispute resolution procedure has been accepted, and at least it is associated with the retained petition identification information. And the legally confirmed save step to save in the system,
A procedure implementation candidate selection step that selects the accumulated procedure implementation candidate identification information for case processing and associates it with the petition identification information held in the petition information holding department, and
How the Alternative Dispute Resolution System operates. At least a part of the petition information associated with the petition identification information in the information presentation window that can be viewed by inputting the procedure implementation candidate identification information, identified by the procedure implementation candidate identification information, and can be viewed and answered via the network. The case acceptance judgment request display step to display the case acceptance judgment request including
Acquiring the case acceptance judgment result in response to the displayed case acceptance judgment result acquisition step and the case acceptance judgment result acquisition step
If the judgment result of whether or not the case is entrusted is the case consignment reply, which is the result of the judgment that the case is entrusted, the procedure implementation candidate identified by the petition identification information and the procedure implementation candidate identification information that responded to the consignment is selected. Procedure implementation trustee identification information retention step A, which is retained in association with the procedure implementation trustee identification information, and step A,
23. The method of operating the alternative dispute resolution system according to claim 23. The petition identification information can be viewed by inputting the procedure implementation candidate identification information associated with the petition identification information, identified by the procedure implementation candidate identification information, can be viewed via the network, and the case entrustment confirmation can be answered. A case consignment decision display step that displays a case consignment decision that includes at least part of the petition information associated with,
Acquiring the case consignment confirmation answer according to the displayed case consignment decision The case consignment confirmation answer acquisition step and
When a case acceptance confirmation reply is obtained, the procedure implementation trustee identification information that identifies the procedure implementation candidate identified by the petition identification information and the procedure implementation candidate identification information that responded to the acceptance confirmation reply as the procedure implementation trustee. Procedure implementation trustee identification information holding section step B to be held in association with
The method of operating the alternative dispute resolution system according to claim 23, which further executes. An alternative dispute resolution system for resolving conflicts with the opponent, who is the opponent of the claimant.
Information that acquires input information including at least the name, address, and information for identifying the other party (including the other party's identification information) from the claimant terminal, and associates it with the claimant identification information that identifies the claimant. The petition information holding unit α, which holds the petition information in association with the petition identification information,
When the disqualification judgment result acquired by the disqualification judgment result acquisition department is the judgment result that there is no reason for disqualification, and the repulsion judgment result acquired by the repulsion judgment result acquisition department is the judgment result that there is no reason for disqualification. , The procedure implementer holding unit α that holds the procedure implementer identification information associated with the procedure implementer as the procedure implementer associated with the petition information.
It is an operation method of the alternative dispute resolution system that has
Enter the explained input, which is an input to the effect that the information for explaining what the alternative dispute resolution procedure is in relation to the retained petition information has been presented (including the case by conversation). Accept in association with the petitioner identification information Confirm that the petition for the alternative dispute resolution procedure has been accepted with the explained input acceptance step α, and at least store it in the system in association with the retained petition identification information. Step α and
Receipt notification step α that notifies the petitioner identified by the petitioner identification information associated with this petition identification information that the petition has been accepted, and
Procedure implementation candidate selection section step α that selects the accumulated procedure implementation candidate identification information and associates it with the petition identification information held in the petition information holding section,
The disqualification judgment result acquisition unit step α for acquiring the disqualification judgment result, which is the judgment result of whether or not there is a reason for disqualification according to at least a part of the petition information identified by the petition identification information,
The repellent judgment result acquisition step α for acquiring the repellent judgment result, which is the judgment result of whether or not there is a reason for repelling from the petitioner and / or the other party according to the procedure implementation candidate information of the selected procedure implementation candidate,
Procedure implementer identification information output step α, which outputs the procedure implementer identification information associated with the petition identification information in association with the petition identification information,
At least a part of the petition information identified by the petition identification information and the procedure implementer information (corresponding procedure implementation candidate) which is the information of the procedure implementer identified by the procedure implementer identification information associated with the petition identification information. In the complaint information held for the other party identified by the other party identification information included in the other party's complaint notification step α for notifying the other party of the same content as the person information and the complaint information identified by the complaint identification information In connection with this, the information for explaining what the out-of-court dispute resolution procedure is like has been presented (including the case by conversation), and the explanation has been explained in association with the petition identification information. The items for accepting input are explained. Input acceptance step α and
When the answer is submitted, the answer information output step α, which outputs the answer information which is the information indicating the contents of the answer in association with the petition identification information associated with the answer,
The termination information acquisition step α, which acquires the termination information which is the termination information of the final alternative dispute resolution procedure in association with the petition identification information,
In the termination information recording step α, which records and retains the acquired termination information in association with the complaint identification information of the complaint information holding department,
How the Alternative Dispute Resolution System operates. An alternative dispute resolution system for resolving conflicts with the opponent, who is the opponent of the claimant.
Procedure implementation candidate that accumulates procedure implementation candidate identification information that is identification information of the procedure implementation candidate for alternative dispute resolution and procedure implementation candidate information that is information about the procedure implementation candidate identified by the identification information. Information storage department and
A claimant who obtains input information including at least the name, address, and information for identifying the other party (including the other party identification information) from the claimant terminal, and identifies the claimant who is also used to access this system. The petition information holding unit that holds the petition information, which is the information associated with the identification information, in association with the petition identification information,
It is an operation program of the alternative dispute resolution system that has
Evidence information acquisition step to acquire evidence information to confirm the applicant himself / herself based on "retained petition information", and
The applicant himself / herself who accepts the input of the result of determining whether the input information input from the applicant terminal based on the acquired evidence information and the retained complaint information is the applicant himself / herself in association with the applicant identification information. Judgment result reception step and
Enter the explained input, which is the input to the effect that the information for explaining what the alternative dispute resolution procedure is like in relation to the retained petition information has been presented (including the case by conversation). The explained input acceptance step to be accepted in association with the claimant identification information,
The fee payment information acquisition judgment step to determine whether the fee payment information has been acquired, which is the information indicating that the fee for the alternative dispute resolution procedure has been paid in association with the complaint identification information from the petitioner,
The petitioner's judgment result reception department accepts the input of the petitioner's judgment result, the explained input reception department accepts the explained input, and the fee payment information acquisition judgment department acquires the fee payment information. Comprehensive judgment steps to judge whether it is comprehensively satisfied, and
If the condition of the judgment result by the Comprehensive Judgment Department is judged to be comprehensively satisfied, it is confirmed that the petition for alternative dispute resolution procedure has been accepted, and at least associated with the retained petition identification information. And the legally confirmed save step to save in the system,
A procedure implementation candidate selection step that selects the accumulated procedure implementation candidate identification information for case processing and associates it with the petition identification information held in the petition information holding department, and
An alternative dispute resolution system operating program that implements. At least a part of the petition information associated with the petition identification information in the information presentation window that can be viewed by inputting the procedure implementation candidate identification information, identified by the procedure implementation candidate identification information, and can be viewed and answered via the network. The case acceptance judgment request display step to display the case acceptance judgment request including
Acquiring the case acceptance judgment result in response to the displayed case acceptance judgment result acquisition step and the case acceptance judgment result acquisition step
If the judgment result of whether or not the case is entrusted is the case consignment reply, which is the result of the judgment that the case is entrusted, the procedure implementation candidate identified by the petition identification information and the procedure implementation candidate identification information that responded to the consignment is selected. Procedure implementation trustee identification information retention step A, which is retained in association with the procedure implementation trustee identification information, and step A,
23. The operation program of the alternative dispute resolution system according to claim 23. The petition identification information can be viewed by inputting the procedure implementation candidate identification information associated with the petition identification information, identified by the procedure implementation candidate identification information, can be viewed via the network, and the case entrustment confirmation can be answered. A case consignment decision display step that displays a case consignment decision that includes at least part of the petition information associated with,
Acquiring the case consignment confirmation answer according to the displayed case consignment decision The case consignment confirmation answer acquisition step and
When a case acceptance confirmation reply is obtained, the procedure implementation trustee identification information that identifies the procedure implementation candidate identified by the petition identification information and the procedure implementation candidate identification information that responded to the acceptance confirmation reply as the procedure implementation trustee. Procedure implementation trustee identification information holding section step B to be held in association with
23. The operation program of the alternative dispute resolution system according to claim 23. An alternative dispute resolution system for resolving conflicts with the opponent, who is the opponent of the claimant.
Information that acquires input information including at least the name, address, and information for identifying the other party (including the other party's identification information) from the claimant terminal, and associates it with the claimant identification information that identifies the claimant. The petition information holding unit α, which holds the petition information in association with the petition identification information,
When the disqualification judgment result acquired by the disqualification judgment result acquisition department is the judgment result that there is no reason for disqualification, and the repulsion judgment result acquired by the repulsion judgment result acquisition department is the judgment result that there is no reason for disqualification. , The procedure implementer holding unit α that holds the procedure implementer identification information associated with the procedure implementer as the procedure implementer associated with the petition information.
It is an operation program of the alternative dispute resolution system that has
Enter the explained input, which is an input to the effect that the information for explaining what the alternative dispute resolution procedure is in relation to the retained petition information has been presented (including the case by conversation). Accept in association with the petitioner identification information Confirm that the petition for the alternative dispute resolution procedure has been accepted with the explained input acceptance step α, and at least store it in the system in association with the retained petition identification information. Step α and
Receipt notification step α that notifies the petitioner identified by the petitioner identification information associated with this petition identification information that the petition has been accepted, and
Procedure implementation candidate selection section step α that selects the accumulated procedure implementation candidate identification information and associates it with the petition identification information held in the petition information holding section,
The disqualification judgment result acquisition unit step α for acquiring the disqualification judgment result, which is the judgment result of whether or not there is a reason for disqualification according to at least a part of the complaint information identified by the complaint identification information
The repellent judgment result acquisition step α for acquiring the repellent judgment result, which is the judgment result of whether or not there is a reason for repelling from the petitioner and / or the other party according to the procedure implementation candidate information of the selected procedure implementation candidate,
Procedure implementer identification information output step α, which outputs the procedure implementer identification information associated with the petition identification information in association with the petition identification information,
At least a part of the petition information identified by the petition identification information and the procedure implementer information (corresponding procedure implementation candidate) which is the information of the procedure implementer identified by the procedure implementer identification information associated with the petition identification information. In the complaint information held for the other party identified by the other party identification information included in the other party's complaint notification step α for notifying the other party of the same content as the person information and the complaint information identified by the complaint identification information In connection with this, the information for explaining what the out-of-court dispute resolution procedure is like has been presented (including the case by conversation), and the explanation has been explained in association with the petition identification information. The items for accepting input are explained. Input acceptance step α and
When the answer is submitted, the answer information output step α, which outputs the answer information which is the information indicating the contents of the answer in association with the petition identification information associated with the answer,
The termination information acquisition step α, which acquires the termination information which is the termination information of the final alternative dispute resolution procedure in association with the petition identification information,
In the termination information recording step α, which records and retains the acquired termination information in association with the complaint identification information of the complaint information holding department,
An alternative dispute resolution system operating program that implements.

Images